100 West Fifth Street
Tulsa, OK 74103

ONEOK, Inc.

2001

Annual Report to the

Securities and Exchange Commission

FORM 10-K


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

X ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001.


OR
____TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 for the transition period from __________ to

Commission file number 001-13643

ONEOK, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

           Oklahoma                                73-1520922
  (State or other jurisdiction of     (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
  incorporation or organization)

100 West Fifth Street, Tulsa, OK                     74103
  (Address of principal                           (Zip Code)
    executive offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code (918) 588-7000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common stock, with par value of $0.01                New York Stock Exchange
         (Title of Each Class)                       (Name of Each Exchange
                                                      on which Registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Registration S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.X

Aggregate market value of registrant's voting stock held by non-affiliates based on the closing trade price on March 8, 2002, was: Common stock of $ 1,167.6 million

On March 8, 2002, the Company had 60,248,668 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

               Documents                                  Part of Form 10-K
Portions of the definitive proxy statement                    Part III
dated April 10, 2002, to be delivered to
shareholders in connection with the Annual
Meeting of Shareholders to be held
May 16, 2002.

                                 ONEOK, Inc.
                      2001 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

Part I.                                                               Page No.

Item 1. Business 3-18

Item 2. Properties 18-22

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 23-28

Item 4. Results of Votes of Security Holders 29-30

Part II.

Item 5. Market Price and Dividends on the Registrant's 31
Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters

Item 6. Selected Financial Data 32

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of 33-61
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 62-63

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 64-105

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants 105
On Accounting and Financial Disclosures

Part III.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters, and 106
Control Persons of the Registrant

Item 11. Executive Compensation 106

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 106

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 106

Part IV.

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K 107-110

2

PART I.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General - ONEOK, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation, was organized on May 16, 1997. On November 26, 1997, it acquired the gas business of Western Resources, Inc. (Western) and merged with ONEOK Inc., a Delaware corporation organized in 1933. It was a successor to a company founded in 1906 as Oklahoma Natural Gas Company.

ONEOK, Inc. and subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company" or "ONEOK") engage in several aspects of the energy business. The Company purchases, gathers, processes, transports, stores, and distributes natural gas. The Company drills for and produces oil and natural gas, extracts, sells and markets natural gas liquids, and is engaged in the gas marketing and trading business. The Company also owns and operates an electric generating plant and engages in wholesale marketing of electricity. In addition, the Company leases and operates their headquarters office building located in downtown Tulsa, Oklahoma (leasing excess space to others) and owns and operates a related parking facility.

Change in Fiscal Year - In October 1999, the Company changed its fiscal year end from August 31 to December 31. Accordingly, the Company filed a Transition Report on Form 10-Q for the four months ended December 31, 1999, the Company's Transition Period preceding the beginning of the new fiscal year.

DEFINITIONS

Following are definitions of abbreviations used in this Form 10-K:

Bbl        42 United States (U.S.) gallons, the basic unit for measuring crude
           oil and natural gas condensate
MBbls      One thousand barrels
MBbls/d    One thousand barrels per day
MMBbls     One million barrels
Btu        British Thermal Unit - a measure of the amount of heat required to
           raise the temperature of one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit
MMBtu      One million British thermal units
MMMBtu/d   One billion British thermal units per day
Mcf        One thousand cubic feet of gas
MMcf       One million cubic feet of gas
MMcf/d     One million cubic feet of gas per day
Mcfe       Mcf equivalent, whereby barrels of oil are converted to Mcf using six
           Mcfs of natural gas to one barrel of oil
Bcf        One billion cubic feet of gas
Bcf/d      One billion cubic feet of gas per day
Bcfe       Bcf equivalent, whereby barrels of oil are converted to Bcf using six
           Bcfs of natural gas to one million barrels of oil
NGLs       Natural gas liquids
Mwh        Megawatt hour

ACQUISITIONS AND SALES

The Company's strategy is to acquire assets that enhance the earnings potential of the Company and utilize existing assets to maximize earnings. The Company expects to continue evaluating and assessing acquisition opportunities to further complement its existing asset base. The Company also from time to time sells assets when deemed less strategic or as other conditions warrant.

3

K.Stewart Petroleum Corporation - In June 2001, the Company sold its forty percent interest in K. Stewart Petroleum Corporation (K. Stewart), a privately held exploration company for $7.7 million. The Company retained a production payment on future drilling successes.

Kinder Morgan, Inc. - In April 2000, the Company acquired certain natural gas gathering and processing assets located in Oklahoma, Kansas and West Texas from Kinder Morgan, Inc. (KMI) and certain of its affiliates. The Company also acquired KMI's marketing and trading operations, as well as some storage and transmission pipelines in the mid-continent region. The Company paid approximately $123.5 million for these assets plus working capital of approximately $53 million, which was subject to adjustment. The working capital adjustment was made in the first quarter 2001, resulting in the Company receiving approximately $4 million. The Company also assumed certain liabilities including an uneconomic lease obligation related to an operating lease for a processing plant and some firm capacity lease obligations to unaffiliated parties with out-of-market terms. This acquisition includes more than 12,000 miles of gathering and transportation pipeline, natural gas processing plants with capacity of 1.26 Bcf/d and storage facilities with a combined capacity of approximately 10 Bcf. The current throughput of these gathering and processing assets is approximately 0.76 Bcf/d. Approximately 350 employees were added to the Company's workforce as part of the acquisition.

Dynegy, Inc. - In March 2000, the Company acquired natural gas processing plants with an approximate capacity of 375 MMcf/d and approximately 7,000 miles of gas gathering and transmission pipeline systems in Oklahoma, Kansas and Texas from Dynegy, Inc. (Dynegy). The Company paid approximately $305 million for these assets, which included a $3 million adjustment for working capital. The current throughput of the assets is approximately 240 MMcf/d. Production of NGLs from the assets averages 25 MBbls/d. Approximately 75 employees have been added to the ONEOK workforce as part of the acquisition. The majority of these employees are in field operations in western Oklahoma, the Texas panhandle and southern Kansas.

Indian Basin Gas Processing Plant - In 2000, the Company sold its 42.4 percent interest in the Indian Basin Gas Processing Plant and gathering system for $55 million to El Paso Field Services Company, a business unit of El Paso Energy Corporation.

Koch - In May 1999, the Company acquired the Oklahoma midstream natural gas gathering and processing assets of Koch Midstream Enterprises (Koch) for $285 million in cash. The assets acquired include eight natural gas processing plants and approximately 3,250 miles of gathering pipeline connected to 1,460 gas wells in Oklahoma.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

The Company reports operations in the following reportable segments:
. Marketing and Trading
. Gathering and Processing
. Transportation and Storage
. Distribution
. Production
. Power
. Other

Marketing and Trading - The Marketing and Trading segment, previously referred to as the Marketing segment, conducts its business through ONEOK Energy Marketing and Trading Company (OEMT) and its subsidiaries. OEMT is actively engaged in value creation through marketing and trading of natural gas to both wholesale and retail customers in 28 states using leased gas storage and firm transportation capacity from related parties and others. The Company has executed an integrated wholesale energy business strategy based on expanding their existing marketing, trading and arbitrage opportunities in the natural gas and power markets. The combination of owning or controlling strategic assets and a trusted, reliable marketing franchise is expected to allow the Company to continue to capitalize on existing marketing, trading and arbitrage opportunities.

4

The Company primarily conducts its operations in the mid-continent region of the U.S. However, the acquisitions during 2000 allowed the Marketing and Trading segment to expand its presence to the west coast, Texas, throughout the Rockies, and to the Chicago city gate areas.

OEMT was the successful bidder to supply gas to Oklahoma Natural Gas Company (ONG), an affiliated company, for its gas sales requirements for five years beginning in November 2000. In response, the Company entered into firm supply arrangements with major producers and large independents that average in length from two to five years.

Gathering and Processing - The Gathering and Processing segment gathers and processes natural gas and fractionates, stores and markets NGLs primarily through its subsidiaries ONEOK Field Services Company (OFS) and ONEOK NGL Marketing L.P. (NGL Marketing). These activities are conducted primarily in Oklahoma, Kansas and Texas. In early 2000, the Company acquired additional gathering and processing assets including natural gas processing plants with a combined capacity of approximately 1.6 Bcf/d, approximately 13,400 miles of gathering lines.

Transportation and Storage - The Transportation and Storage segment provides natural gas transportation, storage services and non-processable gas gathering. These operations are primarily conducted through Mid Continent Market Center, L.P. and Mid Continent Transportation, Inc. (collectively referred to as the Market Center), ONEOK Gas Transportation, L.L.C. (OGT), ONEOK WesTex Transmission, Inc. (WesTex), , ONEOK Gas Storage, L.L.C. (OGS), ONEOK Sayre Storage Company (Sayre), ONEOK Texas Gas Storage L.P. (OTGS) and ONEOK Gas Gathering, L.L.C. (OGG). Acquisitions in 2000 expanded the Company's transmission and storage operations into Texas where the Company now owns and operates through its wholly owned subsidiary, OTGS, three storage facilities with approximately 10 Bcf capacity, and WesTex which operates approximately 4,733 miles of intrastate pipeline in Texas. The Texas Railroad Commission (TRC) regulates both OTGS and WesTex. In July 1999, the storage assets located in Oklahoma were removed from regulation by the Oklahoma Corporation Commission (OCC). Following that, OGS and Sayre were granted market based rate authority by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC). In a May 2000 OCC Order, certain transportation assets in Oklahoma included in the Transportation and Storage segment became a separate regulated utility from the Distribution segment. The Market Center's operations continue to be regulated by the Kansas Corporation Commission (KCC). In October 2001, OGG was created by the merging of ONEOK Producer Services, L.L.C. entity and the OGT gathering assets.

Distribution - The Distribution segment provides natural gas distribution in Oklahoma and Kansas and interstate transportation across the Oklahoma/Texas border. The Company's distribution operations in Oklahoma and Kansas are conducted through ONG and Kansas Gas Service (KGS), respectively, both divisions of ONEOK, Inc., which serve residential, commercial, and industrial customers. ONG is regulated by the OCC and KGS is regulated by the KCC. The Distribution segment serves approximately 80 percent of Oklahoma's population and 71 percent of Kansas'population. OEMT, an affiliated company, was the successful bidder to supply gas to ONG for a portion of its gas sales requirements for two to five years beginning in November 2000. The transportation is provided by OkTex Pipeline Company (OkTex), which is regulated by the FERC.

Production - The Production segment produces natural gas and oil primarily in Oklahoma, Kansas and Texas through ONEOK Resources Company. The Production segment's strategy is to acquire and develop properties. During 2001, the Company participated in drilling 155 wells of which 138 were gas, 10 were oil and 7 were dry holes.

Power - The Company's Power segment, which was created in January 2001, includes the operating results of the peak electric generating plant constructed by the Company. The Company's strategy is to capture the spark spread premium, which is the value added by converting natural gas to electricity. The plant began operation in mid-2001. The Company has a signed definitive agreement with an unaffiliated company for a 15-year term providing the customer with the right to purchase up to 75 megawatts per hour of the plant's generating capacity.

5

Other - The primary companies in the Other segment include ONEOK Leasing Company and ONEOK Parking Company. ONEOK Leasing Company leases and operates the Company's headquarters office building from an unaffiliated partnership. ONEOK Parking Company owns and operates a parking garage adjacent to the Company's corporate headquarters.

Environmental Matters - The Company has 12 manufactured gas sites located in Kansas, which may contain potentially harmful materials that are classified as hazardous material. Hazardous materials are subject to control or remediation under various environmental laws and regulations. A consent agreement with the Kansas Department of Health and Environment (KDHE) presently governs all future work at these sites. The terms of the consent agreement allow the Company to investigate these sites and set remediation priorities based upon the results of the investigations and risk analysis. The prioritized sites will be investigated over a period of time as negotiated with the KDHE. Through December 31, 2001, the costs of the investigations and risk analysis related to these manufactured gas sites have been immaterial. Although remedial investigation and interim clean-up has begun on four sites, limited information is available about the sites. Management's best estimate of the cost of remediation ranges from $100,000 to $10 million per site based on a limited comparison of costs incurred to remediate comparable sites. These estimates do not give effect to potential insurance recoveries, recoveries through rates or from unaffiliated parties. The KCC has permitted others to recover remediation costs through rates. It should be noted that additional information and testing could result in costs significantly below or in excess of the amounts estimated above. To the extent that such remediation costs are not recovered, the costs could be material to the Company's results of operations and cash flows depending on the remediation done and number of years over which the remediation is completed.

The Company's expenditures for environmental evaluation and remediation have not been significant in relation to the results of operations of the Company. Capital expenditures for environmental issues during 2001 totaled approximately $472,000. There have been no material effects upon earnings or the Company's competitive position during 2001 related to compliance with environmental regulations.

Employees - The Company employed 3,657 persons at December 31, 2001. KGS employed 863 people who are subject to collective bargaining contracts as of December 31, 2001. The Company did not experience any strikes or work stoppages during 2001. The Company's current contracts with the Unions are as follows:

                                        Union                                         Employees  Contract Expires
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
United Steelworkers of America                                                               487          June 6, 2002
International Union of Operating Engineers                                                    17          June 6, 2002
Gas Workers Metal Trades of the United Association of Journeyman and
  Apprentices of the Plumbing and Pipefitting Industry of the United States and Canada        11          June 6, 2002
International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers                                              348         June 30, 2003
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Segment Financial Information - For financial and statistical information regarding the Company's business units by segment, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note M of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

6

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS SEGMENTS

(A) MARKETING AND TRADING

General - The Company is engaged in the marketing and trading of natural gas to retail and wholesale customers in 28 states throughout the United States. Due to expanded supply, storage capabilities, and recent acquisitions, the Company markets gas from the California border, throughout the Rockies, to the Chicago city gate. Of the Company's consolidated revenues, revenues from unaffiliated customers for the Marketing and Trading segment represent approximately 63.1, 65.7 and 42.0 percent for fiscal years 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. Operating income from the Marketing and Trading segment, including a $37.4 million charge related to Enron, is 24.2, 15.4 and 12.0 percent of the consolidated operating income for fiscal years 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. The Marketing and Trading segment has no single external customer from which it receives ten percent or more of consolidated revenues.

During 2001, two regulatory causes brought before the OCC related to an affiliate, ONG, also involved the Marketing and Trading segment. The first cause related to ONG's right to collect unrecovered purchased gas costs from the 2000/2001 winter. Under this cause, the OCC investigated whether ONG was treated fairly in its contract with OEMT and it was determined that ONG was treated fairly and, in fact, paid less for gas than other OEMT customers. In a second cause, Enogex, Inc. requested a rebid of gas supply and transportation service awarded to OEMT in November 2001 and the OCC declined to order a rebid.

The Company engages in price risk management activities. On January 1, 2000, the Company adopted Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 98-10, "Accounting for Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities" (EITF 98-10) for its energy trading contracts. EITF 98-10 requires entities involved in energy trading activities to account for energy trading contracts using mark-to-market accounting. Forwards, swaps, options, and energy transportation and storage contracts utilized for trading activities are reflected at fair value as assets and liabilities from price risk management activities in the consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of these assets and liabilities is affected by the actual timing of settlements related to these contracts and current period changes resulting primarily from newly originated transactions and the impact of price movements. Changes in fair value are recognized in net revenues, on a net basis, in the consolidated statements of income. Market prices used to determine fair value of these assets and liabilities reflect management's best estimate considering various factors including closing exchange and over-the-counter quotations, time value and volatility underlying the commitments. Market prices are adjusted for the potential impact of liquidating the Company's position in an orderly manner over a reasonable period of time under present market conditions.

Market Conditions and Business Seasonality - In response to a very competitive marketing and trading environment resulting from continued deregulation of the retail natural gas markets and the restructuring of the U.S. retail and wholesale electricity markets, the Company's strategy is to concentrate its efforts on capitalizing on short-term pricing volatility through marketing, trading and arbitrage opportunities provided by leasing or ownership of storage, generation and transportation assets. OEMT focuses on building and strengthening supplier and customer relationships to execute their strategy.

The Marketing and Trading segment's revenue and gross margin on gas sales are subject to fluctuations during the year primarily due to the impact certain seasonal factors have on sales volumes and the price of natural gas and electricity. Natural gas sales volumes are typically higher in the winter heating months than in the summer months, reflecting increased demand due to greater heating requirements and, typically, higher natural gas prices that occur during the winter heating months.

7

Price Risk Management - In order to mitigate the risks associated with energy trading activities, OEMT manages its portfolio of contracts and its assets in order to maximize value, minimize the associated risks and provide overall liquidity. In doing so, OEMT uses price risk management instruments, including swaps, options, futures and physical commodity-based contracts to manage exposures to market price movements. See Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

(B) GATHERING AND PROCESSING

General - The Company's Gathering and Processing segment is engaged in the gathering and processing of natural gas and the fractionation, storage and marketing of NGLs. The Company owns and operates or leases and operates 25 gas processing plants, six of which are currently idle. It also has an ownership interest in four gas processing plants that are operated by other owners. The total capacity of the plants the Company owns, leases or has an ownership interest in is 2.2 Bcf/d. In addition, the Company owns approximately 19,300 miles of natural gas gathering systems. The Company has experienced significant growth in this segment with the acquisitions in 1999 and 2000.

The Company's operating results were significantly impacted by the acquisitions in 1999 and 2000. Of the Company's consolidated revenues, revenues from unaffiliated customers for the Gathering and Processing segment represent approximately 12.0, 12.6, and 3.9 percent for fiscal years 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. Operating income from the Gathering and Processing segment is 14.8, 33.2, and 7.7 percent of the consolidated operating income for fiscal years 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. The Gathering and Processing segment has no single external customer from which it receives ten percent or more of consolidated revenues.

The gas processing operation includes the extraction of NGLs from natural gas and the separation (fractionation) of mixed NGLs into component products (ethane, propane, iso butane, normal butane and natural gasoline). The Company also extracts helium at two of its plants located in Kansas. The NGL component products are used by and sold to a diverse customer base of end users for petrochemical feedstock, residential heating and cooking, and blending into motor fuels. The gathering operation, which connects unaffiliated and affiliated producing wells to the processing plants, consists of the gathering of natural gas through pipeline systems and compression and dehydration services.

The Company generally processes gas under three types of contracts. Under the Company's "Percent of Proceeds" (POP) contracts, the producer is paid a percentage of the market value of the natural gas and NGLs that are processed. The Company's "Keep Whole" contracts allow the Company to replace the Btu's extracted as NGLs with equivalent Btu's of natural gas, which keeps the producer whole on Btu's and allows the Company to retain and sell the NGLs. Under "Fee" contracts, the Company is paid a cash fee for gas processing.

During 2001, the Company processed an average of 1,420 MMMBtu/d of natural gas and produced an average of 74 MBbls/d of NGLs. The Company markets its NGL production through NGL Marketing and also purchases NGLs from third parties for resale. During 2001, the Company sold approximately 27,719 MBbls of NGLs to a diverse base of customers.

Market Conditions and Business Seasonality - During the year, both crude oil and natural gas prices fell from $29.33 per barrel and $9.98 per MMBtu to $18.00 per barrel and $1.83 per MMBtu, respectively. The downturn of the economy reduced the demand for many NGL products, particularly ethane, which is a major component of plastic products. Additionally, record high inventories in natural gas and other petroleum products, such as propane, along with significantly warmer than normal temperatures across North America during the last quarter of 2001 lowered demand for natural gas, home heating oil and propane causing weaker prices. Many economic forecasts indicate the U.S. economy rebounding sometime in the second half of 2002, which is supported by current forward pricing.

8

Despite significant consolidation in the recent past, the U.S. midstream industry remains relatively fragmented and the Company faces competition from a variety of companies including major integrated oil companies, major pipeline companies and their affiliated marketing companies, and national and local gas gatherers, processors and marketers. Competition exists for obtaining gas supplies for gathering and processing operations, obtaining supplies of raw product for fractionation and the transportation of natural gas and NGLs. The factors that affect competition typically arise as a result of the efficiency and reliability of the operations, price and delivery capabilities.

The Company has responded to these industry conditions by acquiring assets, most of which are strategically located near the Company's existing assets, reducing costs, rationalizing assets in non-core operating areas and renegotiating contracts. The principal goal of these efforts is to mitigate the variability of earnings and cash flow caused by fluctuations in commodity prices.

The Gathering and Processing segment is subject to seasonality. Products used for heating are normally more in demand during the heating months of November through March. Accordingly, the prices of these products are typically higher in the winter due to greater demand.

Acquisitions - In April 2000, the Company acquired certain natural gas gathering and processing assets from KMI. This acquisition included natural gas processing plants with a capacity of 1.26 Bcf/d and 6,400 miles of gathering lines. The current throughput of these gathering and processing assets is approximately
0.76 Bcf/d. Production of NGLs from these assets averages 33 MBbls/d.

In March 2000, the Company acquired natural gas processing plants with a capacity of 375 MMcf/d and approximately 7,000 miles of gas gathering and transmission pipeline systems from Dynegy. The current throughput of these gathering and processing assets is approximately 240 MMcf/d. Production of natural gas liquids from these assets averages 25 MBbls/d.

In May 1999, the Company acquired the Oklahoma midstream natural gas gathering and processing assets of Koch Midstream Enterprises (Koch) for $285 million in cash. The assets acquired include eight natural gas processing plants and approximately 3,250 miles of gathering pipeline connected to 1,460 gas wells in Oklahoma.

Government Regulations - The FERC has traditionally maintained that a processing plant is not a facility for transportation or sale for resale of natural gas in interstate commerce and therefore is not subject to jurisdiction under the Natural Gas Act (NGA). Although the FERC has made no specific declaration as to the jurisdictional status of the Company's gas processing operations or facilities, the Company believes its gas processing plants are primarily involved in removing natural gas liquids and therefore exempt from FERC jurisdiction. The NGA also exempts natural gas gathering facilities from the jurisdiction of the FERC. Interstate transmission facilities, on the other hand, remain subject to FERC jurisdiction. The FERC has historically distinguished between these two types of facilities on a fact-specific basis. The Company believes its gathering facilities and operations meet the criteria used by the FERC to determine a non-jurisdictional gathering facility status. The Company can transport residue gas from its plants to interstate pipelines in accordance with Section 311(a) of the Natural Gas Policy Act (NGPA).

The states of Oklahoma, Kansas and Texas also have statutes regulating, in various degrees, the gathering of gas in those states. In each state, regulation is applied on a case by case basis if a complaint is filed against the gatherer with the appropriate state regulatory agency.

Risk Management - Derivative instruments are used to minimize volatility in NGL and natural gas prices. Accordingly, the Company, at times, uses derivative instruments to hedge the price of natural gas purchased and used for processing and operations. The Company also, from time to time, uses derivative instruments to secure a certain price for their NGL products. See Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Note C of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

9

(C) TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE

General - ONEOK's Transportation and Storage segment provides intrastate natural gas pipeline transportation, Section 311(a) of the NGPA interstate transportation and storage in Oklahoma, Kansas, and Texas. ONEOK's Distribution segment is the segment's major customer for intrastate natural gas pipeline transportation in both Oklahoma and Kansas. The Company conducts this business primarily through wholly owned intrastate pipeline companies with a total of 9,689 miles of pipe and wholly-owned storage companies with a capacity of approximately 58 Bcf.

In Oklahoma, the Company operates OGT and OGS. These companies have approximately 3,245 miles of pipeline and five storage facilities with a combined capacity of 43 Bcf. Capacity in the storage facilities is leased to both OEMT and third parties under various terms. The Sayre gas storage facility is leased on a long-term basis to and operated by Natural Gas Pipeline Company of America. The Company retains 3 Bcf of working storage capacity in the Sayre facility for its own use. A $3.4 million expansion to increase deliverability from the OGS Depew storage field was completed in the spring of 2000.

The Oklahoma transmission system transported 253.9 Bcf in 2001, 299.1 Bcf in 2000 and 234.9 Bcf in 1999. OGT provides access to the major natural gas producing areas in Oklahoma. The system intersects 11 intra/interstate pipelines at 27 interconnect points and connects 21 processing plants and approximately 130 producing fields allowing gas to be moved throughout the state.

In Kansas, the Company operates the Market Center with 1,711 miles of pipeline and two gas storage facilities with approximately 5.0 Bcf of capacity. In January 2001, Yaggy, one of the two storage facilities, was idled due to operational and regulatory issues, idling approximately 3 Bcf of Kansas storage. It cannot be determined at this time when the facility will resume operations. A $10 million expansion of the Kansas transmission system was completed during 2000, which connects the Market Center system to the ONEOK-operated Bushton natural gas processing facility and the Northern Natural Gas and ANR pipelines. The Kansas transmission system transported 77.9 Bcf in 2001, 87.1 Bcf in 2000 and 72.8 Bcf in 1999. The Market Center provides access to the major natural gas producing area in Kansas. The system intersects nine intra/interstate pipelines at 18 interconnect points and connects five processing plants and approximately three producing fields.

In Texas, the Company operates WesTex with approximately 4,733 miles of pipeline and OTGS with three storage facilities, one of which is currently idled. Total storage capacity is approximately 10 Bcf. Both WesTex and OTGS were acquired from KMI in April 2000. The Texas transmission system transported 206.4 Bcf in 2001 and 170.8 Bcf in 2000. WesTex provides access to the major natural gas producing areas in the Texas Panhandle and the Permian Basin. The system intersects 11 intra/interstate pipelines at 32 interconnect points and connects 11 natural gas processing plants and approximately two producing fields allowing gas to be moved to the Waha Hub for transportation to the west, including California. This pipeline allows the Company to provide service to the city of El Paso, Texas. Loop, one of three storage facilities in Texas, was idled due to operational and regulatory issues subsequent to acquisition of the facility in 2000. This idled approximately 5 Bcf of Texas storage capacity and it has not been determined when the facility will resume operations.

ONEOK Gas Gathering, L.L.C. operates the gathering pipelines that are owned by the Company and connected to the Company's transmission pipelines, including gathering systems previously owned by OGT and ONEOK Producer Services, L.L.C.

Of the Company's consolidated revenues, revenues from unaffiliated customers for the Transportation and Storage segment represent approximately 1.1, 1.7, and 1.5 percent for fiscal years 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. The majority of the Transportation and Storage segment's revenues are derived from services provided to affiliates. Operating income from the Transportation and Storage segment is 19.5, 18.6, and 27.9 percent of the consolidated operating income for fiscal years 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. The Transportation and Storage segment has no single external customer from which it receives ten percent or more of consolidated revenues.

10

Market Conditions and Seasonality - The Transportation and Storage segment primarily serves local distribution companies (LDC's) and large industrial customers. The Transportation and Storage segment competes directly with other intrastate and interstate pipelines and storage facilities within each of their respective states. Competition for transportation services continues to increase as the FERC and state regulatory bodies introduce more competition in the natural gas markets. Factors that affect competition are location, price and the quality of services provided. This industry is significantly affected by the strength of the economy and price volatility. The Company believes that the working capacity of its transportation and storage assets enables it to compete effectively.

The Transportation and Storage segment is subject to seasonality. Volumes transported are slightly higher in the heating season since some customers transport volumes for heating needs. Historically, customers and the Company purchased and stored gas in the summer months when prices were lower and withdrew gas during the heating season; however, increased price volatility in the natural gas market can mitigate the seasonality effect by influencing decisions related to injection and withdrawal of natural gas in storage.

Government Regulations -The Company received a final order from the OCC in the second quarter of 2000 that separated the distribution assets of ONG and the transmission and gathering assets of OGT and related affiliates into two separate public utilities. This order also adjusted ONG's rates for the removal of the gathering, transmission and storage assets, and established a competitive bid process for ONG's upstream service. Through the competitive bid process, OGT retained approximately 96 percent of ONG's upstream transportation requirements.

Effective November 1, 1999, by order from the OCC, the Company's gathering and storage assets and services in Oklahoma were removed from utility regulation. Assets were removed from the Oklahoma customers' rate base and are now included in this segment where they are being utilized in the competitive marketplace.

The Company's transportation and storage assets in Kansas are regulated by the KCC. The Company has flexibility in establishing transportation rates with customers; however, there is a maximum rate that the Market Center can charge its customers. In the first quarter of 2002, the Company filed an application with the KCC to transfer a portion of the transportation assets of the Market Center to KGS and the gathering assets to OFS. A final order is expected in mid-2002.

The Company's transportation and storage assets located in Texas are regulated by the TRC. The Company has flexibility in establishing transportation rates with customers; however, if a rate cannot be agreed upon, the rate is established by the TRC.

In January 2001, the Yaggy storage facility was idled due to operational and regulatory issues related to the natural gas explosions and eruptions of natural gas geysers. This idled approximately 3 Bcf of Kansas storage capacity. Also, the Loop storage facility was idled due to operational and regulatory issues subsequent to the acquisition of the facility in 2000. This idled approximately 5 Bcf of Texas' storage capacity. It has not been determined when either of the facilities will resume operations.

Customers - The Transportation and Storage segment serves the affiliated companies of the Distribution segment and Marketing and Trading segment as well as a number of transporters in the utilization of the transportation and storage facilities. Each of the companies provides flexible service alternatives to serve consumers. In June 2001, the Company announced the execution of long-term agreements between OGT and InterGen North America (InterGen) for firm transportation service to InterGen's gas fueled Redbud Energy Facility in the amount of 200 MMcf/d. In June 2001, commercial operation for gas transportation began to the NRG McClain Generating Facility, which is on the OGT system, for transportation volumes up to 85 MMcf/d.

11

Acquisitions - The Company acquired transportation and storage assets located in Texas from KMI in April 2000. These assets are strategic assets to the Company in part since they give the Company access to an expanded area in the Texas and California markets.

(D) DISTRIBUTION

General - ONG distributes natural gas to wholesale and retail customers located in the state of Oklahoma. At December 31, 2001, ONG delivered natural gas to approximately 802,000 customers in 327 communities in Oklahoma. ONG's largest markets are the Oklahoma City and Tulsa metropolitan areas. ONG also sells natural gas to other local gas distributors serving 39 Oklahoma communities. During 2000, the Oklahoma customers of KGS were removed from the KGS customer base and became ONG customers.

At December 31, 2001, KGS supplied natural gas to approximately 642,000 customers in 340 communities in Kansas. It also makes wholesale delivery to 11 customers. KGS's largest markets served include Wichita, Topeka, and Johnson County, which includes Overland Park, Kansas.

Of the Company's consolidated revenues, revenues from unaffiliated customers for the Distribution segment represent approximately 22.1, 19.1 and 49.8 percent for fiscal years 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Operating income from the Distribution segment is 18.3, 29.3 and 45.5 percent of the consolidated operating income for fiscal years 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The Distribution segment has no single external customer from which it receives ten percent or more of consolidated revenues.

Gas Supply - Gas supplies available to ONG for purchase and resale include supplies of gas under both short and long-term contracts with gas marketers, independent producers and other suppliers. Oklahoma is the third largest gas producing state in the nation, and ONG has direct access through the Transportation and Storage segment's transmission system and transmission systems belonging to unaffiliated companies to all of the major gas producing areas in Oklahoma. The Company's gas storage, transportation and gathering assets were unbundled from the utility and operate as separate entities. Gas supply and transportation bids were awarded for service beginning in the 2000/2001 heating season for two and five year terms. As a result of the process, the majority of ONG's gas supply and gas transportation needs will continue to be met by two affiliates, OEMT for supply, and OGT for upstream transportation service for five years.

KGS has transportation agreements for delivery of gas that have remaining terms varying from one to twelve years with the following non-affiliated pipeline transmission companies: Williams Gas Pipelines Central, Inc. (Williams), Enbridge Pipelines - KPC, Inc. (KPC), Kinder Morgan Interstate Gas Transmission, L.L.C., Panhandle Eastern Pipeline Company, Northern Natural Gas Company and Natural Gas Pipeline of America. Additionally, approximately 20 percent of KGS's transportation service is provided by the affiliated intrastate pipeline companies referred to as the Market Center.

KGS has a long-term gas purchase contract with Amoco Production Company (Amoco) for the purpose of meeting the requirements of the customers served over the Williams pipeline system. The Company anticipates that the contract will supply between 45 percent and 55 percent of KGS's demand served by the Williams pipeline system. Amoco is one of various suppliers over the Williams pipeline system and if this contract were canceled, management believes gas supplied by Amoco could be replaced with gas from other suppliers. Gas available under the contract that exceeds the needs of the Company's residential and commercial customer base is also available for sale to other parties, known as "As Available" gas sales.

For the remainder of KGS's supply, the gas is purchased from a combination of direct wellhead production, natural gas processing plants, and natural gas marketers and production companies.

12

There is an adequate supply of natural gas available to its utility systems and the Company does not anticipate problems with securing additional gas supply as needed for its customers. However, if supply shortages occur, ONG's rate schedule "Order of Curtailment" and the KGS rate order "Priority of Service" provide for first reducing or totally discontinuing gas service to large industrial users and graduating down to requesting residential and commercial customers to reduce their gas requirements to an amount essential for public health and safety.

Customers - Residential and Commercial - ONG and KGS distribute natural gas as public utilities to approximately 80 percent of Oklahoma's population and 71 percent of Kansas'population. Natural gas sold to residential and commercial customers, which is used primarily for heating and cooking, accounts for approximately 69 and 28 percent of gas sales, respectively in Oklahoma and 76 and 24 percent of gas sales, respectively, in Kansas.

A franchise, although non-exclusive, is a right to use the municipal streets, alleys, and other public ways for utility facilities for a defined period of time for a fee. ONG has franchises in 58 municipalities including Tulsa and Oklahoma City while KGS holds franchises in 279 municipalities. In management's opinion, its franchises contain no unduly burdensome restrictions and are sufficient for the transaction of business in the manner in which it is now conducted.

Industrial - Under ONG's pipeline capacity lease (PCL) program, certain customers, for a fee, can have their gas, whether purchased from ONG or another supplier, transported to their facilities utilizing lines owned by ONG or its affiliates. KGS transports gas for large industrial customers through its End-Use Customer Transportation (ECT) program. The programs allow qualifying industrial and commercial customers to purchase gas on the spot market and have it transported by ONG and KGS, respectively.

Because of increased competition for the transportation of gas to PCL and ECT customers, some of these customers may be lost to affiliated or unaffiliated transporters. If the Transportation and Storage segment gained some of this business, it would result in a shift of some revenues from the Distribution segment to the Transportation and Storage segment.

Competition and Business Seasonality - The natural gas industry is expected to remain highly competitive resulting from initiatives being pursued by the industry and regulatory agencies that allow industrial and commercial customers increased options for energy supplies. Management believes that it must maintain a competitive advantage in order to retain its customers and, accordingly, continues to focus on reducing costs.

The Company is subject to competition from electric utilities offering electricity as a rival energy source and competing for the space heating, water heating, and industrial process markets. Alternative fuels such as propane and fuel oil also present competition. The principal means to compete against alternative fuels is lower prices, and natural gas continues to maintain its price advantage in the residential, commercial, and both small and large industrial markets. In residential markets, the average cost of gas is less for ONG and KGS customers than the cost of an equivalent amount of electricity. The Company provides education to customers on safety and the benefits of natural gas, which include product performance, price and environmental impact.

The Company is subject to competition from other pipelines for its existing industrial load. Both ONG and KGS compete for service to the large industrial and commercial customers, however, competition continues to lower rates. A portion of ONG's PCL services and KGS's ECT services are at negotiated rates that are generally below the approved PCL and transportation tariff rates, and increased competition potentially could lower these rates. Industrial and transportation sales volumes tend to remain relatively constant throughout the year.

13

Gas sales to residential and commercial customers are seasonal, as a substantial portion of gas is used principally for heating. Accordingly, the volume of gas sales is consistently higher during the heating season (November through March) than in other months of the year. ONG's tariff rates include a temperature normalization adjustment clause during the heating season, which mitigates the effect of fluctuations in weather. KGS also implemented a weather normalization clause in December 2000, which mitigates the effect of fluctuations in weather on revenues. The WeatherProof Bill program, implemented in September 1999 is designed to mitigate the effect of weather fluctuations in Kansas for customers electing to use this program.

Government Regulations - Rates charged for gas services are established by the OCC for ONG and by the KCC for KGS. Gas purchase costs are included in the Purchased Gas Adjustment (PGA) clause rate that is billed to customers. The Company does not make a profit on the cost of gas. Other changes in costs must be recovered through periodic rate adjustments approved by the OCC and KCC.

There were several regulatory initiatives in 2001, some due to the extraordinary winter of 2000/2001. The highlights of these initiatives are as follows:

. The OCC issued an order denying ONG the right to collect $34.6 million in outstanding gas costs incurred while serving customers during the 2000/2001 winter season. The Company appealed this order to the Oklahoma Supreme Court and asked the OCC to stay the provisions of this order pending the outcome of the Company's appeal. The OCC subsequently approved the Company's request to stay this order, allowing ONG to collect the $34.6 million, subject to refund should the Company ultimately lose the case. ONEOK took a charge against fourth-quarter earnings as a result of the Commission's order. Although the Company will continue to assert its legal rights, it is hopeful that a resolution of this issue can be negotiated.

. Enogex, Inc. requested that the OCC order a rebid of the gas supply and transportation service awarded by ONG for service commencing in 2001. A majority of both the gas supply and the transportation services had been awarded to affiliates of ONG. The OCC determined that there was no basis to require a rebid.

. ONG continues to take an active role in response to the OCC's Notice of Inquiry and Notice of Proposed Rulemaking regarding the use of physical and financial instruments to hedge against fuel procurement volatility. ONG exercised provisions contained in a number of its gas supply contracts that allow ONG to fix the price of a portion of its gas supply. ONG fixed the price of approximately 40% of its anticipated 2001/2002 winter gas supply deliveries.

. ONG received approval from the OCC to create a Voluntary Fixed Price pilot program that will enable its residential sales customers to fix the gas cost portion of their bill for a specified winter period. The program is being proposed for customers' 2002/2003 gas bills.

. During 2001, the KCC issued an Order extending the time period for which gas service disconnection during inclement weather conditions cannot be made. Due to the extension of the time period restricting disconnections, delinquent KGS customers were allowed to continue gas service, thus increasing uncollectible amounts. Higher gas costs in the 2000/2001 heating season also contributed to the increased uncollectible amounts. KGS and other distribution companies in Kansas filed a joint application with the KCC seeking approval to recover the additional uncollectible amounts incurred during the 2000/2001 heating season until reviewed in the next rate case. The KCC approved the deferral allowing the companies to seek recovery of the extraordinary uncollectible account levels experienced in the 2000/2001 winter. KGS expects to file a rate case in late 2002. No accounting treatment has yet been determined.

14

. KGS and the Market Center requested authorization from the KCC to transfer a portion of the transportation assets of the Market Center to KGS. A ruling is expected during 2002.

. During 2000, the KCC issued an Order allowing KGS to recover additional costs of its gas purchase hedging program established to protect the price paid by customers for gas purchases.

. The KCC approved KGS's WeatherProof Bill Program for the year 2001/2002 heating season. This plan allows customers, at their discretion, to fix their monthly payment.

. The KCC granted the Company weather normalization beginning December 2000 that mitigates weather related revenue fluctuations.

. In October 2001, the KCC entered a Suspension Order prohibiting the recovery of a portion of KPC gas transportation service costs through the Cost of Gas Rider. The KCC will conduct a hearing on the pass through of those costs in May 2002. KGS is involved in related litigation in the Kansas Court of Appeals, the FERC and the Federal District Court in Kansas. The dispute involves a 1997 settlement agreement entered into by KPC, KGS and the KCC staff. KGS and the KCC staff allege KPC has failed to reduce the rates it is charging KGS in accordance with the settlement agreement. In accordance with regulatory "out" provisions contained in the agreement, KGS is withholding payment to KPC to the extent KGS is not allowed to pass KPC's charges to its customers through the cost of gas rider. KGS is currently accounting for the costs as a deferred gas cost, offset by a deferred liability, and not passing the costs on to customers.

The Company has settled all known claims arising out of long-term gas supply contracts containing "take-or-pay" provisions that purport to require the Company to pay for volumes of natural gas contracted for but not taken. The OCC has authorized recovery of the accumulated settlement costs over a 20 year period, expiring in 2014, or approximately $6.7 million annually through a combination of a surcharge from customers and revenue from transportation under
Section 311(a) of the NGPA and other intrastate transportation revenues. There are no significant potential claims or cases pending against the Company under "take-or-pay" contracts.

OkTex transports gas in interstate commerce under Section 311(a) of the NGPA and is treated as a separate entity by the FERC. Accordingly, OkTex is subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the FERC under the NGA with respect to rates, accounts and records, the addition of facilities, the extension of services in some cases, the abandonment of services and facilities, the curtailment of gas deliveries and other matters. OkTex has the capacity to move up to 800 million cubic feet per day.

In the first quarter of 2000, the FERC issued Order No. 637, which, among other things, imposed additional reporting requirements, required changes to make pipeline and secondary market services more comparable, removed the price caps on secondary market capacity for a period of two years, allowed rates to be based on seasonal or term differentiated factors and narrowed the applicability of the regulatory right of first refusal to apply only to the maximum rate contracts. The Company's interstate pipeline implemented the new regulations in May 2000. The FERC Order did not have a material effect on the Company's operations.

(E) PRODUCTION

General - The Company's strategy has been to concentrate ownership of natural gas and oil reserves in the mid-continent region in order to add value not only to its existing production operations but also to integrate it into its gathering and processing, marketing and trading, and transportation and storage businesses. The Company continues to focus on growing through acquisitions and developing existing properties.

15

Of the Company's consolidated revenues, revenues from unaffiliated customers for the Production segment represent approximately 1.4, 0.8 and 2.4 percent for fiscal years 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Operating income from the Production segment is 19.6, 4.6 and 6.3 percent of the consolidated operating income for fiscal years 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. The Production segment has no single external customer from which it receives ten percent or more of consolidated revenues.

Producing Reserves - The Production segment primarily focuses its production activities in natural gas. As of December 31, 2001, the Company had interest in 2,172 gas wells and 218 oil wells located primarily in Oklahoma, Kansas and Texas. A number of these wells produce from multiple zones. Production increased in 2001 as compared to 2000, primarily as a result of production from new wells drilled.

Market Conditions and Business Seasonality - Natural gas prices at the beginning of 2001 were at unprecedented highs. The high prices resulted in a significant amount of drilling in the U.S. for the first half of 2001. Accordingly, lack of rig availability delayed some developmental drilling projects for the Company. The subsequent decline in gas prices during the second half of the year reduced the rig shortage and allowed the Company to resume its development projects. In addition, the Company continues to actively pursue acquisition opportunities as a low-risk method of adding reserves.

The goal of the Company is to develop an economically viable reserve base through acquisition and development. The Company operates much of the reserve base. In doing so, the Company competes with many large integrated oil and gas companies and numerous independent oil and gas companies of various sizes. The Company is in a good competitive position within its operating region due to low finding costs and high quality production at locations near transportation points and markets. During 2001, the segment's production was sold to a number of affiliated and unaffiliated markets, all at market prices.

Similar to the Company's other business segments, the Production segment is subject to seasonal factors. The Production segment's revenues are impacted by prices, which, historically, are higher in the winter heating months when demand is higher than in the summer and shoulder months of spring and fall. Oil prices in the U.S. are also impacted by international production and export policies.

Property Acquisitions and Divestitures - The Company acquired $1.5 million of properties located in the mid-continent region of the U.S. during 2001.

In June 2001, the Company sold its 40 percent equity interest in K. Stewart for $7.7 million, recognizing a gain from the sale of $0.8 million.

Risk Management - The Company utilized derivative instruments in 2001 in order to hedge anticipated sales of natural gas and oil production. During 2001, approximately 74% of the Company's proved developed production was hedged with commodity swap or option collar agreements whereby the Company was able to set the price to be received for the future production and reduce the risk of declining market prices between the origination date of the swap and the month of production.

At December 31, 2001, the Production segment had 11 percent of its proved developed gas production hedged for fiscal year 2002. See Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

16

(F) POWER

General - The Company's Power segment was created in January 2001 to engage in regional wholesale power trading in the Southwest Power Pool (SPP), Electric Reliability Council of Texas, and Southeast Electric Reliability Council. The Company is also a member of the Western Systems Power Pool. Transactions conducted by the Power segment include capacity and energy. The 300-megawatt power plant, which began operations in mid-2001, is located adjacent to one of the Company's natural gas storage facilities and is configured to supply electric power during peak periods with four gas-powered turbine generators manufactured by General Electric. The Company also has leased from the SPP 200 megawatts of firm point-to-point transmission capacity from the power plant to Entergy Services' transmission system near Fort Smith, Arkansas.

The Company has a signed definitive agreement with an unaffiliated company for a 15-year term providing the customer the right to purchase up to 75 megawatts per hour of the plant's generating capacity.

The completed construction of this power plant complements the Company's strategy of maximizing earnings capacity of existing assets and exploring new opportunities that are expected to have a positive impact on earnings. Of the Company's consolidated revenues, revenues from unaffiliated customers for the Power segment represent approximately 0.4 percent in fiscal year 2001. Operating income from the Power segment is 1.2 percent of the consolidated operating income for fiscal year 2001. The Power segment has no single external customer from which it receives ten percent or more of consolidated revenues.

Market Conditions and Business Seasonality - The Power segment primarily serves peaking requirements in the SPP. There is currently limited competition in this market; however, several peaking plants are currently being constructed in the region, which will increase competition in the future. Competition typically arises as a result of a plant's location, transmission capabilities and operational efficiency. The Company believes that the fully operational status of the plant, as compared to competitor plants that are still being constructed and the plant's ability to start up quickly with its readily available gas supply allow it to be a competitive force in its market. More importantly, the Company believes that it serves a specific niche through cross commodity trading natural gas and electricity in the power trading market, rather than producing baseload electricity.

The Power segment's revenue and gross margin on power sales are subject to seasonality due to fluctuations in sales volumes and the price of natural gas and electricity. Electricity volumes are typically higher in the summer cooling months than in the winter months, reflecting increased demand due to greater cooling requirements. However, increased price volatility in the natural gas market can mitigate the seasonality effect by influencing decisions related to injection and withdrawal of natural gas in storage.

Price Risk Management - The Company's strategy is to capture market volatility in the spark spread premium, which is the value added by converting natural gas to electricity. In doing so, the Power segment uses price risk management instruments, including options, futures and physical commodity-based contracts to manage exposures to market price movements. See Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(G) OTHER

The Company, through two subsidiaries, owns a parking garage and leases an office building (ONEOK Plaza) in downtown Tulsa, Oklahoma, in which the Company's headquarters are located. The parking garage is owned and operated by ONEOK Parking Company. ONEOK Leasing Company leases excess office space to others. The Other segment has no single external customer from which it receives ten percent or more of consolidated revenues.

17

The Other segment includes the approximate 21 percent current ownership of Magnum Hunter Resources, Inc. (MHR), which is currently accounted for under the equity method. In December 2001, MHR announced a merger with Prize Energy Corp. ("Prize"). ONEOK has informed MHR that the Company will not "top-up" its investment in the merged company, thereby decreasing its ownership to approximately 11 percent in the merged company, and ONEOK has agreed to give up one Director's position on the MHR Board of Directors. Assuming the merger is completed in 2002, the Company will begin accounting for the investment in MHR as an available for sale security and, accordingly, mark the investment to fair value through other comprehensive income.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

(A) DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

GATHERING AND PROCESSING

The Company owns and operates or leases and operates 25 natural gas processing plants in Oklahoma, Kansas and Texas, six of which are currently idle. It also has an ownership interest in four natural gas processing plants that are operated by other owners. The Company owns approximately 19,300 miles of natural gas gathering pipeline, some of which are connected to the Company's natural gas processing plants. The total capacity of the plants the Company owns, leases or has an ownership interest in is 2.2 Bcf/d, of which 0.150 Bcf/d is currently idled. The Company's natural gas processing operations utilize two types of gas processing plants, field and straddle plants. Field plants aggregate volumes from multiple producing wells into quantities that can be economically processed to extract natural gas liquids and to remove water vapor and other contaminants. Straddle plants are situated on mainline natural gas pipelines and allow operators to extract natural gas liquids under contract from a natural gas stream when the market value of natural gas liquids separated from the natural gas stream is higher than the market value of the same unprocessed natural gas stream.

The Company's natural gas processing plants were operating at various capacities throughout the year. At certain times throughout the year, the Company's natural gas processing facilities operated at levels well below capacity due to the historically high natural gas prices. When this occurred, some producers sold their natural gas rather than having it processed into NGLs. The Company is rationalizing assets in non-core operating areas. Overall, the plants operated at approximately 64 percent of capacity.

The Company owns and operates or leases and operates five NGL storage and terminal facilities in Kansas and Texas. The total capacity of the facilities is approximately 18,000 MBbls.

The Company owns and operates or leases and operates two fractionation facilities in Oklahoma and Kansas. The total fractionation capacity of the two facilities is approximately 90,000 Bbls/d.

TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE

The Company owned a combined total of approximately 3,245 miles of transmission pipeline in Oklahoma, approximately 1,711 miles in Kansas, and approximately 4,733 miles in Texas at December 31, 2001. Compression and dehydration facilities are located at various points throughout the pipeline system. In addition, the Company owns five underground storage facilities located throughout Oklahoma, two storage facilities in Kansas and three storage facilities in Texas. The storage facilities primarily consist of land and mineral leasehold agreements, wells and equipment, rights of way, and cushion gas. The total working storage capacity of these facilities is approximately 58 Bcf, of which 8 Bcf is currently idle. Four of the Oklahoma storage facilities are located in close proximity to large market areas; the other storage facility is located in western Oklahoma and is leased to and operated by another company. However, 3 Bcf of working storage capacity in that facility has been retained for the Company's use. The storage facilities in Kansas and Texas are connected to the Company's pipelines and are located near unaffiliated intrastate and interstate pipelines, providing the Company's storage customers with access to multiple markets.

18

DISTRIBUTION

The Company owned approximately 16,978 miles of pipeline and other distribution facilities in Oklahoma and approximately 12,291 miles of pipeline and other distribution facilities in Kansas at December 31, 2001. The Company owns a number of warehouses, garages, meter and regulator houses, service buildings, and other buildings throughout Oklahoma and Kansas. The Company also owns a fleet of trucks and maintains an inventory of spare parts, equipment, and supplies.

PRODUCTION

The Company owns varying economic interests, including working, royalty and overriding royalty interests, in 2,172 gas wells and 218 oil wells, some of which are completed in multiple producing zones. Such interests are in wells located primarily in Oklahoma, Kansas, and Texas. The Company owns 191,713 net onshore developed leasehold acres and 40,140 net onshore undeveloped acres, located primarily in Oklahoma, Kansas, and Texas. The Company does not own any offshore acreage.

Lease acreage in producing units is held by production. Leases not held by production are generally for a term of three years and may require payment of annual rentals.

POWER

The Company has constructed a 300-megawatt gas-fired merchant power plant located in Logan County, Oklahoma adjacent to an affiliate's gas storage facility. This plant is configured to supply electric power during peak periods with four gas-powered turbine generators manufactured by General Electric. It began operations in mid-2001. Total costs to construct this plant totaled approximately $120 million.

OTHER

The Company owns a parking garage and land, subject to a long-term ground lease. Upon this land is a seventeen-story office building with approximately 517,000 square feet of net rentable space. The Company also leases its office building under a lease term that expires in 2009 with six five-year renewal options. After the primary term or any renewal period, the Company can purchase the property at its fair market value. The Company occupies approximately 194,000 square feet for its own use and leases the remaining space to others.

(B) OTHER INFORMATION

Oil and gas production is defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to include natural gas liquids in their natural state. The Company's gathering and processing operation produces natural gas liquids. The SEC excludes the production of natural gas liquids resulting from the operations of gas processing plants as an oil and gas activity. Accordingly, the following tables exclude information concerning the production of natural gas liquids by the Company's processing operations.

OIL AND GAS RESERVES

All of the oil and gas reserves for the Production segment are located in the United States.

Quantities of Oil and Gas Reserves - See Note S of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Present Value of Estimated Future Net Revenues - See Note T of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

RESERVE ESTIMATES FILED WITH OTHERS

None.

19

QUANTITIES OF OIL AND GAS PRODUCED

The net quantities of oil and natural gas produced and sold, including intercompany transactions for the Production segment, were as follows:

                                                                       Years Ended
                                                      December 31,      December 31,     August 31,
Sales                                                    2001              2000            1999
=====================================================================================================
Oil (MBbls)                                                  492.6            400.0          460.0
Gas (MMcf)                                                27,578.4         26,746.0       27,773.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                       Four Months Ended
                                                                          December 31,
Sales                                                                 1999              1998
=====================================================================================================
Oil (MBbls)                                                               138.0              145.0
Gas (MMcf)                                                              8,306.0            7,700.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AVERAGE SALES PRICE AND PRODUCTION (LIFTING) COSTS

Average sales prices and production costs for the Production segment are as follows:

                                              Years Ended
                          December 31,       December 31,       August 31,
                              2001               2000             1999
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average Sales Price (a)
  Per Bbl of oil          $     24.89        $     21.43        $   13.56
  Per Mcf of gas          $      3.91        $      2.28        $    2.12
Average Production Costs
  Per Mcfe (b)            $      0.68        $      0.60        $    0.49
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                    Four Months Ended
                                                       December 31,
                                                   1999           1998
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average Sales Price (a)
  Per Bbl of oil                              $      18.93      $    12.53
  Per Mcf of gas                              $       2.50      $     2.03
Average Production Costs
  Per Mcfe (b)                                $       0.60      $     0.46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) In determining the average sales price of oil and gas, sales to affiliated companies were recorded on the same basis as sales to unaffiliated customers.
(b) For the purpose of calculating the average production costs per Mcf equivalent, barrels of oil were converted to Mcf using six Mcfs of natural gas to one barrel of oil. Production costs, which include production taxes, are based on the wellhead market price, which averaged $24.89 per Bbl of oil and $4.33 per Mcf of gas in 2001 and $29.34 per Bbl of oil and $3.42 per Mcf of gas in 2000, instead of the weighted average hedged price. This contributed to the significant increase in average production costs per Mcfe. Production costs do not include depreciation or depletion.

20

WELLS AND DEVELOPED ACREAGE

The table shows gross and net wells in which the Production segment has an interest at December 31, 2001.

                  Gas            Oil
--------------------------------------
Gross wells       2,172            218
Net wells           622             78
--------------------------------------

Gross developed acres and net developed acres by well classification are not available. Net developed acres for both oil and gas is 191,713 acres.

UNDEVELOPED ACREAGE

The gross and net undeveloped leasehold acreage for the Production segment at December 31, 2001 is as follows:

                    Gross        Net
--------------------------------------
Colorado                320         36
Kansas                1,228        538
Mississippi               2          1
Oklahoma            126,716     39,078
Texas                 3,109        487
--------------------------------------
  Total             131,375     40,140
--------------------------------------

Of the net undeveloped acres, approximately 38 percent is in the Anadarko Basin area of Oklahoma and Texas, 18 percent in the Arkoma Basin area of Oklahoma and 6 percent in the Ardmore Basin area of Oklahoma. The balance is located in major producing areas in other states including Kansas, Texas and Colorado.

NET DEVELOPMENT WELLS DRILLED

The net interest in total development wells drilled, by well classification, for the Production segment is as follows:

                                 Years Ended
                  December 31,  December 31,  August 31,
                     2001          2000        1999
---------------------------------------------------------
Development
  Productive             29.6           28.5         22.5
  Dry                     0.6            1.8          1.4
---------------------------------------------------------
    Total                30.2           30.3         23.9
=========================================================

                                 Four Months Ended
                                   December 31,
                                 1999          1998
---------------------------------------------------------
Development
  Productive                      9.6          8.2
  Dry                             0.0          0.1
---------------------------------------------------------
    Total                         9.6          8.3
=========================================================

21

PRESENT DRILLING ACTIVITIES

On December 31, 2001, the Production segment was participating in the drilling of 6 wells. The Company's net interest in these wells amounts to 0.53 wells.

FUTURE OBLIGATIONS TO PROVIDE OIL AND GAS

None.

22

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

United States ex rel. Jack J. Grynberg v. ONEOK, Inc., ONEOK Resources Company,
and Oklahoma Natural Gas Company, (CTN-8), No. CIV-97-1006-R, United States District Court for the Western District of Oklahoma, transferred, In re Natural Gas Royalties Qui Tam Litigation, MDL Docket No. 1293, United States District Court for the District of Wyoming. On June 21, 1999, ONEOK, Inc. ("ONEOK") was served with a Complaint filed by Jack J. Grynberg ("Grynberg"), purportedly on behalf of the United States pursuant to the False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. [sect] 729, et seq.). Similar complaints were filed against approximately 65 other companies that measure natural gas extracted from lands owned by the federal government or American Indian tribes. The gravamen of the complaints is that, since at least 1985, the defendants have systematically undermeasured the volumes and/or the heating content of gas purchased from federal and Indian lands, resulting in underpayment of royalties due the federal government and the various Indian tribes. Grynberg seeks to recover the underpayments, interest, treble damages, costs, including attorneys' fees, and civil penalties in the amount of $5,000 to $10,000 for each violation of the False Claims Act. The actions brought by Grynberg, together with certain other actions alleging underpayment of royalties to federal and Indian lessors, have been assigned to a multidistrict litigation (MDL) proceeding in the United States District Court for the District of Wyoming for coordination of pretrial proceedings. The Court has overruled the defendants' Motions to Dismiss, but has not yet established a scheduling order for further proceedings. No discovery relating to claims against ONEOK has commenced in the case and ONEOK intends to vigorously defend all aspects of claims made against it in this litigation.

ONEOK, Inc. v. Southern Union Company, No. 99-CV-0345-H(M), United States District Court for the Northern District of Oklahoma, transferred, No. CV 00-1812-PHX-ROS, in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona, on appeal of preliminary injunction, United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit, Case No. 99-5103. On May 5, 1999, ONEOK, Inc. ("ONEOK") filed a Complaint against Southern Union Company ("Southern Union") alleging that Southern Union had breached the February 21, 1999 Confidentiality and Standstill Agreement (the "Agreement") between Southern Union and Southwest Gas Corporation ("Southwest") and had tortiously interfered with the ONEOK-Southwest merger. ONEOK alleged that it is a third-party beneficiary of the Agreement. ONEOK also sought to enjoin Southern Union from breaching the Agreement and from taking any other wrongful actions to disrupt the proposed merger of ONEOK with Southwest. On May 11, 1999, the District Court granted a Temporary Restraining Order enjoining Southern Union from any future violation of its Agreement with Southwest, including soliciting proxies from Southwest shareholders. On May 17, 1999, the Temporary Restraining Order became a Preliminary Injunction by stipulation of the parties and was appealed to the Tenth Circuit Court of Appeals. Southern Union filed its Answer to the Complaint on September 7, 1999, withdrawing some specific allegations of wrongdoing that it made in an earlier filing. Southern Union filed an Amended Answer and Counterclaims on November 10, 1999. Southern Union's Counterclaims against ONEOK are for: (1) a declaratory judgment determining that the Agreement was unenforceable; and (2) a declaratory judgment determining that Southern Union had not breached the Agreement. The Court held a status conference on August 31, 2000, and granted Southern Union's Motion to Transfer the action to the federal district court in Arizona. Based on the transfer of the case to Arizona, on February 2, 2001, the Tenth Circuit dismissed Southern Union's appeal of the Preliminary Injunction for want of appellate jurisdiction. Following transfer to Arizona, by Order filed June 5, 2001, this case was consolidated with Southern Union Company v. Southwest Gas Corporation, et al., Case No. CIV-99-1294-PHX-ROS, described below. On June 29, 2001, Southern Union filed a Motion for Summary Judgment on all of the claims asserted by ONEOK against Southern Union; in an Order dated January 4, 2002, the Court, among other things, granted Southern Union's Motion for Summary Judgment against ONEOK. Southern Union's counterclaims have not been ruled upon by the Court, but appear to have no further legal effect.

Southern Union Company v. Southwest Gas Corporation, et al., No.
CIV-99-1294-PHX-ROS, United States District Court for the District of Arizona. On July 19, 1999, the plaintiff, Southern Union Company ("Southern Union"), filed its Complaint against Southwest Gas Corporation ("Southwest"), ONEOK, Inc. ("ONEOK"), Michael O. Maffie, Thomas Y. Hartley and Thomas R. Sheets (jointly "Southwest Individual Defendants") and Eugene N. Dubay and John A. Gaberino, Jr. (jointly "ONEOK Individual Defendants"), James

23

M. Irvin ("Irvin") and Jack D. Rose ("Rose"). Southern Union alleged (1) that the action arose out of a fraud and racketeering scheme by Southwest and ONEOK and the individual defendants to block Southwest's shareholders from voting for Southern Union's offer to acquire Southwest and ensure that only ONEOK's offer would be approved, (2) the defendants entered into a secret campaign of deception, corruption and misrepresentation with members of regulatory commissions in order to influence their vote on the Southern Union proposal to acquire Southwest and to mislead the board and shareholders of Southwest to believe falsely that such an acquisition would face greater regulatory hurdles than the proposed Southwest-ONEOK merger, (3) Southwest and Southwest Individual Defendants fraudulently induced Southern Union to enter into a Confidentiality and Standstill Agreement (the "Agreement") with Southwest, and (4) that corruption and fraud were necessary to defeat the Southern Union offer. The Complaint alleged numerous causes of action including (1) racketeering in violation of 18 U.S.C. [sect].[sect] 1962(c) and 1962(d), and unlawful activity in violation of Arizona Criminal Code through a pattern of unlawful activities predicated on acts of extortion and a scheme or artifice to defraud against all defendants and conspiracy (the "RICO claims"), (2) fraud in the inducement, breach of contract, violation of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing and rescission of the Agreement against Southwest, and (3) intentional interference with a business relationship and tortious interference of a contractual relationship against ONEOK, the ONEOK Individual Defendants, the Southwest Individual Defendants, Rose and Irvin. The Complaint asked for the award of an amount of not less than $750,000,000 to be trebled for racketeering and unlawful violations (with attorneys' fees and investigators' fees); compensatory damages of not less than $750,000,000 for fraud in the inducement, breach of contract, breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing, intentional interference with a business relationship, tortious interference with contractual relationship and civil conspiracy (with interest and costs); rescission of the Agreement (with costs), punitive damages, injunctive relief under the Securities Act of 1934 and any further relief the Court deems just and proper. Thomas R. Sheets was later dismissed as a defendant by Southern Union. As a result of Motions to Dismiss being filed by certain defendants, on October 12, 1999, Southern Union filed its First Amended Verified Complaint (the "Amended Complaint"). The Amended Complaint asserted many of the same claims as the earlier Complaint. Larry Brummett and Jim Kneale were added as named defendants to the action. On May 30, 2000, Southern Union filed a dismissal with prejudice of its claims against Larry Brummett. The Court granted leave to Southern Union to file its Second Amended Complaint on August 3, 2000, but further ordered that Southern Union could make no further amendments to its Complaint. The Second Amended Complaint alleged essentially the same claims as the earlier Complaint. On August 4, 2000, the Court heard arguments on the defendants' Motions to Dismiss the federal and state RICO claims, the motions of ONEOK and Southwest to dismiss or stay the action because of previously filed actions, the Motions to Dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction filed by several of the individual defendants, and the Motion to Dismiss filed by Jim Irvin on sovereign immunity grounds. Southern Union orally made a motion at the hearing to dismiss without prejudice its federal and state RICO claims against the ONEOK Individual Defendants, which was granted by the Court. On August 28, 2000, the Court entered an Order denying the Motions to Dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction filed on behalf of Eugene N. Dubay and John A. Gaberino, Jr. but granted the motion filed on behalf of Jim Kneale. On that same day, the Court entered an Order denying the Motion to Dismiss filed by Jim Irvin on sovereign immunity grounds. The Court also entered an Order denying the defendants' Motions to Dismiss the federal and state RICO claims on the ground that they were precluded by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. On August 24, 2000, ONEOK and all the other defendants filed Motions to Dismiss the claims asserted by Southern Union in its Second Amended Complaint. On December 15, 2000, the Court withdrew its previous Order of August 28, 2000, and granted the motions of ONEOK and Southwest to dismiss the federal RICO claims made by Southern Union on the ground that they were precluded by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Motions were thereafter filed to apply the Court's December 15, 2000 ruling to the other defendants and to Southern Union's state RICO claims; by Order filed May 23, 2001, the Court applied the December 15, 2000 ruling as to all defendants and dismissed Southern Union's state RICO claims against all defendants. In an Order dated June 21, 2001, the Court, among other things, granted the Motions to Dismiss all of Southern Union's claims against ONEOK, Eugene N. Dubay, and John A. Gaberino, Jr. except the claim for tortious interference with business relations and, as to Eugene N. Dubay and John A. Gaberino, Jr., the claim for tortious interference with contract. On or about June 29, 2001, ONEOK, Eugene N. Dubay, and John A. Gaberino, Jr. filed Motions for Summary Judgment. In an Order filed September 26, 2001, the Court, among other things, granted the Motions for Summary Judgment by ONEOK, Eugene N. Dubay, and John A. Gaberino, Jr. on Southern Union's

24

claim for tortious interference with business relations to the extent Southern Union is seeking lost profits damages for the failed merger with Southwest but denied the motion to the extent Southern Union is seeking out-of-pocket and punitive damages; and granted the Motions for Summary Judgment by Eugene N. Dubay and John A. Gaberino, Jr. on Southern Union's claim for tortious interference with contract. At this point, Southern Union's only remaining claim against ONEOK, Eugene Dubay and John A. Gaberino, Jr. is for out-of-pocket damages and punitive damages based on alleged tortious interference with a business relationship. Under the current Scheduling Order, final Motions for Summary Judgment may be filed by April 30, 2002 and trial is scheduled to commence on October 15, 2002. ONEOK expects to file a Motion for Summary Judgment seeking a dismissal of the remaining claims of Southern Union, including the claim for punitive damages. Based on discovery in the cases at this point, ONEOK believes that Southern Union's out-of-pocket damages potentially recoverable at trial, exclusive of legal fees and expenses, are less than $1,000,000. As in all litigation, judgments of the Court are potentially subject to appeal by the parties.

ONEOK, Inc. v. Southwest Gas Corporation, No. 00-CV-063-H(E), United States District Court for the Northern District of Oklahoma, transferred, No. CIV-00-1775-PHX-ROS, United States District Court for the District of Arizona. On January 21, 2000, as a result of its termination of the agreement for the merger of ONEOK, Inc. ("ONEOK") and Southwest Gas Corporation ("Southwest"), ONEOK brought this action against Southwest seeking a declaratory judgment determining that it had properly terminated the Merger Agreement. On March 6, 2000, Southwest filed a motion seeking either a dismissal of the action or a transfer to the federal court in Arizona. On August 23, 2000, ONEOK filed its First Amended Complaint against Southwest, adding allegations that Southwest had fraudulently induced ONEOK to enter into the Amended Merger Agreement with Southwest and had breached the Merger Agreement. At a status conference held on August 31, 2000, the Court heard argument on and granted Southwest's Motion to Transfer the action to the federal district court in Arizona. Southwest's filed its Amended Answer to ONEOK's First Amended Complaint on or about May 7, 2001, denying all claims. Following transfer to Arizona, by Order filed June 5, 2001, this case was consolidated with Southern Union Company v. Southwest Gas Corporation, et al., Case No. CIV-99-1294-PHX-ROS, described above. On or about June 29, 2001, Southwest filed a Motion for Summary Judgment on ONEOK's claims against Southwest. In an Order dated January 4, 2002, the Court, among other things, granted Southwest's Motion for Summary Judgment as to ONEOK's claims against Southwest for breach of contract and rescission, but denied Southwest's Motion for Summary Judgment as to ONEOK's claim against Southwest for fraudulent inducement. Under the current Scheduling Order, final Motions for Summary Judgment may be filed by April 30, 2002 and trial is scheduled to commence on October 15, 2002.

Southwest Gas Corporation v. ONEOK, Inc., No. CIV-00-0119-PHX-ROS, United States District Court for the District of Arizona. On January 24, 2000, Southwest Gas Corporation ("Southwest") filed a complaint against ONEOK, Inc. ("ONEOK") and Southern Union Company ("Southern Union"). Southwest alleges that: (1) under the Merger Agreement between ONEOK and Southwest, ONEOK agreed to furnish all information concerning itself that is required or customary for inclusion in the Southwest proxy statement related to the merger and that none of such information would contain any untrue statement of material facts or omit to state any material facts required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; (2) under the Merger Agreement ONEOK promised to use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary governmental authorization for the merger (and consult with Southwest in respect thereto) and to take all other necessary actions and do all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the merger transaction; (3) ONEOK failed to make certain disclosures to the Southwest Board; (4) if ONEOK had made such disclosures, it would have caused the Board of Southwest to have questions about the chances of obtaining regulatory approvals and the Southwest Board might not have entered into an amendment of the Merger Agreement and the Board would have demanded ONEOK cure its breach of the Merger Agreement; (5) ONEOK's failure to use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such approval as required by the Merger Agreement; and (6) ONEOK has refused to cure its breach of and has wrongfully terminated the Merger Agreement. The Complaint alleges numerous causes of action including: (i) fraud in the inducement; (ii) fraud;
(iii) breach of contract; (iv) breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; and (v) declaratory relief. The Complaint asks that the Merger Agreement be declared null and void and Southwest be awarded its actual, consequential, incidental and punitive damages in an amount in excess of

25

$75,000 for fraud in the inducement and fraud or alternatively (1) damages for breach of the contract and implied covenant in an amount in excess of $75,000, or (2) a declaration that ONEOK has breached the Merger Agreement. On February 28, 2000, Southern Union filed its Answer to the Complaint denying the claims made by Southwest. On or about April 16, 2001, ONEOK filed its Answer to Southwest's First Amended Complaint, and Counterclaims against Southwest reasserting, in essence, the claims ONEOK asserts against Southwest in Case No. CIV-00-1775-PHX-ROS, described above. On or about June 29, 2001, Southwest filed a Motion for Partial Summary Judgment in its favor on its claims against ONEOK for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. Also on or about June 29, 2001, ONEOK filed a Motion for Summary Judgment on Southwest's claims against ONEOK. In an Order dated January 4, 2002, the Court, among other things, (i) denied Southwest's Motion for Partial Summary Judgment in its favor on its claims against ONEOK for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (ii) granted ONEOK's Motion for Summary Judgment against Southwest with respect to Southwest's claim for "benefit-of-the-bargain" or "price differential damages" (i.e., damages measured by the difference between the ONEOK-Southwest Merger Agreement price per share and the market value of Southwest's shares following termination of the Merger Agreement); and (iii) denied ONEOK's Motion for Summary Judgment in part with respect to Southwest's claims for fraud in the inducement and fraud. Under the current Scheduling Order, final Motions for Summary Judgment may be filed by April 30, 2002 and trial is scheduled to commence on October 15, 2002. Based on discovery in the cases at this point, ONEOK believes that Southwest's actual damages potentially recoverable at trial, exclusive of legal fees and expenses, are less than $5,500,000. As in any litigation, judgments of the Court are potentially subject to appeal by the parties.

In re ONEOK, Inc. Derivative Litigation, No. CJ-2000-00593, District Court of Tulsa County, Oklahoma (formerly Gaetan Lavalla, derivatively on behalf of nominal defendant ONEOK, Inc. v. Larry W. Brummett, et al., No. CJ-2000-598 and Hayward Lane, derivatively on behalf of nominal defendant ONEOK, Inc. v. Larry W. Brummett, et al.). On February 3, 2000, two substantially identical derivative actions were filed in the District Court in Tulsa, Oklahoma, by shareholders against the members of the Board of Directors of ONEOK, Inc. ("ONEOK") for violation of their fiduciary duties to ONEOK by allegedly causing or allowing ONEOK to engage in fraudulent and improper schemes designed to "sabotage" Southern Union Company's ("Southern Union") competitive bid to acquire Southwest Gas Corporation ("Southwest") and secure regulatory approval for ONEOK's own planned merger with Southwest. Such conduct allegedly caused ONEOK to be sued by both Southwest and Southern Union which exposed ONEOK to millions of dollars in liabilities. The allegations are used as a basis for causes of action for intentional breach of fiduciary duty, derivative claim for negligent breach of fiduciary duty, class and derivative claims for constructive fraud, and derivative claims for gross mismanagement. Each plaintiff seeks a declaration that the lawsuit is properly maintained as a derivative action, the defendants, and each of them, have breached their fiduciary duties to ONEOK, an injunction permanently enjoining defendants from further abuse of control and committing of gross mismanagement and constructive fraud, and asks for an award of compensatory and punitive damages and costs, disbursements and reasonable attorney fees. A Joint Motion for Consolidation of both derivative actions was filed on June 6, 2000, and Pretrial Order No. 1 was entered on that date consolidating the actions and establishing a schedule for a response to a Consolidated Petition. On July 21, 2000, the plaintiffs filed their Consolidated Petition. Stephen J. Jatras and J.M. Graves have been eliminated as defendants in the Consolidated Petition, but Eugene Dubay was added as a new defendant. The plaintiffs also dropped their class and derivative claim for constructive fraud, but added a new derivative claim for waste of corporate assets. On September 19, 2000, ONEOK, the Independent Directors (Anderson, Bell, Cummings, Ford, Fricke, Lake, Mackie, Newsom, Parker, Scott and Young), David Kyle, and Gene Dubay filed Motions to Dismiss the action for failure of the plaintiffs to make a pre-suit demand on ONEOK's Board of Directors. In addition, the Independent Directors, David Kyle, and Gene Dubay filed Motions to Dismiss the Plaintiffs' Consolidated Petition for failure to state a claim. On January 3, 2001, the Court dismissed the action without prejudice as to its claims against Larry Brummett. On February 26, 2001, the action was stayed until one of the parties notifies the court that a dissolution of the stay is requested.

Quinque Operating Company, et al. v. Gas Pipelines, et al., 26/th/ Judicial District, District Court of Stevens County, Kansas, Civil Department, Case No. 99C30. On June 8, 2001, a Second Amended Petition was filed as a purported class action against approximately 225 defendants, including ONEOK, Inc. (the "Company"), one of its

26

divisions and five of its subsidiaries. The Second Amended Petition was purportedly filed on behalf of all producers and royalty owners who have lost money as a result of alleged mismeasurement of gas since 1974 from any of the approximately 225 defendants. The Second Amended Petition alleges that each of the approximately 225 defendants engaged in one or more specific "mismeasurement techniques" and conspired with one another to undermeasure the gas sold by the alleged class members. The Second Amended Petition alleges that the aggregate alleged underpayment to all purported class members since 1974 is estimated to be tens of billions of dollars. One of the named subsidiaries of the Company, ONEOK WesTex Transmission, Inc. ("ONEOK WesTex"), is a former subsidiary of Kinder Morgan, and Kinder Morgan has agreed to assume the defense of ONEOK WesTex while reserving its rights and denying that it has any obligation to indemnify the Company against any loss suffered by ONEOK WesTex as a result of this litigation. Another of the named subsidiaries of the Company, ONEOK Resources Company, was voluntarily dismissed as a defendant on December 4, 2001, because that subsidiary does not measure gas for pay purposes. Numerous other defendants also have been voluntarily dismissed for the same reason. Discovery in the case, except as to class certification and personal jurisdiction issues, has been stayed. Plaintiffs and defendants, including the ONEOK defendants, have served and responded to various discovery requests on the personal jurisdiction and class certification issues. (One of the ONEOK defendants, ONEOK Gas Transportation, LLC, is contesting personal jurisdiction.) The defendants, including the ONEOK defendants, also have filed a Motion to Dismiss the action, asserting various legal defenses to plaintiffs' claims. That motion has been fully briefed and was argued before the Court on November 29, 2001, and we are awaiting the Court's decision on it. In February 2002, plaintiffs filed a motion to file a Third Amended Petition, in order to add certain plaintiffs, dismiss Quinque Operating Company as a plaintiff, and amend certain of their substantive allegations. On February 21, 2002, the Court entered an Order allowing the filing of the plaintiff's Third Amended Petition. The Company intends to vigorously defend all aspects of the claims asserted in this case.

Application of Michael Edward McAdams and John Powell Walker for Relief from
Improper and Excessive Gas Costs, Cause No. PUD 980000188, before the Oklahoma Corporation Commission. On April 6, 1998, the Applicants filed an Application, naming ONG as the Respondent, requesting that the Commission review the gas purchase contract between ONG and Dynamic Energy Resources, Inc. (which was subsequently assigned by Dynamic to Enogex, Inc., and to Associated Natural Gas, Inc. (now Duke Energy)). Applicants allege that ONG has charged and continues to charge its ratepayers, through its PGA, excessive, imprudent and unwarranted gas purchase costs related to that contract. Applicants seek, on behalf of all ratepayers, a determination of whether ONG is passing excessive, imprudent gas costs through to its customers, and if so, to order refunds or prospective adjustments warranted to compensate the ratepayers for past and on-going overcharges. The Consumer Services Divisions ("CSD") of the Commission is also conducting a review of the contract. Applicants filed their direct testimony on February 21, 2002, alleging that ONG's liability to its ratepayers is $100.4 million. Of this amount, $44.8 million represents the alleged excess amount paid under the contract, and $55.6 million represents the opportunity cost of funds incurred by the ratepayers as a result of the alleged overcharges. CSD filed its direct testimony on February 25, 2002 alleging excess costs under the contract of $45 million and interest thereon in the amount of $22 million. CSD also alleged that ONG passed on excess costs from five other contracts (including the old Creek Systems contract) in the amount of $53 million which they recommended the OCC pursue. ONG is to file rebuttal testimony on April 21, 2002. The hearing before the Commission en banc and/or an ALJ is scheduled June 3, 2002.

Loyd Smith, et al. v. Kansas Gas Service Company, Inc., ONEOK, Inc., Western
Resources, Inc., Mid-Continent Market Center, Inc., ONEOK Gas Storage,
L.L.C., ONEOK Gas Storage Holdings, Inc. and ONEOK Gas Transportation, L.L.C.,
Case No. 01C0029, in the District Court of Reno County, Kansas and Gilley et al.
v. Kansas Gas Service Company, Western Resources, Inc. ONEOK, Inc. ONEOK Gas
Storage, L.L.C., ONEOK Gas Storage Holdings, Inc., ONEOK Gas Transportation
L.L.C. and Mid-Continent Market Center, Inc., Case No. 01 C 0157 in the District Court of Reno County, Kansas. Two separate class action lawsuits were filed against ONEOK and several of its affiliates in early 2001 relating to certain gas explosions in or near Hutchinson, Kansas. The plaintiffs seek to certify two separate classes of claimants, which include all owners of real estate in Reno County, Kansas whose property had allegedly declined in value, and owners of businesses in Reno County whose income had allegedly suffered. The petitions seek recovery on

27

behalf of the class claimants for an amount which will fully and fairly compensate all members of the class. In addition to the foregoing cases, there are four other cases filed against ONEOK or other subsidiaries of ONEOK seeking property damage, personal injury, wrongful death claims and punitive damages relating to the gas explosion in or near Hutchinson, Kansas. ONEOK and its subsidiaries are being represented by their insurance carrier in these cases. At this point in discovery, ONEOK is unable to evaluate the merits of these cases or likelihood of success by the plaintiffs.

28

ITEM 4. RESULTS OF VOTES OF SECURITY HOLDERS

(A) MATTERS SUBMITTED TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matter was submitted to a vote of the Company's security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

All executive officers are elected at the annual meeting of directors and serve for a period of one year or until successors are duly elected.

Name and Position         Age  Business Experience In Past Five Years

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

David L. Kyle             49  2000 to present   Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, and Chief Executive Officer
Chairman of the Board,        1997 to 2000      President and Chief Operating Officer
President and Chief           1995 to present   Member of the Board of Directors
Executive Officer             1994 to 1997      President and Chief Operating Officer of Oklahoma Natural Gas Company

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

James C. Kneale           50  2001 to present   Senior Vice President, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer
Senior Vice President,        1999 to 2000      Vice President, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer
Treasurer, and Chief          1997 to 1999      President and Chief Operating Officer of Oklahoma Natural Gas Company
Financial Officer             1996 to 1997      Vice President of ONEOK Resources Company

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

John A. Gaberino, Jr.     60  2001 to present   Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary
Senior Vice President,        1998 to 2001      Senior Vice President and General Counsel
General Counsel, and          1994 to 1998      Stockholder, Officer and Director of Gable & Gotwals
Corporate Secretary

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Edmund J. Farrell         58  2001 to present   Senior Vice President -- Administration
Senior Vice President --      1999 to 2001      President and Chief Operating Officer of Oklahoma Natural Gas Company
Administration                1997 to 1999      Vice President of ONEOK Gas Marketing Company
                              1996 to 1997      Vice President -- Customer Services of Oklahoma Natural Gas Company

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

John W. Gibson            49  2000 to present   President -- Energy, ONEOK, Inc. (1)
President -- Energy           1996 to 2000      Executive Vice President, Koch Energy, Inc.; President, Koch Midstream Services;
                                                President, Koch Gateway Pipeline Company

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Christopher R Skoog       38  1999 to present   President -- ONEOK Energy Marketing and Trading Company, II
President -- ONEOK            1995 to 1999      Vice President -- ONEOK Gas Marketing Company
Energy Marketing and
Trading Company, II

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

J.D. Holbird              52  1999 to present   President -- ONEOK Resources Company
President -- ONEOK            1997 to 1999      Vice President -- ONEOK Resources Company
Resources Company             1996 to 1997      Vice President -- Tulsa District Oklahoma Natural Gas Company

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Eugene N. Dubay           53  1997 to present   President and Chief Operating Officer of Kansas Gas Service Company
President and Chief           1996 to 1997      Vice President of Corporate Development
Operating Officer of
Kansas Gas Service
Company

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Samuel Combs, III         44  2001 to present   President and Chief Operating Officer of Oklahoma Natural Gas Company
President and Chief           1999 to 2001      Vice President Western Region Oklahoma Natural Gas Company
Operating Officer of          1996 to 1999      Vice President -- Oklahoma City District Oklahoma Natural Gas Company
Oklahoma Natural Gas
Company

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beverly Monnet            43  2001 to present   Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
Vice President,               1997 to 2001      Manager of Accounting ONEOK Resources Company
Controller and Chief          1995 to 1997      Manager of Gas Accounting of Oklahoma Natural Gas Company
Accounting Officer

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) The Energy group includes the Gathering and Processing and Transportation and Storage segments.

No family relationships exist between any of the executive officers nor any arrangement or understanding between any executive officer and any other person pursuant to which the officer was selected.

30

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND
RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

(A) MARKET INFORMATION

The Company's common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol OKE. The corporate name ONEOK is used in newspaper stock listings. The high and low sales prices of the Company's common stock for each fiscal quarter during the last two fiscal years were as follows:

                                        Years Ended
                     December 31, 2001          December 31, 2000
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     High           Low          High          Low
------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Quarter   $      24.34  $      18.13  $      13.78  $     10.88
Second Quarter  $      22.50  $      19.01  $      15.07  $     12.32
Third Quarter   $      20.48  $      14.17  $      19.89  $     13.16
Fourth Quarter  $      18.40  $      16.15  $      25.28  $     19.25
------------------------------------------------------------------------

The high and low sales prices for the year ended December 31, 2000 and the first and second quarters for the year ended December 31, 2001 have been restated to give the effect of the 2001 two-for-one stock split.

(B) HOLDERS

There were 14,454 holders of the Company's common stock at March 8, 2002.

(C) DIVIDENDS

Quarterly dividends declared on the Company's common stock during the last two fiscal years were as follows:

                                   Years Ended
                             December 31,  December 31,
                                2001          2000
--------------------------------------------------------
First Quarter              $      0.155  $      0.155
Second Quarter             $      0.155  $      0.155
Third Quarter              $      0.155  $      0.155
Fourth Quarter             $      0.155  $      0.155
--------------------------------------------------------

The quarterly dividends for the year ended December 31, 2000 and the first and second quarters of the year ended December 31, 2001 have been restated to give the effect of the 2001 two-for-one stock split.

Debt agreements pursuant to which the Company's outstanding long-term and short-term debt have been issued limit dividends and other distributions on the Company's common stock. Under the most restrictive of these provisions, $188.9 million of retained earnings is so restricted. On December 31, 2001, $226.6 million was available for dividends on the Company's common stock.

The Company expects that comparable cash dividends will continue to be paid in the future.

31

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Following are selected financial data for the Company for each of the last five years and the transition period.

In accordance with a pronouncement of the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Staff at the Emerging Issues Task Force meeting in April 2001, codified as EITF Topic No. D-95 (Topic D-95), the Company revised its computation of earnings per common share (EPS). The Company restated the EPS amounts for all periods to be consistent with the revised methodology and to give effect of the two-for-one stock split in 2001. See Note Q of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                                        Years Ended                              Years Ended
                                                        December 31,                              August 31,
                                             ----------------------------  -------------------------------------------
                                                   2001        2000              1999              1998      1997
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (Millions of Dollars, except per share amounts)
Operating revenues                           $     6,803.1  $     6,642.9  $     1,838.9  $     1,820.8  $  1,161.6
Operating income                             $       295.2  $       333.9  $       215.7  $       188.8  $    127.8
Net income                                   $       101.6  $       145.6  $       106.4  $       101.8  $     59.3
Total assets                                 $     5,879.2  $     7,360.3  $     3,024.9  $     2,422.5  $  1,237.4
Long-term debt                               $     1,742.8  $     1,350.7  $       837.0  $       329.3  $    347.1
Basic earnings per share                     $        0.85  $        1.23  $        0.86  $        0.96  $     1.07
Diluted earnings per share                   $        0.85  $        1.23  $        0.86  $        0.96  $     1.07
Dividends per common share                   $        0.62  $        0.62  $        0.62  $        0.60  $     0.60
Percent of payout                                    72.9%          50.4%          72.1%          62.5%       56.1%
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges                   2.01x          2.88x          4.06x          5.50x       3.51x
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges
   and preferred stock dividend requirements         1.43x          1.93x          1.93x          2.52x       3.48x
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                  Four Months Ended
                                                                    December 31,
                                                                   1999      1998
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            (Millions of Dollars, except per share amounts)
Operating revenues                                              $     806.5       $     580.7
Operating income                                                $      83.6       $      68.1
Net income                                                      $      35.3       $      34.8
Total assets                                                    $   3,241.2       $   2,557.1
Long-term debt                                                  $     800.7       $     353.4
Basic earnings per share                                        $      0.27       $      0.26
Diluted earnings per share                                      $      0.27       $      0.26
Dividends per common share                                      $     0.155       $     0.155
Percent of payout                                                     57.4%             59.6%
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges                                    2.98x             4.50x
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges
   and preferred stock dividend requirements                          1.76x             2.02x
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Some of the statements contained and incorporated in this Form 10-K are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking statements relate to the anticipated financial performance, management's plans and objectives for future operations, business prospects, outcome of regulatory proceedings, market conditions and other matters. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements in various circumstances. The following discussion is intended to identify important factors that could cause future outcomes to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements include the items identified in the preceding paragraph, the information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations and other statements contained or incorporated in this Form 10-K identified by words such as "anticipate," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "believe," "projection" or "goal."

You should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements. They are based on known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Those factors may affect our operations, markets, products, services and prices. In addition to any assumptions and other factors referred to specifically in connection with the forward-looking statements, factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contemplated in any forward-looking statement include, among others, the following:

. the effects of weather and other natural phenomena on sales and prices;
. increased competition from other energy suppliers as well as alternative forms of energy;
. the capital intensive nature of the Company's business;
. further deregulation, or "unbundling" of the natural gas business;
. competitive changes in the natural gas gathering, transportation and storage business resulting from deregulation, or "unbundling," of the natural gas business;
. the profitability of assets or businesses acquired by the Company;
. risks of marketing, trading, and hedging activities as a result of changes in energy prices and credit worthiness of counterparties;
. economic climate and growth in the geographic areas in which the Company does business;
. the uncertainty of gas and oil reserve estimates;
. the timing and extent of changes in commodity prices for natural gas, natural gas liquids, electricity, and crude oil;
. the effects of changes in governmental policies and regulatory actions, including income taxes, environmental compliance, and authorized rates;
. the results of litigation related to the Company's now terminated proposed acquisition of Southwest Gas Corporation (Southwest) or to the termination of the Company's merger agreement with Southwest;
. the results of administrative proceedings and litigation involving the Oklahoma Corporation Commission and Kansas Corporation Commission; and
. the other factors listed in the reports the Company has filed and may file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which are incorporated by reference.

Other factors and assumptions not identified above were also involved in the making of the forward-looking statements. The failure of those assumptions to be realized, as well as other factors, may also cause actual results to differ materially from those projected.

33

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND OUTLOOK

The energy industry has undergone tremendous changes throughout the past decade. The Company's strategy has been and continues to be one of growth through acquiring assets that complement and strengthen each other, maximizing the earnings potential of existing assets through asset rationalization and consolidation and introducing regulatory initiatives that benefit the Company and its customers. The Company believes that the energy markets will continue to see deregulation, although it may be different than how certain markets have been deregulated to date. Furthermore, management believes that the natural gas and electricity markets will continue to converge and consolidate, while providing additional opportunities for growth. The Company also believes that demand for natural gas will increase due in part to the construction of a significant amount of gas-fired electric generating plants necessary to maintain adequate supply in the marketplace.

The Company will continue to focus on enhancing the earnings potential of its existing assets through acquiring assets that grow the Company's operations into new market areas and complement its existing asset base. In 2001, the Company expanded its trading capabilities by marketing and trading energy from its 300 megawatt, gas-fired electric generating plant designed to capture the spark spread premium, which is the value added by converting natural gas to electricity, primarily during peak demand periods.

OPERATING HIGHLIGHTS

Acquisitions and Capital Expenditures - The Company increased its common ownership interest in Magnum Hunter Resources, Inc. (MHR) from approximately nine percent to over twenty-one percent in early 2001 through conversion of shares and redemption of MHR preferred stock owned by the Company to shares of MHR common stock as well as exercising warrants. As a result, the Company began accounting for the MHR investment using the equity method of accounting. In December, 2001, MHR and Prize Energy Corp. (Prize) announced plans to merge which will reduce the Company's ownership to approximately 11 percent. Assuming the merger is completed in 2002, the Company will begin accounting for the investment in MHR as an available for sale security and, accordingly, mark the investment to fair value through other comprehensive income. The MHR investment and related income is reported in the Other segment.

During 2001, the Company completed construction of the $120 million Spring Creek Power Plant, located in Logan County, Oklahoma, and began operations in mid-2001. Four gas-powered turbines will provide electricity during peak demand periods. The Company spent approximately $42.3 million in 2001, $58.7 million in 2000, $13.4 million in the four months ended December 31, 1999 and $3.7 million in the year ended August 31, 1999 constructing the 300 megawatt plant

In 2000, the Company made two significant asset acquisitions that greatly enhanced its Gathering and Processing, Transportation and Storage, and Marketing and Trading segments. The combined acquisitions included natural gas processing plants with a combined capacity of 1.6 Bcf/d, approximately 19,000 miles of gathering and transmission lines, natural gas storage facilities with a combined capacity of approximately 10 Bcf and contributed to a significant increase in trading. The acquisition of these assets demonstrates execution of the Company's strategy of growing through acquisition of assets that complement and strengthen each other.

Regulatory- KGS was successful in obtaining temporary approval of weather normalization. KGS also obtained permanent approval of the WeatherProof Bill Program that had been a temporary program. The Company believes that the successful implementation of these initiatives and programs will reduce the impact of weather on earnings and customer bills.

34

The OCC issued an order denying ONG the right to collect $34.6 million in unrecovered gas costs incurred while serving customers during the 2000/2001 winter season. The Company appealed this order to the Oklahoma Supreme Court and asked the OCC to stay the provisions of this order pending the outcome of the Company's appeal. The OCC subsequently approved the Company's request to stay this order, which will allow ONG to collect the $34.6 million, subject to refund should the Company ultimately lose the case. Although the Company will continue to assert its legal rights, it is hopeful that a resolution of this issue can be negotiated.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and contained within this report. Certain amounts included in or affecting our financial statements and related disclosure must be estimated, requiring us to make certain assumptions with respect to values or conditions which cannot be known with certainty at the time the financial statements are prepared. Therefore, the reported amounts of our assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and associated disclosures with respect to contingent assets and obligations are necessarily affected by these estimates. We evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis, utilizing historical experience, consultation with experts and other methods we consider reasonable in the particular circumstances. Nevertheless, actual results may differ significantly from our estimates. We believe that certain accounting policies are of more significance in our financial statement preparation process than others as discussed below.

Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities - The Company engages in price risk management activities. As discussed in Note A of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under "Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities", energy trading contracts are accounted for using mark to market accounting. Forwards, swaps, options, and energy transportation and storage contracts utilized for trading activities are reflected at fair value as assets and liabilities from price risk management activities in the consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of these assets and liabilities are affected by the actual timing of settlements related to these contracts and current period changes resulting primarily from newly originated transactions and the impact of price movements. Changes in fair value are recognized in net revenues in the consolidated statement of income. Market prices used to fair value these assets and liabilities reflect management's best estimate considering various factors including closing exchange and over-the-counter quotations, time value and volatility underlying the commitments. Market prices are adjusted for the potential impact of liquidating the Company's position in an orderly manner over a reasonable period of time under present market conditions. For further information, see Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Regulation - The Company's intrastate transmission pipelines and distribution operations are subject to the rate regulation and accounting requirements of the OCC, KCC and TRC. Certain other transportation activities of the Company are subject to regulation by the FERC. Allocation of costs and revenues to accounting periods for rate-making and regulatory purposes may differ from bases generally applied by non-regulated operations. Such allocations to meet regulatory accounting requirements are considered to be generally accepted accounting principles for regulated utilities provided that there is a demonstrable ability to recover any deferred costs in future rates.

During the rate-making process, regulatory commissions may require a utility to defer recognition of certain costs to be recovered through rates over time as opposed to expensing such costs as incurred. This allows the utility to stabilize rates over time rather than passing such costs on to the customer for immediate recovery. This causes certain expenses to be deferred as a regulatory asset and amortized to expense as they are recovered through rates. Although no further unbundling of services is anticipated, should this occur, certain of these assets may no longer meet the criteria for deferred recognition and, accordingly, a write-off of regulatory assets and stranded costs may be required.

35

Impairments - The Company assesses for impairment of long-lived assets when indicators of impairment are present. An impairment is recognized if the undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to recover the assets carrying amount. Impairment loss is measured by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying amount. Fair values are based on discounted future cash flows or information provided by sales and purchases of similar assets.

See further discussion of the Company's significant accounting policies in Note A of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONSOLIDATED OPERATIONS

                                                                          Years Ended            Year Ended
                                                                          December 31,           August 31,
                                                                       2001           2000          1999
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                                                              (Thousands of Dollars)
Operating revenues                                                 $   6,803,146   $ 6,642,858   $ 1,838,949
Cost of gas                                                            5,894,361     5,845,726     1,213,478
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net revenues                                                           908,785       797,132       625,471
Operating costs                                                          456,243       319,848       280,045
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization                                157,310       143,351       129,704
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income                                                 $     295,232   $   333,933   $   215,722
=============================================================================================================
Other income, net                                                  $         876   $    18,475   $    10,500
=============================================================================================================
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle              $      (3,508)  $     3,449   $       -
Income tax                                                                 1,357        (1,334)          -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax  $      (2,151)  $     2,115   $       -
=============================================================================================================

Operating Results - A full year of operations of the assets acquired in March and April of 2000 contributed to increased net revenues, despite lower energy prices in the latter part of 2001, and increased operating costs and depreciation, depletion and amortization. The Company's ability to successfully execute its transportation and storage arbitrage strategy also continued to favorably impact operating results. The impact of the OCC ruling related to the recovery of gas costs from the 2000/2001 winter reduced operating income by $34.6 million and the impact of the Enron bankruptcy reduced operating income by $37.4 million in 2001. The Company is pursuing all opportunities to settle the OCC matter. Included in Other income, net for 2001 is $8.1 million in income from equity investments including MHR and $3.7 million of ongoing litigation costs associated with the terminated acquisition of Southwest Gas Corporation. The reduction in the effective tax rate for 2001 is the result of changes in estimates of prior year tax liabilities recorded in the third quarter.

The Company's operating results during 2000 increased compared to 1999 due to the acquisitions, greater price volatility in the U.S. natural gas markets, adoption of mark-to-market accounting for its trading activities, and higher natural gas and natural gas liquids prices. Operating costs and depreciation, depletion, and amortization increased primarily due to the acquisitions. Included in Other income, net for 2000 is the $26.7 million gain on the sale of Indian Basin, $13.4 million in income from equity investments and preferred dividends received and $13.7 million of previously deferred transaction and ongoing litigation costs associated with the terminated acquisition of Southwest Gas Corporation.

Interest expense increased in 2001 compared to 2000 as a result of increased debt primarily due to financing of acquisitions and increased working capital including unrecovered purchased gas costs. The Company has interest rate swaps in place that reduced interest expense by $5.3 million in 2001 from what the expense would have been with fixed interest rates. See Note C in the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of interest rate swaps.

36

Transition Period Operating Results

                                               Four Months Ended
                                                 December 31,
                                              1999            1998
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                              (Thousands of Dollars)
Operating revenues                         $    806,478    $   580,701
Cost of gas                                     587,681        384,682
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net revenues                                  218,797        196,019
Operating costs                                  92,002         86,145
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization        43,227         41,736
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income                         $     83,568    $    68,138
=======================================================================
Other income,net                           $      2,396    $     4,993
=======================================================================

Operating results were strong despite warmer than normal weather. While the four month periods ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 were both warmer than normal, the Company used derivative instruments for the 1999/2000 heating season to reduce the effect of weather variances. During the Transition Period, these derivative instruments offset much of the margin variances caused by weather. This revenue was recorded in the Other segment. The operations from the assets acquired in 1999 also favorably impacted operating results.

Increased borrowing, primarily due to acquisitions in fiscal 1999, resulted in increased interest expense for the four months ended December 31, 1999. Gains on sales of assets of $5.0 million were included in Other Income during the four month period ended December 31, 1998.

MARKETING AND TRADING

Operational Highlights - The Company's marketing and trading operation purchases, stores, markets, and trades natural gas to both the wholesale and retail sectors in 28 states. The Company has mid-continent region storage positions and transport capacity of 1 Bcf/d that allows for trade from the California border, throughout the Rockies, to the Chicago city gate. With total storage capacity of 73 Bcf, withdrawal capability of 2.1 Bcf/d and injection capability of 1.4 Bcf/d, the Company has direct access to all regions of the country with great flexibility in capturing margins associated with price volatility in the energy markets. The Company continues to enhance its strategy of focusing on higher margin business which includes providing reliable service during peak demand periods through the use of storage.

37

                                                                                Years Ended                Year Ended
                                                                               December 31,                August 31,
                                                                       2001                2000               1999
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                                                               (Thousands of Dollars)
Gas sales                                                          $   4,906,556       $   4,658,787      $   821,890
Cost of gas                                                            4,804,795           4,595,199          789,955
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Gross margin on gas sales                                              101,761              63,588           31,935
Other revenues                                                             1,668               2,894            3,508
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net revenues                                                           103,429              66,482           35,443
Operating costs                                                           31,488              14,321            9,069
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization                                    597                 887              503
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income                                                 $      71,344       $      51,274      $    25,871
======================================================================================================================
Other income, net                                                  $         259       $           -      $       -
======================================================================================================================
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle              $         -         $       3,449      $       -
Income tax                                                                   -                (1,334)             -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax  $         -         $       2,115      $       -
======================================================================================================================

Operating Results - The increase in Marketing and Trading's gross margins on gas sales in 2001 compared to 2000 is attributable to its ability to capture higher margins by arbitraging regional price volatility through the use of its storage and transportation capacity. The Company was also able to capture wider winter/summer spreads on stored volumes and benefited from falling prices that positively impacted fuel costs associated with its long-term transportation contracts while sales volumes decreased slightly. The Company's gross margin included income recognized from mark-to-market accounting of approximately $35 million and $24 million for 2001 and 2000, respectively. Increased operating costs are due primarily to increased personnel costs required to operate the expanded base of marketing and trading activities acquired in 2000. Also, the Enron bankruptcy resulted in a $22.9 million increase in cost of gas and a $14.5 million increase in operating costs, totaling a $37.4 million negative impact on operating results for 2001. The Company's claim against Enron in bankruptcy is estimated to be $74.0 million.

The increase in gross margins on gas sales in 2000 compared to 1999 is primarily attributable to the increased volumes achieved through the acquisition in 2000. The acquisition significantly increased the segment's commercial control of storage and transportation positions, primarily in the mid-continent, Rocky Mountain and Texas regions, thereby providing more leverage for its marketing and trading capabilities. Increased price volatility during 2000 compared to 1999 also contributed to increased gross margin on gas sales by providing greater marketing and trading opportunities. Gross margin on gas sales was also favorably impacted by the change in accounting principle requiring the Marketing and Trading segment to mark energy trading contracts to fair value.

Increased operating costs in 2000 compared to 1999 are primarily attributable to increased personnel costs resulting from the acquisition coupled with increases in overall personnel to support the expanded base of marketing and trading activities. Operating costs also increased due to higher costs relating to technological enhancements necessary to support these activities.

38

                                       Years Ended              Year Ended
                                       December 31,             August 31,
                                   2001          2000            1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Information
Natural gas volumes (MMcf)             977,602       990,033       389,241
Gross margin ($/Mcf)              $       0.10  $       0.06    $     0.08
Capital expenditures (Thousands)  $      1,184  $        815    $      448
Total assets (Thousands)          $  1,369,220  $  3,035,227    $  269,444
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Marketing and Trading sales volumes averaged 2.7 Bcf/d in 2001 and 2000 and 1.1 Bcf/d in 1999. The increase in sales volumes compared to 1999 is primarily due to the acquisition in 2000 and increased trading activity around the Company's increased storage and transportation capacity. Gross margin per Mcf improved in 2001 compared to 2000 as the Company has now fully integrated its mid-continent marketing and trading base and is successfully executing its strategies for transportation and use of storage that focus on capturing higher margin sales.

Gross margin per Mcf decreased in 2000 compared to 1999 as a result of higher baseload sales resulting from the acquisition of marketing and trading operations in 2000. The Company has since integrated those acquired contracts that complement its business strategy while terminating those contracts that do not.

The decrease in total assets at December 31, 2001 compared to 2000 is primarily attributable to a decrease of $823.3 million in accounts receivable and a decrease of $782.4 million in price risk management assets which represent the fair value of the Company's commodity and derivative trading contracts and storage inventory. Both were the result of decreased natural gas prices.

The increase in total assets at December 31, 2000, compared to 1999 is primarily attributable to $1.8 billion in price risk management assets and a $1.0 billion increase in accounts receivable due to increased marketing and trading activities and increased natural gas prices.

Transition Period Operating Results

                                               Four months ended
                                                  December 31,
                                            1999               1998
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                             (Thousands of Dollars)
Gas sales                                  $  382,650            243,776
Cost of gas                                   371,556            233,810
------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Gross margin on gas sales                    11,094              9,966
Other revenues                                    399              2,470
------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net revenues                                 11,493             12,436
Operating costs                                 3,344              2,730
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization         242                103
------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income                         $    7,907         $    9,603
========================================================================

The increase in gross margin is attributable to increased throughput and a more extensive use of storage. The use of storage has allowed the Company to concentrate on the day-to-day market and take advantage of volatility in that market. Emphasis on base load market had been reduced. Increased sales volumes are primarily due to the expanded niche business into Texas and the west coast. The decrease in Other revenues is due to the recovery of prior period costs in the four months ended December 31, 1998. The increase in operating costs is related to leasing storage.

39

                                      Four months ended
                                         December 31,
                                     1999            1998
----------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Information
Natural gas volumes (MMcf)             138,070          116,309
Gross margin ($/Mcf)                $     0.08      $      0.08
Capital expenditures (Thousands)    $        9      $       605
Total assets (Thousands)            $  287,375      $   141,733
----------------------------------------------------------------

Price Risk Management - To mitigate the financial risks arising from fluctuations in both the market price and transportation costs of natural gas, OEMT manages its portfolio of contracts and the Company's assets in order to maximize value, minimize the associated risks and provide overall liquidity. In doing so, OEMT uses price risk management instruments, including swaps, options, futures and physical commodity-based contracts to manage exposures to market price movements. See Item 7A - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

GATHERING AND PROCESSING

Operational Highlights - The Gathering and Processing segment currently owns and operates or leases and operates 25 gas processing plants and has an ownership interest in four additional gas processing plants which it does not operate. Six operated plants are temporarily idle. The total processing capacity of plants operated and the Company's proportionate interest in plants not operated by the Company is 2.2 Bcf/d, of which 0.150 Bcf/d has been idled temporarily. A total of over 19,300 miles of gathering pipelines support the gas processing plants.

                                                                                    Years Ended            Year Ended
                                                                                   December 31,            August 31,
                                                                               2001            2000           1999
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                                                                    (Thousands of Dollars)
Natural gas liquids and condensate sales                                      $    587,842    $   536,470    $   52,757
Gas sales                                                                          635,569        426,364        23,032
Gathering, compression, dehydration and processing fees and other revenues          91,406         73,879         8,001
Cost of Sales                                                                    1,125,196        812,701        52,479
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net revenues                                                                     189,621        224,012        31,311
Operating costs                                                                    116,853         90,501        11,207
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization                                           29,201         22,692         3,562
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income                                                            $     43,567    $   110,819    $   16,542
========================================================================================================================
Other income, net                                                             $       (178)   $    26,460    $
========================================================================================================================

Operating Results - A full year of operation of assets acquired in early 2000 contributed to increased revenues and cost of sales for 2001 compared to 2000. However, decreased processing spreads and lower natural gas prices resulted in lower net revenues for 2001. In the first quarter of 2001, there were negative processing spreads for the first time in more than 10 years and inter-month volatility during the year was the greatest it has been at any time during that same 10-year period. The overall processing spread for 2001 was approximately 75% of the 10-year average of $1.29 per MMBtu. During the year, both crude oil and natural gas prices fell from $29.33 per barrel and $9.98 per MMBtu to $18.00 per barrel and $1.83 per MMBtu, respectively. The downturn of the economy reduced the demand for many NGL products, particularly ethane, which is a major component of plastic products. Additionally, record high inventories in natural gas and other petroleum products, such as propane, along with significantly warmer than normal temperatures across North America during the heating season lowered demand for natural gas, home heating oil and propane causing weaker than expected prices in 2001.

40

Increased operating costs and depreciation, depletion, and amortization were also the result of a full year of operation for the assets acquired.

Net revenues increased in 2000 compared to 1999 due to the assets acquired in early 2000 and a full year of operation of assets acquired in early 1999. The average NGL price per gallon increased significantly in 2000. Fee-based revenues increased in 2000 compared to 1999 as a result of the acquisitions in 2000.

Operating costs and depreciation, depletion and amortization increased for 2000 compared to 1999 as a result of the acquisitions and the related goodwill. The increase in operating costs is primarily attributable to increased personnel and related benefit costs resulting from the additional employees gained through the acquisitions and additional lease expense resulting from the Bushton lease, which was acquired from KMI in 2000. Other income for 2000 consists of the gain on the sale of the Company's interest in the Indian Basin processing plant.

                                                      Years Ended              Year Ended
                                                      December 31,             August 31,
                                                 2001            2000             1999
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas Processing Plants Operating Information
Total gas gathered (MMMBtu/D)                         1,572           1,329          229
Total gas processed (MMMBtu/D)                        1,420           1,206          187
Natural gas liquids sales (MBbls)                    27,719          23,984        4,559
Natural gas liquids produced (Bbls/d)                74,238          68,999        7,642
Gas sales (MMBtu)                                   142,828         115,180       10,534
Capital expenditures (Thousands)             $       51,442   $      32,383   $    8,557
Total assets (Thousands)                     $    1,322,438   $   1,507,546   $  343,133
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Volumes of natural gas gathered and processed, NGL sales, NGLs produced and gas sales increased for 2001 compared to 2000 primarily due to a full year of operations of the assets acquired in 2000, which provided increased processing and fractionation capacity. Average NGL prices for 2001 decreased compared to 2000, which offset the impact of the increased volumes. The Conway OPIS composite NGL price based on the Company's NGL product mix for 2001 decreased 12 percent from $0.531/gal to $0.465/gal. Average natural gas prices increased for the same period despite decreases during the last half of 2001. The gas price for the mid-continent region increased 11 percent in 2001 from an average of $3.74/MMBtu to an average of $4.15/MMBtu.

For 2000, the increase over 1999 for total gas gathered, gas processed, NGL sales, NGLs produced and gas sales is primarily due to the acquisitions in early 2000 and a full year of operations from the acquisition in April 1999.

The increase in capital expenditures from 2000 to 2001 and from 1999 to 2000 is primarily due to the acquisitions. Additional increases in 2000 and 2001 are related to the Company consolidating its plants in Texas to lower operating costs and optimize recoveries.

The decrease in total assets from 2000 to 2001 is due to decreases in cash and accounts receivable due to decreased prices. The increase in total assets from 1999 to 2000 is primarily attributable to a $619.3 million increase in property, plant and equipment acquired in the 2000 acquisitions and a $99.1 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in accounts receivable is due to both increased business and increased prices.

Risk Management - At December 31, 2001, the Gathering and Processing segment had a portion of its natural gas costs and NGL production hedged. The Company also used derivative instruments during 2001 to minimize risk associated with price volatility and expects to utilize such instruments during 2002. See Item 7A - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

41

Transition Period Operating Results

                                                                             Four Months Ended
                                                                                December 31,
                                                                             1999          1998
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                                                           (Thousands of Dollars)
Natural gas liquids and condensate sales                                    $  43,290     $  8,951
Gas sales                                                                      28,824        4,157
Gathering, compression, dehydration and processing fees and other revenues      6,787        1,398
Cost of sales                                                                  59,488        8,388
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net revenues                                                                 19,413        6,118
Operating costs                                                                 8,588        2,262
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization                                       2,513          681
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income                                                          $   8,312     $  3,175
==================================================================================================

Revenues increased in the Transition Period over the same period in 1998 due to the acquisition of the midstream natural gas gathering and processing assets in April 1999. Operating costs and depreciation also increased due to the additional assets and the cost of operating those assets. Average NGL price per gallon increased as prices continued to experience an upward correction from the abnormally low prices prevalent throughout much of 1998 and early 1999.

                                                  Four Months Ended
                                                     December 31,
                                                  1999           1998
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas Processing Plants Operating Information
Total gas gathered (MMMBtu/D)                         481         127
Total gas processed (MMMBtu/D)                        397         115
Natural gas liquids sales (MBbls)                   3,007         927
Natural gas liquids produced (Bbls/d)               7,022       7,642
Gas sales (MMBtu)                                  10,643       2,303
Capital expenditures (Thousands)                $  14,613     $   974
Total assets (Thousands)                        $ 368,904     $45,709
----------------------------------------------------------------------

TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE

Operational Highlights - The Transportation and Storage segment represents the Company's intrastate transmission pipelines and natural gas storage facilities. The Company has five storage facilities in Oklahoma, two in Kansas and three in Texas with a combined working capacity of approximately 58 Bcf, of which 8 Bcf is idled. The Company's intrastate transmission pipelines operate in Oklahoma, Kansas and Texas and are regulated by the OCC, KCC and TRC, respectively.

42

                                               Years Ended               Year Ended
                                               December 31,              August 31,
                                            2001            2000           1999
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                                    (Thousands of Dollars)
Transportation revenues                    $    117,999    $    94,112    $    78,720
Storage revenues                                 37,645         38,464         27,763
Gas sales and other revenues                     23,326         35,882          1,402
Cost of fuel and gas                             49,626         42,876          4,975
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net revenues                                  129,344        125,582        102,910
Operating costs                                  52,497         44,785         28,919
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization        19,190         18,639         13,852
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income                         $     57,657    $    62,158    $    60,139
======================================================================================
Other income, net                          $      2,578    $     3,240    $     6,495
======================================================================================

Operating results -Transportation revenues increased for 2001 compared to 2000 due to higher retained fuel from a full year of operation of assets acquired in early 2000. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in volumes transported associated with reduced demand for irrigation due to higher natural gas prices, making gas-powered irrigation uneconomical for many farmers, and warmer than normal temperatures during the fourth quarter of 2001. The expiration of gas sales contracts acquired in early 2000 resulted in a decrease of $4.6 million in gas sales revenue in 2001. While revenues from unaffiliated companies decreased as gas sales contracts expired, revenues from transportation contracts replaced the margin generated by those expired gas sales contracts. The increase in cost of fuel in 2001 compared to 2000 is due to a full year of operation of the assets acquired in 2000 and increased gas prices.

Operating costs increased due to higher ad valorem taxes, labor and other operating costs associated with a full year of operation of the assets acquired in 2000. Depreciation, depletion and amortization also increased in 2001 due to the 2000 acquisitions.

For 2000 compared to 1999, transportation revenues increased due to higher retained fuel despite reduced tariff rates paid by an affiliate for transportation services. Storage revenues increased due to increased capacity of approximately 10 Bcf resulting from the acquisition of storage facilities in 2000. Although storage revenues increased due to the acquisition, overall storage volumes as a percent of working capacity were down significantly because summer/winter pricing differentials were lower than in prior years. Gas sales and other revenues and cost of gas increased due to gas sales contracts acquired in 2000 and leasing fees related to a pipeline acquired in 2000.

Operating costs and depreciation, depletion, and amortization increased in 2000 compared to 1999 primarily as a result of increased plant operating costs and personnel costs resulting from acquisitions.

Other income, net represents income from equity investments in Potato Hills and Sycamore Gathering. In 1999, approximately $5.0 million of gains on sales of assets were also included.

                                       Years Ended            Year Ended
                                       December 31,           August 31,
                                   2001          2000          1999
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Information
Volumes transported (MMcf)            538,221       557,052       348,397
Capital expenditures (Thousands)  $    35,911   $    37,701   $    32,618
Total assets (Thousands)          $   797,331   $   661,894   $   373,742
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

Volumes of natural gas transported decreased in 2001 due a return to normal weather as compared to 2000. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in volumes transported due to operating the assets acquired in 2000 for a full year. The increase in volumes transported in 2000 compared to 1999 was primarily driven by the acquisitions in 2000 and colder weather.

43

Total assets increased in 2001 due to increases in cash and accounts receivables. Total assets increased in 2000 due to increases in property, plant and equipment and in accounts receivable primarily due to the acquisitions.

Regulatory Initiatives - In a May 2000 OCC Order, the Company's transportation assets in Oklahoma included in the Transportation and Storage segment became a separate regulated utility from the Distribution segment. Pursuant to a July 1999 OCC Order, the Company's gathering and storage assets and related services in Oklahoma were removed from utility regulation effective November 1, 1999 resulting in gathering and storage assets being removed from rate base. ONG issued bids for upstream and downstream services in the fall of 1999 with bids awarded in the spring of 2000. Through the bidding process, the Transportation and Storage segment retained 96 percent of ONG's transportation services. With unbundling of transportation services and deregulation of gathering and storage, the Company is now competing for business at market-based rates.

During 2001, an OCC cause related to an affiliate, ONG, also involved the Marketing and Trading segment and the Transportation and Storage segment. In this cause, Enogex, Inc. requested a rebid of gas supply and transportation service. If OEMT had lost the gas supply bid previously awarded, OEMT would no longer need companies in the Transportation and Storage segment to transport the gas supply. The OCC declined to order a rebid.

An application has been filed with the KCC requesting approval to transfer a portion of the transportation assets in the Market Center to KGS. The operation of these assets is regulated by the KCC. The Market Center transportation system provides access to the major natural gas producing areas in Kansas intersecting with nine intra/interstate pipelines at 18 interconnect points, four processing plants, and approximately three producing fields effectively allowing gas to be moved throughout the state. With the transfer of these assets, KGS will be able to provide itself with firm transportation service.

Transition Period Operating Results
                                              Four Months Ended
                                                 December 31,
                                            1999               1998
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                             (Thousands of Dollars)
Transportation revenues                    $  24,733          $  25,956
Storage revenues                              14,171              9,099
Gas sales and other revenues                     247                942
Cost of fuel and gas                           4,660              2,047
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net revenues                                34,491             33,950
Operating costs                               10,184             10,963
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization      5,124              4,554
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income                         $  19,183          $  18,433
=======================================================================
Other income, net                          $   1,074          $   4,993
=======================================================================

The Company's strategy to increase its storage utilization through greater injection and withdrawal capabilities has resulted in increased storage revenues for the Transition Period compared to the same period in 1998 as well as increased compressor fuel expense. Decreased transportation rates paid by an affiliate resulted in decreased transportation revenues for the Transition Period compared to the same period in 1998.

44

                                      Four Months Ended,
                                         December 31,
                                     1999           1998
--------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Information
Volumes transported (MMcf)               117,055      115,970
Capital expenditures (Thousands)      $    5,837   $   13,163
Total assets (Thousands)              $  437,561   $  507,573
--------------------------------------------------------------

DISTRIBUTION

Operational Highlights - The Distribution segment provides natural gas distribution services in Oklahoma and Kansas. The Company's operations in Oklahoma are conducted through ONG that serves residential, commercial, and industrial customers and leases pipeline capacity. The Company's operations in Kansas are conducted through KGS that serves residential, commercial, and industrial customers. The Distribution segment serves about 80 percent of the population of Oklahoma and about 71 percent of the population of Kansas. ONG and KGS are subject to regulatory oversight by the OCC and KCC, respectively.

                                                 Years Ended                  Year Ended
                                                 December 31,                 August 31,
                                            2001              2000              1999
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                                         (Thousands of Dollars)
Gas sales                                  $   1,434,184     $   1,198,604     $   848,813
Cost of gas                                    1,157,575           896,660         530,489
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Gross margin                                   276,609           301,944         318,324
PCL and ECT Revenues                              55,206            59,205          58,037
Other revenues                                    21,578            16,128          17,100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net revenues                                   353,393           377,277         393,461
Operating costs                                  230,137           211,629         219,945
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization         69,159            67,717          75,443
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income                         $      54,097     $      97,931     $    98,073
===========================================================================================
Other income, net                          $       (946)     $           -     $         -
===========================================================================================

Operating Results - Gas sales and cost of gas increased in 2001 compared to 2000 due to a higher weighted average cost of gas. Although prices of natural gas decreased in the latter part of 2001 from their historically high levels during the winter of 2000/2001, those costs were still billed and recovered throughout most of 2001. Since gas costs are recognized as they are recovered from the ratepayer, the mechanism providing recovery of gas costs and regulatory actions in Oklahoma delayed much of the recovery of high gas costs in late 2000 until 2001 and, accordingly, delayed recognition of the costs.

In the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company recorded a $34.6 million charge to cost of gas as a result of the OCC's order limiting ONG's recovery of gas purchase expense related to the 2000/2001 winter. This resulted in a decrease in gross margin on gas sales in 2001 compared to 2000. KGS gross margin increased $3.0 million in 2001 over 2000 due to impact of the Weather Normalization Program offsetting the warmer weather. ECT revenues decreased $3.4 million in 2001 from 2000 due largely to lower volumes delivered to electric generation customers due to milder summer weather.

Gross margin on gas sales decreased in 2000 compared to fiscal 1999, primarily due to warmer weather in Kansas which impacted margins by $15.4 million during a period in which the Company did not have weather normalization and reduced tariff rates resulting from unbundling in Oklahoma. The impact of these decreases on gross margin was partially offset by $5.3 million resulting from additional "As Available" gas sales.

45

Operating cost for 2001 increased over 2000 due to additional bad debt expense of $19.2 million incurred as a result of the increased natural gas prices during the winter of 2000/2001. This was partially offset by a reduction in operating costs due to the continuation of a successful cost containment program.

The decrease in operating costs in 2000 compared to 1999 resulted from a cost containment program and decreased costs resulting from fewer employees. The decrease in depreciation, depletion, and amortization is the result of the extension of estimated useful lives for assets located in Oklahoma. The revised estimated lives were approved by the OCC in a rate order granted in May 2000 that reduced depreciation expense and revenues by approximately $10.5 million annually for Oklahoma assets and transferred certain transportation assets from the Distribution segment to the Transportation and Storage segment. The same order directed ONG to assume responsibility for certain customer service lines and allowed ONG to defer the costs associated with the service lines until addressed in the next rate case filing.

                                   Years Ended        Year Ended
                                   December 31,       August 31,
                                2001        2000       1999
--------------------------------------------------------------
Gross Margin per Mcf
Oklahoma
  Residential                      $2.71      $2.76      $3.04
  Commercial                       $2.18      $1.97      $2.47
  Industrial                       $1.34      $1.09      $1.23
  Pipeline capacity leases         $0.30      $0.27      $0.25
Kansas
  Residential                      $2.45      $2.44      $2.44
  Commercial                       $1.82      $1.91      $1.81
  Industrial                       $1.43      $1.85      $2.28

End-use customer transportation $0.61 $0.63 $0.49

The decrease in Kansas' commercial and industrial gross margins per Mcf for 2001 from 2000 results from the full year impact of the tariff rate reduction that took effect in July 2000. Oklahoma's gross margin per Mcf increased for commercial and industrial due to adjustments to gas purchase expense and a deferral of revenues from a line loss rider from 2000 to 2001. A full year of tariff rate reductions in 2001 partially offset this increase and resulted in a decrease to gross margin per Mcf for residential.

The decrease in Oklahoma's gross margin per Mcf for residential, commercial and industrial customers in 2000 compared to 1999 is primarily due to decreased tariff rates resulting from unbundling in Oklahoma. The increase in Kansas' gross margin per Mcf for commercial customers is largely due to the Company reducing its minimum capacity requirements for customers to become eligible for ECT services pursuant to a regulatory order. This resulted in several commercial customers becoming ECT customers and the remaining commercial customers are low volume, high margin customers. The decrease in Kansas' industrial gross margin per Mcf is primarily due to a tariff rate reduction.

46

                                       Years Ended                       Year Ended
                                       December 31,                      August 31,
                                   2001              2000                  1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Information
Average Number of Customers
  Oklahoma                               794,008             784,746           748,445
  Kansas                                 642,436             633,698           656,761
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total                              1,436,444           1,418,444         1,405,206
=======================================================================================
Customers per employee
  Oklahoma                                   639                 586               546
  Kansas                                     579                 555               510
=======================================================================================
Capital Expenditures (Thousands)  $      129,937      $      124,983      $     98,685
=======================================================================================
Total Assets (Thousands)          $    1,688,670      $    2,007,351      $  1,722,381
=======================================================================================

The consolidation of the KGS-Oklahoma regulated service with ONG in 2000 resulted in the transfer of approximately 35,000 customers from Kansas to Oklahoma.

The Company's capital expenditure program includes expenditures for extending service to new areas, modifying customer service lines, increasing system capabilities, and general replacements and betterments. It is the Company's practice to maintain and periodically upgrade facilities to assure safe, reliable, and efficient operations. The capital expenditure program included $22.4 million, $21.4 million, and $19.8 million for new business development in 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively.

                                    Years Ended           Year ended
                                   December 31,            August 31,
                               2001           2000           1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Volumes (MMcf)
Gas sales
  Residential                  102,976        107,154        105,566
  Commercial                    40,578         40,713         41,398
  Industrial                     4,101          5,582          5,575
  Wholesale                     31,060         34,781         34,846
---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total volumes sold         178,715        188,230        187,385
PCL and ECT                    136,975        158,100        177,701
---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total volumes delivered    315,690        346,330        365,086
====================================================================

The decrease in volumes sold is due to warmer weather in 2001 compared to 2000 and, for industrial and wholesale sales, the movement of some customers to the PCL program.

The decrease in PCL and ECT volumes is primarily due to some customers that use significant quantities of gas in their manufacturing process suspending manufacturing operations in late 2000 and early 2001 due to historically high natural gas prices. These decreases were partially offset by the Company reducing its minimum capacity requirements for customers to become eligible for PCL and ECT services pursuant to a regulatory order. The reduction of the minimum requirements allowed more low volume customers to be added to the customer base.

Regulatory Initiatives -The extraordinarily cold winter of 2000/2001 produced a number of regulatory initiatives. The OCC issued an order denying ONG the right to collect $34.6 million in outstanding gas costs incurred while serving customers during the 2000/2001 winter season. The Company appealed this order to the Oklahoma Supreme Court and asked the OCC to stay the provisions of this order pending the outcome of the Company's appeal. The OCC subsequently approved the Company's request to stay this order allowing ONG to collect the $34.6 million, subject to refund should the Company ultimately lose the case. ONEOK took a charge against fourth-quarter earnings as a result of the Commission's order. Although the Company will continue to assert its legal rights, it is hopeful that a resolution of this issue can be negotiated.

47

ONG continues to take an active role in response to the OCC's Notice of Inquiry regarding the use of physical and financial instruments to hedge against fuel procurement volatility. ONG exercised provisions contained in a number of its gas supply contracts that allow the Company to fix the price of a portion of its gas supply. ONG fixed the price of approximately 40% of its anticipated 2001/2002 winter gas supply deliveries.

The Company received approval from the OCC to create a Voluntary Fixed Price pilot program that will enable its general sales customers to fix the gas cost portion of their bill for a specified winter period. The program is being initiated as a means of providing customers with a means of controlling their 2002/2003 gas bills.

During 2001, the KCC issued an Order extending the time period for which gas service disconnection during inclement weather conditions cannot be made. Due to the extension of the time period restricting disconnections, delinquent KGS customers were allowed to continue gas service, thus increasing uncollectible amounts. Higher gas costs in the 2000/2001 heating season also contributed to the increased uncollectible amounts. KGS and other distribution companies in Kansas filed a joint application with the KCC seeking approval to recover the additional uncollectible amounts incurred during the 2000/2001 heating season until reviewed in the next rate case. The KCC approved the deferral allowing the companies to seek recovery of the extraordinary uncollectible account levels experienced in the 2000/2001 winter. KGS expects to file a rate case in late 2002. No accounting treatment has yet been determined.

During 2000, the KCC issued an Order allowing KGS to recover additional costs of its gas purchase hedging program established to protect the price paid by customers for gas purchases. The KCC approved KGS's WeatherProof Bill Program that had been a temporary program. This plan allows customers, at their discretion, to fix their monthly payment. The KCC also granted KGS weather normalization in December 2000 that prevents weather related revenue fluctuations.

Transition Period Operating Results
                                                Four Months Ended
                                                  December 31,
                                              1999             1998
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                              (Thousands of Dollars)
Gas sales                                  $    316,901         $   286,317
Cost of gas                                     209,354             180,795
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross margin                                    107,547             105,522
PCL and ECT revenues                             18,230              19,582
Other revenues                                    4,093               4,554
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                                    129,870             129,658
Operating costs                                  69,455              73,004
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization        24,815              24,603
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                           $     35,600         $    32,051
============================================================================

Gross margins on gas sales increased primarily due to reduced transportation costs paid to an affiliate. A reduction in revenues due to the gathering and storage assets being removed from rate base, as previously discussed, offset part of that increase. PCL and ECT revenues and volumes decreased primarily due to the loss of three customers and the effect of warm weather including the temporary shut-down of two power plants served by the Distribution segment. The volume decrease was partially offset by an increase in rates.

Operating costs decreased due to reductions in labor expense, employee benefits, and other operating efficiencies. The Distribution segment continues its strategy of increased operational efficiency while maintaining quality customer service.

48

                                        Four Months Ended
                                          December 31,
                                       1999           1998
---------------------------------------------------------------
Gross Margin per Mcf
Oklahoma
  Residential                          $2.88          $2.96
  Commercial                           $2.48          $2.51
  Industrial                           $1.16          $1.27
  Pipeline capacity leases             $0.25          $0.23
Kansas
  Residential                          $2.76          $2.85
  Commercial                           $2.07          $1.86
  Industrial                           $1.97          $2.70
  End-use customer transportation      $0.60          $0.48
---------------------------------------------------------------

                                        Four Months Ended
                                           December 31,
                                        1999           1998
---------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Information
Number of customers                  1,435,647        1,421,280
Customers per employee                     546              527
Capital expenditures (Thousands)  $     34,167     $     24,636
Total assets (Thousands)          $  1,776,273     $  1,804,631
---------------------------------------------------------------

                                       Four Months Ended
                                          December 31,
                                     1999             1998
---------------------------------------------------------------
Volumes (MMcf)
Gas sales
  Residential                           31,908          31,244
  Commercial                            11,415          12,005
  Industrial                             1,795           1,684
  Wholesale                             12,062          13,150
---------------------------------------------------------------
   Total volumes sold                   57,180          58,083
PCL and ECT                             49,634          63,824
---------------------------------------------------------------
   Total volumes delivered             106,814         121,907
===============================================================

Certain costs to be recovered through the rate making process have been recorded as regulatory assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation" (Statement 71). Total regulatory assets resulting from this deferral process are approximately $222.4 million for the Distribution segment. Although no further unbundling of services is anticipated, should this occur, certain of these assets may no longer meet the criteria for following Statement 71, and accordingly, a write-off of regulatory assets and stranded costs may be required.

PRODUCTION

Operational Highlights - The Company's strategy is to concentrate ownership of hydrocarbon reserves in the mid-continent region in order to add value not only to its existing production operations but also to the related gathering and processing, marketing, transportation, and storage businesses. Accordingly, the Company focuses on exploitation activities rather than exploratory drilling. As a result of a growth strategy through acquisitions and developmental drilling, the number of wells the Company operates has increased. In its role as operator, the Company controls operating decisions that impact production volumes and lifting costs. The Company continually focuses on reducing finding costs and minimizing production costs.

49

During 2001, the Company acquired approximately $1.5 million in gas and oil properties. Through the Company's developmental drilling program, 155 wells were drilled during 2001 compared to 103 wells completed in 2000, an increase of more than 50 percent.

Risk Management - The volatility of energy prices has a significant impact on the profitability of this segment As of December 31, 2001, 11 percent of anticipated 2002 proved developed producing well volumes, totaling approximately 2.3 Bcf, was hedged at an average price of $3.17 per Mcf. In 2001, 74 percent of proved developed producing well volumes, totaling approximately 17 Bcf, was hedged at an average price of $3.60 per Mcf. See Item 7A - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk and Note C of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                                                            Years Ended             Years Ended
                                                                           December 31,              August 31,
                                                                       2001             2000           1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                                                            (Thousands of Dollars)
Natural gas sales                                                  $   107,846        $   60,966      $   58,776
Oil sales                                                               12,262             8,571           6,169
Other revenues                                                             209               818           1,949
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net revenues                                                         120,317            70,355          66,894
Operating costs                                                         27,361            24,228          19,128
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization                               35,017            30,884          34,073
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income                                                 $    57,939        $   15,243      $   13,693
==================================================================================================================
Other income, net                                                  $     1,175        $      545      $    1,704
==================================================================================================================
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle              $    (3,508)       $      -        $     -
Income tax                                                               1,357               -              -
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax  $   (2,151)        $      -        $     -
==================================================================================================================

Operating Results - Net revenues increased significantly in 2001 compared to 2000 due to higher average gas prices for 2001, particularly during the first half of the year. The Company also benefited from higher oil and gas production in 2001 compared to 2000. Operating costs increased in 2001 due to higher production taxes resulting from higher oil and gas revenues. Depreciation, depletion and amortization increased in 2001 compared to 2000 due primarily from higher production, along with a slightly higher depletion rate.

Net revenues increased in 2000 compared to 1999, due to higher natural gas and oil prices. The Company hedged the majority of its production in 2000. The impact of slightly higher commodity prices realized by the Company on revenues was partially offset by natural declines in production that was not replaced by new production.

Operating costs increased in 2000 as compared with 1999 as a result of higher production taxes. Depreciation, depletion and amortization decreased in 2000 compared to 1999 due to decreased production and a lower average depletion rate resulting from low finding costs on current discoveries.

Other income, net in 2001 primarily represents the gain from the sale of the Company's 40 percent interest in K. Stewart.

50

                                                                                           Years Ended                 Years Ended
                                                                                           December 31,                 August 31,
                                                                                   2001                 2000               1999
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Information
Proved reserves
  Gas (MMcf)                                                                        232,967                254,721         254,102
  Oil (MBbls)                                                                         4,511                  4,339           4,197
Production
  Gas (MMcf)                                                                         27,578                 26,746          27,773
  Oil (MBbls)                                                                           493                    400             460
Average realized price (a)
  Gas (Mcf)                                                                     $      3.91             $     2.28     $      2.12
  Oil (Bbls)                                                                    $     24.89             $    21.43     $     13.56
Capital expenditures  (Thousands)                                               $    55,974             $   34,035     $    16,046
Total assets (Thousands)                                                        $   321,720             $  308,041     $   310,715
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) The average realized price, above, reflects the impact of hedging activities.

The Production segment added 9.8 Bcfe of net reserves in 2001 after adjustments, including 20.8 Bcfe proved developed, 8.0 Bcfe proved behind pipe,
12.5 Bcfe proved undeveloped, offset by 31.5 Bcfe of downward revisions of proved reserve due to lower year-end 2001 prices and the resulting shorter economic life of some wells and the reduction of proved undeveloped reserve estimates as they were converted to proved developed reserves. Production for the year ended December 31, 2001 was 30.5 Bcfe.

Capital expenditures above primarily relate to the drilling program, which consisted of drilling costs of approximately $53.2 million, $32.8 million, and $13.7 million in 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively.

Transition Period Operating Results

                                                    Four Months Ended
                                                      December 31,
                                                  1999            1998
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                              (Thousands of Dollars)
Natural gas sales                          $    20,789          $   15,757
Oil sales                                        2,613               1,742
Other revenues                                      69                 163
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net revenues                                  23,471              17,662
Operating costs                                  7,245               5,227
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization        9,715              10,292
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income                         $     6,511          $    2,143
==========================================================================
Other income, net                          $       (11)         $        -
==========================================================================

51

Increased production from a successful developmental drilling program and properties acquired were the primary reasons for the increases in volumes for the Transition Period compared to the same period in 1998. Gas and oil prices for the Transition Period also increased compared to the same period in 1998. Operating costs also increased, compared to 1998, due to the Company operating and owning an interest in an increased number of wells.

                                                     Four Months Ended
                                                        December 31,
                                                 1999              1998
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Information
Proved reserves
  Gas (MMcf)                                         246,979          165,933
  Oil (MBbls)                                          4,160            3,112
Production
  Gas (MMcf)                                           8,306            7,700
  Oil (MBbls)                                            138              145
Average realized price (a)
  Gas (Mcf)                                   $         2.50    $        2.03
  Oil (Bbls)                                  $        18.93    $       12.53
Capital expenditures  (Thousands)             $        6,411    $       4,581

Total assets (Thousands) $ 301,821 $ 275,840

(a) The average realized price, above, reflects the impact of hedging activities.

POWER

Operational Highlights - The Company created the Power segment in January 2001 to include the operating results of the electric generating plant constructed by the Company. The 300-megawatt electric power plant is located adjacent to one of the Company's natural gas storage facilities and is configured to supply electric power during peak periods with four gas-powered turbine generators manufactured by General Electric. The Company's strategy is to capture the value added by converting natural gas to electricity, the spark spread premium, during peak demand periods. The plant began operations in mid-2001. The construction of this power plant complements the Company's strategy of maximizing earnings capacity of existing assets and exploring new opportunities that are expected to have a positive impact on earnings.

                                                      Years Ended               Year Ended
                                                     December 31,               August 31,
                                                 2001            2000              1999
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Results                                         (Thousands of Dollars)
Power sales                                   $  28,092       $          -     $         -
Cost of power                                    21,234                  -               -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Gross margin on power sales                     6,858                  -               -
Operating costs                                   1,358                  -               -
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization         2,014                  -               -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating income                            $   3,486       $          -     $         -
============================================================================================
Other income, net                             $      (6)      $          -     $         -
============================================================================================

Operating Results - Power sales consist primarily of peaking sales rather than baseload contracts. Gross margin on power sales for 2001 were less than that which would be expected had the plant been in operation for a full year. Cooler weather during the summer of 2001 and low power prices both negatively impacted gross margins. The majority of the cost of power is generated by the peaking plant rather than purchased from unaffiliated companies.

52

                                     Years Ended              Year Ended
                                     December 31,              August 31,
                                   2001         2000              1999
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Information
Power volumes (MMwh)                    467           -                -
Gross margin ($/MMwh )            $   14.69  $        -       $        -
Capital expenditures (Thousands)  $  42,302  $   58,697       $    3,748
Total assets (Thousands)          $ 122,404  $   77,426       $    4,047
-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Prior to January 1, 2001, capital expenditures for the construction of the peak electric generating plant had been included in the Marketing and Trading segment. These capital expenditures have been reclassified and included in the Power segment for the periods shown in this report. Capital expenditures for the four months ended December 31, 1999 were $13.4 million. Primarily all capital expenditures incurred through 2001 relate to the construction of the plant.

Price Risk Management - The Company's strategy is to capture market volatility in the spark spread premium. In doing so, the Power segment uses price risk management instruments, including swaps, options, futures and physical commodity-based contracts to manage exposures to market price movements. See Item 7A - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

A part of the Company's strategy has been and continues to be growth through acquisitions that strengthen and complement existing assets. The Company anticipates capital expenditures for 2002, exclusive of any acquisitions that may be made, to be approximately $242 million, which is less than previous years. The Company has relied primarily on a combination of operating cash flow and borrowings from a combination of commercial paper issuances, lines of credit, and capital markets for its liquidity and capital resource requirements. The Company expects to continue to use these sources for its liquidity and capital resource needs on both a short and long-term basis.

Financing is provided through the Company's commercial paper program, long-term debt and, if needed, through a revolving credit facility. Other options to obtain financing include, but are not limited to, issuance of equity, asset securitization and sale/leaseback of facilities. The Company currently has a $500 million shelf registration in effect covering debt securities, including convertible debt and common stock. During 2001, capital expenditures were financed through operating cash flows and long-term debt.

The Company's credit rating may be affected by a material change in financial ratios or a material adverse event. The most common criteria for assessment of the Company's credit rating are the debt to capital ratio, pre-tax and after-tax interest coverage and liquidity. If the Company's credit rating were downgraded, the interest rates on the commercial paper would increase, therefore, increasing the Company's cost to borrow funds. In the event, that the Company was unable to borrow funds under the commercial paper program, the Company has access to an $850 million revolving credit facility. In addition, downgrades in the Company's credit rating could impact the Marketing and Trading segment's ability to do business by requiring the Company to post margins with the few counterparties with which the Company has a Credit Support Annex within its International Swaps and Derivatives Association Agreement.

53

The Company has reviewed its commercial paper agreement, trust indentures, building leases, Bushton equipment leases, and marketing, trading and risk contracts and no rating triggers were identified. Rating triggers are defined as provisions that would create an automatic default or acceleration of indebtedness based on a change in the Company's credit rating. The revolving credit agreement does contain a provision that would cause the cost to borrow funds to increase based on the amount borrowed under this agreement if the Company's credit rating is negatively adjusted. This credit agreement also contains a default provision based on a material adverse change of the Company, but an adverse rating change is not defined as a default or material adverse change. The Company currently does not borrow funds under this agreement. The Company also has no guarantees of debt or other commitments to unaffiliated parties.

The OCC staff filed an application on February 1, 2001 to review the gas procurement practices of ONG in acquiring its gas supply for the 2000/2001 heating season to determine if they were consistent with least cost procurement practices and whether the Company's decisions resulted in fair, just and reasonable costs being borne by its customers. An order issued on November 20, 2001 denied the recovery of a portion of the Company's unrecovered purchased gas cost account related to the unrecovered gas costs from the 2000/2001 winter effective December 1, 2001, leaving ONG with an estimated $34.6 million in unrecovered gas costs . The Company appealed this order to the Oklahoma Supreme Court and asked the OCC to stay the provisions of this order pending the outcome of the Company's appeal. The OCC subsequently approved the Company's request to stay the order. The stay allows ONG to continue recovery of this $34.6 million in gas costs subject to refund if the Oklahoma Supreme Court ultimately rules against the Company. The Company believes that decisions made by the Company were prudent based upon the facts and circumstances existing at the time the decisions were made, which is the standard applicable to the proceeding as stated by the OCC. The Company will defend itself vigorously; however, the Company has taken a charge of $34.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2001 as a result of this order. This charge is recorded as an increase in gas purchase expense in the Distribution segment.

During 2001, the Company put in place a stock buyback plan for up to 10 percent of its capital stock. The program authorizes the Company to make purchases of its common stock on the open market with the timing and terms of purchases and the number of shares purchased to be determined by management based on market conditions and other factors. The purchased shares are held in treasury and available for general corporate purposes, funding of stock-based compensation plans, resale at a future date, or retirement. Purchases are financed with short-term debt or are made from available funds. At December 31, 2001, the Company had not purchased any stock under the plan.

The Company is subject to commodity price volatility. Significant fluctuations in commodity price in either physical or financial energy contracts may impact the Company's overall liquidity due to the impact the commodity price change has on items such as the cost of gas held in storage, recoverability and timing of regulated natural gas costs, increased margin requirements, collectibility of certain energy related receivables and working capital. The Company believes that its current commercial paper program and debt capacity is adequate to meet liquidity requirements from commodity price volatility.

CASH FLOW ANALYSIS

Operating Cash Flows - In 2001, the changes in cash flows provided by operating activities primarily reflect changes in working capital accounts, deferred income taxes and price risk management assets and liabilities. The increase in deferred income taxes, a non-cash item, is due to accelerated depreciation in 2001. The increase in price risk management assets and liabilities is primarily due to $35 million in mark-to-market income, which is a non-cash item, and an increase in the Marketing and Trading segment's gas in storage, which is included in price risk management assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The level of gas held in storage is higher at December 31, 2001 compared to December 31, 2000 due to warmer weather in 2001. Cash flow from operating activities was positively impacted in the current year due to the reduction of accounts receivable, which was partially offset by increased cash used for payment of accounts payable and gas in storage and reduced recovery of unrecovered purchased gas costs. Receivables and payables were higher than normal at December 31, 2000, due to higher gas prices and the integration of the businesses acquired in 2000.

54

In 2000, the changes in cash flow provided by operating activities primarily reflect changes in working capital accounts and an increase in assets and liabilities in price risk management activities. The significant changes in working capital accounts, including accounts receivable, gas in storage, accounts payable and deferred credits and other liabilities is primarily a result of the acquisitions and the increase in operations resulting from those acquisitions in 2000 and historically higher gas prices. The increase in price risk management activities is due to the adoption of mark-to-market accounting in 2000.

Investing Cash Flows - Cash paid for capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2001 was $341.6 million. This includes approximately $42.3 million for the construction of the electric generating plant. For the year ended December 31, 2000, capital expenditures were $311.4 million, which included $58.7 million for the construction of the electric generating plant. In 2001, the Company was reimbursed by an unaffiliated company for approximately $14 million of the costs incurred to construct a pipeline in the Transportation and Storage segment. Due to regulatory treatment, this amount is recorded as a deferred credit in the balance sheet and amortized to income. The Company also received approximately $7.9 million related to the sale of assets in the Production segment. Acquisitions in 2001 include $14.5 million of purchase price adjustments, which resulted in an increase to goodwill adjustments, relating to the Kinder Morgan acquisitions. The increase in capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2001 compared to the same period one year ago is primarily attributable to increased costs of sustaining a higher asset base due to the acquisitions in 2000.

Cash used in investing activities increased in 2000 due to the acquisition of KMI and Dynegy. The increase in capital expenditures is related to the construction of the electric generating plant and recurring capital expenditures necessary to adequately maintain existing assets.

Financing Cash Flows - The Company's capitalization structure is 42 percent equity and 58 percent long-term debt at December 31, 2001, compared to 48 percent equity and 52 percent long-term debt at December 31, 2000. At December 31, 2001, $1.7 billion of long-term debt was outstanding. As of that date, the Company could have issued $1,064.5 million of additional long-term debt under the most restrictive provisions contained in its various borrowing agreements.

The Board of Directors has authorized up to $1.2 billion of short term financing to be procured as necessary for the operation of the Company. The Company has an $850 million Revolving Credit Facility with Bank of America, N.A. and other financial institutions with a maturity date of June 27, 2002. This credit facility is primarily used to support the commercial paper program. At December 31, 2001, $599 million of commercial paper was outstanding, which includes approximately $28 million of temporary investments and $275 million used to purchase natural gas that was injected into storage. At March 8, 2002, $413 million of commercial paper was outstanding, which includes approximately $118 million of temporary investments and $165 million used to purchase natural gas that was injected in to storage.

In April 2001, the Company issued a $400 million, ten year, fixed rate note to refinance short-term debt. In July 2001, the Company entered into interest rate swaps on this debt with a term equal to the term of the notes. The interest rate under these swaps resets periodically based on the three-month London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the six-month LIBOR at the reset date. In October 2001, the Company entered into an agreement to lock in the interest rates for each reset period under the swap agreements through the first quarter of 2003. In December 2001, the Company entered into interest rate swaps on a total of $200 million in fixed rate long-term debt through the term of the note. The interest rate under these swaps resets periodically based on the six-month LIBOR at the reset date. The average interest rate of the $600 million in notes is 6.971 percent. Under the current swap agreements, the average interest rate of the notes is an all-in LIBOR rate of approximately 3.516 percent. The all-in LIBOR rate refers to the average LIBOR rate plus or minus the ONEOK basis spread for all swaps. The swaps resulted in approximately $5.3 million of interest rate savings in 2001.

55

On July 18, 2001, the Company filed a "shelf" registration statement on Form S-3 pursuant to which the Company may offer debt securities and shares of the Company's common stock in one or more offerings with a total initial offering price of up to $500 million. On December 28, 2001, the Company filed a Post-Effective Amendment with the intent to allow the Company to offer convertible debt under this existing shelf registration.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

The following table discloses the Company's contractual obligations to make future payments under the Company's current debt agreements, operating lease agreements and fixed price contracts. For further discussion of the debt and operating lease agreements, see Notes I and K, respectively, of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                                       Payments Due by Period
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Contractual Obligations       Total       2002       2003      2004      2005      2006         Thereafter
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (Thousands of Dollars)
Long-term debt                  $ 1,744,160   $ 250,000  $ 10,000  $ 50,000  $ 360,000  $ 310,000    $  764,160
Notes payable                       599,106     599,106         -         -          -          -             -
Operating leases                    284,821      33,042    25,137    24,567     27,372     40,683       134,020
Storage contracts                    32,039      15,433     6,282     3,236      3,150      3,150           788
Firm transportation contracts        39,657      11,717     5,916     4,502      3,872      3,470        10,180
Purchase commitments,
  rights-of-way and other            15,788       3,190     2,711     2,642      2,597      2,475         2,173
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total Contractual Obligations $ 2,715,571  $  912,488  $ 50,046  $ 84,947  $ 396,991  $ 359,778     $ 911,321
================================================================================================================

Long-term debt as reported in the consolidated balance sheets includes unamortized debt discount and the mark-to-market effect of interest rate swaps. Operating leases and purchase commitments, rights-of-way and other included approximately $0.9 million and $1.7 million for 2007, respectively, of annual commitments but are not included in the above table beyond 2007 due to the impracticality of calculating the future commitment. The Distribution segment is party to fixed price transportation contracts; however, the costs associated with these contracts are recovered through rates as allowed by the applicable regulatory agency and are excluded from the above table.

TRADING ACTIVITIES

Forwards, swaps, options, and energy transportation and storage contracts utilized for trading activities are reflected at fair value as assets and liabilities from price risk management activities in the consolidated balance sheets. The amounts include the cost of gas in storage, option premiums and the mark to market component (fair value).

The following is a detail of the fair value component of the price risk management assets and liabilities, which result from the Marketing and Trading segment's energy trading portfolio.


                     (Thousands of Dollars)
Net fair value of contracts outstanding at December 31, 2000    $      24,219
Contracts realized or otherwise settled during the period             (28,580)
Fair value of new contracts when entered into during the period        81,026
Changes in fair values attributable to changes in
  valuation techniques and assumptions                                      -
Other changes in fair value (1)                                       (17,053)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net fair value of contracts outstanding at December 31, 2001    $      59,612
==============================================================================

(1) Other changes in fair value primarily relate to a charge to expense for unrealized gains associated with swaps and options with Enron as a result of Enron's bankruptcy filing.

56

The net fair value of contracts outstanding at December 31, 2001 includes energy trading contracts accounted for under mark-to-market accounting. The net fair value of contracts outstanding includes the effect of settled energy contracts and current period charges resulting primarily from newly originated transactions and the impact of price movements on the fair value of price risk management assets and liabilities attributable to the Marketing and Trading segment's activities.

The following is a detail of the Marketing and Trading segment's maturity of energy trading contracts based on heating injection and withdrawal periods from April through March. This maturity schedule is consistent with the Marketing and Trading segment's trading strategy. The Marketing and Trading segment has contracted over 40 Bcf of storage with an affiliate, which is excluded from outstanding fair value at December 31, 2001, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

                                                                  Fair Value of Contracts at December 31, 2001
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Matures           Matures           Matures       Matures         Total
                                                     through           through           through        after          fair
Source of Fair Value                               March 2003         March 2006        March 2008    March 2008       value
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            (Thousands of Dollars)
Prices actively quoted (1)                        $  (22,627)       $    (1,603)        $      -      $      -      $  (24,230)
Prices provded by other external sources (2)      $  124,474                913           (4,149)        (1,567)    $  119,671
Prices based on models and other
  valuation models (3)                            $  (61,564)            30,509            4,065         (8,839)    $  (35,829)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total                                           $   40,283        $    29,819         $    (84)     $ (10,406)    $   59,612
=================================================================================================================================

(1) Prices actively quoted - values are derived from energy market price quotes from national commodity trading exchanges that primarily trade future and option commodity contracts.
(2) Prices provided by other external sources - values are obtained through energy commodity brokers or electronic trading platforms, whose primary service is to match-up willing buyers and sellers of energy commodities. Because of the vast energy broker network, energy price information by location is readily available.
(3) Prices based on models and other valuation models - values include primarily natural gas storage and transportation capacity contracted by OEMT. Values derived in this category utilize market price information from the aforementioned categories as well as other modeling assumptions that include, among others, assumptions for liquidity, credit, time value and other external attributes. Values attributable to storage models are determined on a heating injection/withdraw model.

57

The following table details OEMT's financial and commodity risk from fixed-price transactions:

                                        Investment             Below Investment
                                       Grade Credit              Grade Credit
                                       Quality (1)                 Quality
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
Gas and electric utilities            $       44,361           $         1,084
Financial institutions                       (14,739)                        -
Oil and gas producers                        (13,046)                   (7,044)
Industrial and commercial                     12,631                     3,819
Other                                           (448)                     (263)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                         28,759                    (2,404)
Credit and other reserves                       (320)                     (755)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net value of fixed-price transactions $       28,439           $        (3,159)
================================================================================

(1) Investment grade is primarily determined using publicly available credit ratings along with consideration of cash prepayments, cash managing, standby letters of credit and parent company guarantees. Included in Investment Grade are counterparties with a minimum Standard and Poor's or Moody's rating of BBB- or Baa3, respectively.

Related Party Transactions - KGS has a shared service agreement with Western, which is the holder of the Company's preferred stock. The shared services include call center backup, meter readings, customer billing operations and customer service. KGS paid Western approximately $4.9 million in 2001 related to this shared service agreement.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements - The Company has no off-balance sheet special purpose entities or asset securitization.

Enron - Certain of the financial instruments discussed in Note C of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements have Enron North America as the counterparty. Enron Corporation and various subsidiaries, including Enron North America (Enron), filed for protection from creditors under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code on December 3, 2001. The Company has provided an allowance for forward financial positions and also established an allowance for uncollectible accounts relating to previously settled financial and physical positions with Enron at December 31, 2001. The Company estimates its claim against Enron to be approximately $74 million. Although the ultimate resolution of any claims ONEOK may have against Enron cannot be determined at this time, the Company believes any future losses would have an immaterial effect on the Company's financial position, cash flows and results of operations.

The filing of the voluntary bankruptcy proceeding by Enron created a possible technical default related to various financing leases tied to the Company's Bushton gas processing plant in south central Kansas. The Company acquired the Bushton gas processing plant and related leases from Kinder Morgan in April 2000. Kinder Morgan had previously acquired the plant and leases from Enron. Enron is one of three guarantors of these Bushton plant leases; however, the Company is the primary guarantor. In January 2002, the Company was granted a waiver on the possible technical default related to these leases. The Company will continue to make all payments due under these leases.

58

Uncollectible Amounts - During 2001, the KCC issued an Order extending the time period for which gas service disconnection during inclement weather conditions cannot be made. Due to the extension of the time period restricting disconnections, delinquent KGS customers were allowed to continue gas service, thus increasing uncollectible amounts. Higher gas costs in the 2000/2001 heating season also contributed to the increased uncollectible amounts. KGS and other distribution companies in Kansas filed a joint application with the KCC seeking approval to recover the additional uncollectible amounts incurred during the 2000/2001 heating season until reviewed in the next rate case. The KCC approved the deferral allowing the companies to seek recovery of the extraordinary uncollectible account levels experienced in the 2000/2001 winter. KGS expects to file a rate case in late 2002. No accounting treatment has yet been determined.

Southwest Litigation - In connection with the now terminated proposed acquisition of Southwest Gas Corporation (Southwest), the Company is party to various lawsuits. The Company and certain of its officers, as well as Southwest and certain of its officers, and others have been named as defendants in a lawsuit brought by Southern Union Company (Southern Union). The Southern Union allegations include, but are not limited to, Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act violations and improper interference in a contractual relationship between Southwest and Southern Union. The original claim asked for $750 million damages to be trebled for racketeering and unlawful violations, compensatory damages of not less than $750 million and rescission of the Confidentiality and Standstill Agreement, punitive damages and injunctive relief.

On June 29, 2001, the Company filed Motions for Summary Judgment. On September 26, 2001, the Court entered an order that, among other things, denied the Motions for Summary Judgment by the Company on Southern Union's claim for tortious interference with a prospective relationship with Southwest; however, the Court's ruling limited any recovery by Southern Union to out-of-pocket damages and punitive damages. The Company expects to file a Motion for Summary Judgment seeking a dismissal of this single remaining claim and for punitive damages. Based on discovery at this point, the Company believes that Southern Union's out-of-pocket damages potentially recoverable at trial, exclusive of legal fees and expenses, are less than $1.0 million.

Southwest filed a lawsuit against the Company and Southern Union alleging, among other things, fraud and breach of contract. Southwest is seeking damages in excess of $75,000. In an order dated January 4, 2002, the Court denied Southwest's Motion for Partial Summary Judgment in its favor on its claims against the Company, granted in part the Company's Motion for Summary Judgment against Southwest, and denied the Company's Motion for Summary Judgment in part with respect to Southwest's claims for fraud in the inducement and fraud. Based on discovery at this point, the Company believes that Southwest's actual damages potentially recoverable at trial, exclusive of legal fees and expenses, are less than $5.5 million.

The lawsuits described above have been consolidated for purposes of trial. The Court has entered an order setting the cases for jury trial on October 15, 2002.

Two substantially identical derivative actions were filed by shareholders against members of the Board of Directors of the Company for alleged violation of their fiduciary duties to the Company by causing or allowing the Company to engage in certain fraudulent and improper schemes related to the planned merger with Southwest for alleged waste of corporate assets. These two cases were consolidated into one case. Such conduct allegedly caused the Company to be sued by both Southwest and Southern Union, which exposed the Company to millions of dollars in liabilities. The plaintiffs seek an award of compensatory and punitive damages and costs, disbursements and reasonable attorney fees. The Company and its Independent Directors and officers named as defendants filed Motions to Dismiss the action for failure of the plaintiffs to make a pre-suit demand on the Company's Board of Directors. In addition, the Independent Directors and certain officers filed Motions to Dismiss the actions for failure to state a claim. On February 26, 2001, the action was stayed until one of the parties notifies the Court that a dissolution of the stay is requested.

59

Except as set forth above or in the Legal Proceedings, the Company is unable to estimate the possible loss, if any, associated with these matters. If substantial damages were ultimately awarded, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, cash flows and financial position. The Company is defending itself vigorously against all claims asserted by Southern Union and Southwest and all other matters relating to the now terminated proposed acquisition of Southwest. For more information, see Legal Proceedings.

Hutchinson Litigation - Two separate class action lawsuits have been filed against the Company in connection with the natural gas explosions and eruptions of natural gas geysers that occurred in Hutchinson, Kansas in January 2001. Although no assurances can be given, management believes that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations. ONEOK and its subsidiaries are being represented by their insurance carrier in these cases. The Company is vigorously defending itself against all claims. For more information, see Legal Proceedings.

Environmental - The Company has 12 manufactured gas sites located in Kansas, which may contain potentially harmful materials that are classified as hazardous material. Hazardous materials are subject to control or remediation under various environmental laws and regulations. A consent agreement with the KDHE presently governs all future work at these sites. The terms of the consent agreement allow the Company to investigate these sites and set remediation priorities based upon the results of the investigations and risk analysis. The prioritized sites will be investigated over a period of time as negotiated with the KDHE. Through December 31, 2001, the costs of the investigations and risk analysis related to these manufactured gas sites have been immaterial. Although remedial investigation and interim clean-up has begun on four sites, limited information is available about the sites. Management's best estimate of the cost of remediation ranges from $100,000 to $10 million per site based on a limited comparison of costs incurred to remediate comparable sites. These estimates do not give effect to potential insurance recoveries, recoveries through rates or from third parties. The KCC has permitted others to recover remediation costs through rates. It should be noted that additional information and testing could result in costs significantly below or in excess of the amounts estimated above. To the extent that such remediation costs are not recovered, the costs could be material to the Company's results of operations and cash flows depending on the remediation done and number of years over which the remediation is completed.

In January 2001, the Yaggy storage facility, located in Hutchison, Kansas, was idled following natural gas explosions and eruptions of natural gas geysers. There are no known long-term environmental effects from the Yaggy storage facility, however, the Company continues to perform tests in cooperation with the KDHE.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements - In July 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, "Business Combinations" (Statement 141), Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" (Statement 142), and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations" (Statement 143). In October, 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" (Statement 144).

Statement 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. Statement 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of Statement 142. The Company adopted the provisions of Statement 141 effective July 1, 2001, and Statement 142 effective January 1, 2002.

In connection with the Company's adoption of Statement 142, the Company is required to perform an assessment of whether there is an indication that goodwill, including equity-method goodwill, is impaired as of the date of adoption. Any transitional impairment loss will be recognized as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the Company's 2002 statement of earnings.

60

As of December 31, 2001, the Company has unamortized goodwill in the amount of $113.9 million. In addition, the Company has approximately $30.1 million of goodwill related to its equity investments. The entire amount will be subject to the transition provisions of Statement 142. Amortization expense related to goodwill was $4.4 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The Company discontinued the amortization of goodwill effective January 1, 2002, with the adoption of Statement 142. In accordance with provisions of Statement 142, the Company will complete its analysis of goodwill for impairment no later than June 30, 2002.

Statement 143 requires entities to record the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred and a corresponding increase in the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. Statement 143 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. Statement 144 retains the requirement to report separately discontinued operations and extends that reporting to a component of an entity that either has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale. Statement 144 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently assessing the impact of Statements 143 and 144 on its financial condition and results of operations.

61

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Risk Management - The Company, substantially through its nonutility segments, is exposed to market risk in the normal course of its business operations and to the impact of market fluctuations in the price of natural gas, NGLs, crude oil and power prices. Market risk refers to the risk of loss in cash flows and future earnings arising from adverse changes in commodity energy prices. The Company's primary exposure arises from fixed price purchase or sale agreements which extend for periods of up to 48 months, gas in storage inventories utilized by the marketing and trading operation, and anticipated sales of natural gas and oil production. To a lesser extent, the Company is exposed to risk of changing prices or the cost of intervening transportation resulting from purchasing gas at one location and selling it at another (hereinafter referred to as basis risk). To minimize the risk from market fluctuations in the price of natural gas, NGLs and crude oil, the Company uses commodity derivative instruments such as futures contracts, swaps and options to manage market risk of existing or anticipated purchase and sale agreements, existing physical gas in storage, and basis risk. The Company adheres to policies and procedures that limit its exposure to market risk from open positions and monitors market risk exposure.

The Company has from time to time used weather derivative swaps to manage the risk of fluctuations in heating degree days (HDD) during the heating season. Under the weather derivative swap agreements, the Company receives a fixed payment per degree day below the contracted normal HDD and pays a fixed amount per degree day above the contracted normal HDD. The swaps contain a contract cap that limits the amount either party is required to pay. At December 31, 2001, the Company is not a party to any weather derivative swaps.

KGS uses derivative instruments to hedge the cost of some anticipated gas purchases during the winter heating months to protect their customers from upward volatility in the market price of natural gas. At December 31, 2001, KGS had derivative instruments in place to hedge the cost of gas purchases for 6,500 MMMbtu.

For further discussion of trading activities and models and assumptions used in the trading activities see the Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates section of Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Also, see Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Rate Risk - The Company is subject to the risk of fluctuation in interest rates in the normal course of business due to the Company utilizing variable rate debt. The Company manages interest rate risk through the use of fixed rate debt, floating rate debt and interest rate swaps. In July 2001, the Company entered into interest rate swaps on a total of $400 million in fixed rate long-term debt. The interest rate under these swaps resets periodically based on the three-month LIBOR or the six-month LIBOR at the reset date. In October 2001, the Company entered into an agreement to lock in the interest rates for each reset period under the swap agreements through the first quarter of 2003. In December 2001, the Company entered into interest rate swaps on a total of $200 million in fixed rate long-term debt. At December 31, 2001, a hypothetical 10 percent change in interest rates would result in an annual $4.4 million change in interest costs related to short-term and floating rate debt based on principal balances outstanding at these dates. At December 31, 2000 the Company had no interest rate swaps.

Value-at-Risk Disclosure of Market Risk - ONEOK measures entity-wide market risk in its trading, price risk management, and its non-trading portfolios using value-at-risk (VAR). The quantification of market risk using VAR provides a consistent measure of risk across diverse energy markets and products with different risk factors in order to set overall risk tolerance, to determine risk targets and set position limits. The use of this methodology requires a number of key assumptions including the selection of a confidence level and the holding period to liquidation. ONEOK relies on VAR to determine the potential reduction in the trading and price risk management portfolio values arising from changes in market conditions over a defined period.

62

ONEOK's VAR exposure represents an estimate of potential losses that would be recognized for its trading and price risk management portfolio of derivative financial instruments, physical contracts and gas in storage assuming hypothetical movements in commodity market assumptions with no change in positions and are not necessarily indicative of actual results that may occur. VAR does not represent the maximum possible loss nor any expected loss that may occur because actual future gains and losses will differ from those estimated based on actual fluctuations in commodity prices, operating exposures and timing thereof, and the changes in the Company's trading and price risk management portfolio of derivative financial instruments and physical contracts.

At December 31, 2001, the Company's estimated potential one-day favorable or unfavorable impact on future earnings, as measured by the VAR, using a 95 percent confidence level and diversified correlation assuming one day to liquidate positions was $5.1 million and the average of such value during the year ended December 31, 2001 was estimated at $3.6 million.

Risk Policy and Oversight - ONEOK controls the scope of risk management, marketing and trading operations through a comprehensive set of policies and procedures involving senior levels of management. The Company's Board of Directors affirms the risk limit parameters with its audit committee having oversight responsibilities for the policies. A risk oversight committee, comprised of corporate and business segment officers, oversees all activities related to commodity price, credit and interest rate risk management, marketing and trading activities. The committee also proposes risk metrics including VAR and position loss limits. ONEOK has a corporate risk control organization lead by the Vice-President of Risk Control, which is assigned responsibility for establishing and enforcing the policies, procedures and limits and evaluating the risks inherent in proposed transactions. Key risk control activities include credit review and approval, credit and performance risk measurement and monitoring, validation of transactions, portfolio valuation, VAR and other risk metrics.

To the extent open commodity positions exist, fluctuating commodity prices can impact the financial results and financial position of the Company either favorably or unfavorably. As a result, the Company cannot predict with precision the impact risk management decisions may have on the business, operating results or financial position.

63

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders ONEOK, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ONEOK, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, the year ended August 31, 1999 and the four months ended December 31, 1999. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ONEOK, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, the year ended August 31, 1999, and the four months ended December 31, 1999, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Notes A and C to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, effective January 1, 2001 and the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force 98-10, Accounting for Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities, effective January 1, 2000.

KPMG LLP

Tulsa, Oklahoma
February 14, 2002

64

ONEOK, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                            Year           Year       Four Months       Year
                                                           Ended          Ended          Ended         Ended
                                                        December 31,   December 31,   December 31,    August 31,
                                                            2001           2000           1999          1999
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                (Thousands of Dollars, except per share amounts)
Operating Revenues (Note A)                            $ 6,803,146    $  6,642,858   $  806,478   $  1,838,949
Cost of gas                                              5,894,361       5,845,726      587,681      1,213,478
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Revenues                                               908,785         797,132      218,797        625,471
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Expenses
Operations and maintenance                                 394,367         266,545       77,247        240,330
Depreciation, depletion, and amortization                  157,310         143,351       43,227        129,704
General taxes                                               61,876          53,303       14,755         39,715
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Operating Expenses                                   613,553         463,199      135,229        409,749
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Income                                           295,232         333,933       83,568        215,722
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other income, net                                              876          18,475        2,396         10,500
Interest expense                                           140,158         118,630       27,883         52,809
Income taxes                                                52,234          90,286       22,737         67,056
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before cumulative effect of a change in
   accounting principle                                    103,716         143,492       35,344        106,357
Cumulative effect of a change in
   accounting principle, net of tax (Note A)                (2,151)          2,115            -              -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income                                                 101,565         145,607       35,344        106,357
Preferred stock dividends                                   37,100          37,100       12,367         37,247
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income Available for Common Stock                      $    64,465    $    108,507   $   22,977   $     69,110
================================================================================================================
Earnings Per Share of Common Stock (Note Q)
 Basic                                                 $      0.85    $       1.23   $     0.27   $       0.86
================================================================================================================
 Diluted                                               $      0.85    $       1.23   $     0.27   $       0.86
================================================================================================================
Average Shares of Common Stock (Thousands)
 Basic                                                      99,449          98,340      100,742        103,102
 Diluted                                                    99,671          98,388      100,768        103,142

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

65

ONEOK, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                              December 31,     December 31,       December 31,
                                                                2001              2000                1999
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets                                                                     (Thousands of Dollars)
Current Assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                                 $       28,229     $        249      $         72
  Trade accounts and notes receivable, net                         677,796        1,627,714           371,313
  Materials and supplies                                            20,310           18,119            10,360
  Gas in storage                                                    82,694           57,800           124,511
  Deferred income taxes                                               -              10,425             8,383
  Purchased gas cost adjustment                                     45,098            1,578             8,105
  Assets from price risk management activities (Note C)            587,740        1,416,368                 -
  Customer deposits                                                 41,781          120,800            40,928
  Other current assets                                              78,321           71,906            31,714
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Current Assets                                         1,561,969        3,324,959           595,386
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, Plant and Equipment
  Marketing and Trading                                              3,979            2,795             2,047
  Gathering and processing                                       1,040,195        1,001,994           385,260
  Transportation and Storage                                       792,641          773,198           526,537
  Distribution                                                   1,985,177        1,860,181         1,766,057
  Production                                                       482,404          428,701           405,298
  Power                                                            118,193           75,891            17,193
  Other                                                             85,168           64,056            41,301
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Property, Plant and Equipment                          4,507,757        4,206,816         3,143,693
  Accumulated depreciation, depletion, and amortization          1,234,789        1,110,803         1,021,915
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net Property                                                 3,272,968        3,096,013         2,121,778
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Charges and Other Assets
  Regulatory assets, net (Note E)                                  232,520          238,605           247,486
  Goodwill                                                         113,868           92,909            80,743
  Assets from price risk management activities (Note C)            475,066          405,666                 -
  Investments and other                                            222,768          202,193           195,847
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Deferred Charges and Other Assets                      1,044,222          939,373           524,076
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total Assets                                        $    5,879,159     $  7,360,345      $  3,241,240
=============================================================================================================

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

66

ONEOK, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                                 December 31,              December 31,     December 31,
                                                                     2001                      2000            1999
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity                                                (Thousdands of Dollars)
Current Liabilities
  Current maturities of long-term debt                          $    250,000              $     10,767      $    21,767
  Notes payable                                                      599,106                   824,106          462,242
  Accounts payable                                                   390,479                 1,247,519          237,653
  Accrued taxes                                                       11,528                     8,735              359
  Accrued interest                                                    31,954                    24,161           16,628
  Customers' deposits                                                 21,697                    18,319           18,212
  Liabilities from price risk management activities (Note C)         381,409                 1,296,041                -
  Other                                                              132,244                    96,913           29,852
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Current Liabilities                                      1,818,417                 3,526,561          786,713
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term Debt, excluding current maturities                       1,498,012                 1,336,082          775,074
Deferred Credits and Other Liabilities
  Deferred income taxes                                              499,432                   382,363          349,883
  Liabilities from price risk management activities (Note C)         491,374                   543,278                -
  Lease obligation                                                   122,011                   137,131                -
  Other deferred credits                                             184,623                   209,973          178,046
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Deferred Credits and Other Liabilities                   1,297,440                 1,272,745          527,929
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total Liabilities                                            4,613,869                 6,135,388        2,089,716
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commitments and Contingencies (Note K)

Shareholders' Equity
  Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value:
    Series A authorized 20,000,000 shares; issued and
      outstanding 19,946,448 shares at December 31, 2001,
      December 31, 2000, and December 31, 1999                           199                      199               199
  Common stock, $0.01 par value:
    authorized 300,000,000 shares;issued 63,438,441 shares
      and outstanding 60,002,218 shares at December 31, 2001;
      issued 63,198,610 shares and outstanding 59,176,550
      shares at December 31, 2000; issued 63,198,610 shares and
      outstanding 59,109,246 shares at December 31, 1999                 634                       316               316
  Paid in capital (Note G)                                           902,269                   895,668           894,976
  Unearned compensation                                               (2,000)                   (1,128)           (1,846)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (Note D)                     (1,780)                        -                 -
  Retained earnings                                                  415,513                   387,789           317,985
  Treasury stock at cost: 3,436,223 shares at December 31, 2001;
    4,022,060 shares at December 31, 2000 and 4,089,364 shares
      at December 31, 1999                                           (49,545)                  (57,887)          (60,106)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Shareholders' Equity                                     1,265,290                 1,224,957         1,151,524
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity                $  5,879,159              $  7,360,345      $  3,241,240
========================================================================================================================

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

67

ONEOK, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                 Year            Year     Four Months    Year
                                                                Ended           Ended        Ended      Ended
                                                            December 31,     December 31, December 31, August 31,
                                                                2001             2000        1999          1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Activities                                                        (Thousands of Dollars)
  Net income                                                  $ 101,565     $   145,607   $  35,344   $ 106,357
  Depreciation, depletion, and amortization                     157,310         143,351      43,227     129,704
  Unrecovered purchased gas cost adjustment                      34,579               -           -           -
  Gain on sale of assets                                         (1,120)        (27,050)          -      (6,639)
  Gain on sale of equity investments                               (758)              -           -           -
  Income from equity investments                                 (8,109)         (4,025)     (1,063)     (1,560)
  Deferred income taxes                                         134,933          26,143      28,317      14,925
  Amortization of restricted stock                                1,110             632         108           -
  Allowance for doubtful accounts                                43,495           6,048         436       4,029
  Other                                                             188             692           -         293
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts and notes receivable                               909,324      (1,262,449)   (143,413)    (54,716)
    Inventories                                                 (11,906)        (41,669)    (15,920)     19,429
    Unrecovered purchased gas costs                             (78,099)          6,527      (3,553)    (16,720)
    Regulatory assets                                            (8,387)         (6,303)     (3,841)     (6,261)
    Other assets                                                 37,201         (97,402)     (5,457)    (88,930)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                   (984,999)      1,168,871      84,627      41,320
    Price risk management assets and liabilities               (198,611)        (64,574)          -           -
    Deferred credits and other liabilities                       (6,211)         78,559      (1,812)     (7,034)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cash Provided by Operating Activities                       121,505          72,958      17,000     134,197
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investing Activities
  Changes in other investments, net                               1,194              68         994     (59,422)
  Acquisitions                                                  (16,015)       (494,904)    (17,482)   (344,494)
  Capital expenditures                                         (341,567)       (311,403)    (76,016)   (164,170)
  Proceeds from sale of property                                  7,911          60,659           -      16,500
  Proceeds from sale of equity investment                         7,425               -           -           -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cash Used in Investing Activities                          (341,052)       (745,580)    (92,504)   (551,586)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financing Activities
  Borrowing of notes payable, net                              (225,000)        361,864     198,495      51,747
  Change in bank overdraft                                      141,923        (168,145)    (22,699)          -
  Issuance of debt                                              401,367         590,000           -     695,888
  Payment of debt                                                (7,583)        (39,992)    (36,952)   (224,868)
  Issuance of common stock                                        5,447               -           -       1,087
  Issuance (acquisition) of treasury stock, net                   5,214            (453)    (39,610)    (22,570)
  Dividends paid                                                (73,841)        (70,475)    (28,060)    (76,281)
  Acquisition and cancellation of preferred stock                     -               -           -      (3,298)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cash Provided by Financing Activities                       247,527         672,799      71,174     421,705
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents                        27,980             177      (4,330)      4,316
      Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period              249              72       4,402          86
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period              $  28,229     $       249   $      72   $   4,402
=================================================================================================================

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

68

ONEOK, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                                                Other
                                   Preferred Common  Paid-in    Unearned    Comprehensive       Retained     Treasury
                                   Stock     Stock   Capital  Compensation     Income           Earnings     Stock        Total
                                                                        (Thousands of Dollars)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
August 31, 1998                   $   200    $ 316 $ 897,547    $    -   $         -           $   270,808  $     -    $ 1,168,871
 Net income                           -        -          -          -             -               106,357        -        106,357
 Issuance of common stock
  Stock Purchase Plans                -        -       1,380         -             -                  -           -          1,380
 Convertible preferred stock
  dividends - $1.86 and $1.55
  per share for Series A and
  Series B, respectively              -        -          -          -             -               (37,247)       -        (37,247)
 Acquisition and Cancellation of
  Series B Convertible
  Preferred Stock                      (1)     -      (3,949)        -             -                   652        -         (3,298)
 Acquisition of Treasury Stock        -        -          -          -             -                   -      (22,570)     (22,570)
 Common stock dividends -
 $1.24 per share                      -        -          -          -             -               (39,034)       -        (39,034)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
August 31, 1999                   $   199    $ 316 $ 894,978    $    -   $         -           $   301,536  $ (22,570) $ 1,174,459
 Net income                           -        -          -          -             -                35,344        -         35,344
 Re-issuance of treasury stock        -        -          (2)        -             -                  (131)       141            8
 Convertible preferred stock
  dividends - $.465 per share
  for Series A                        -        -          -          -             -                (9,275)       -         (9,275)
 Acquisition of treasury stock        -        -          -          -             -                   -      (39,610)     (39,610)
 Issuance of restricted stock         -        -          -      (1,933)           -                   -        1,933          -
 Amortization of restricted stock     -        -          -         108            -                   -          -            108
 Common stock dividends -
  $0.31 per share                     -        -          -         (21)           -                (9,489)       -         (9,510)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1999                 $   199    $ 316  $ 894,976    $(1,846) $         -           $   317,985  $ (60,106) $ 1,151,524
===================================================================================================================================

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

69

ONEOK, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                                     Other
                              Preferred Common Paid-in   Unearned   Comprehensive Retained   Treasury
                               Stock     Stock Capital  Compensation Income       Earnings   Stock        Total
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             (Thousands of Dollars)
December 31, 1999                  $ 199  $316 $894,976  $(1,846)   $  -         $ 317,985  $(60,106)  $1,151,524
Net income                           -     -       -         -         -           145,607       -        145,607
Re-issuance of treasury stock        -     -       -         -         -            (2,572)   14,196       11,624
Issuance of common stock
  Stock purchase plans               -     -        692      -         -             -           -            692
Convertible preferred stock
  dividends - $1.86 per share
  for Series A                       -     -       -         -         -           (37,100)       -       (37,100)
Acquisition of treasury stock        -     -       -         -         -             -       (11,812)     (11,812)
Issuance of restricted stock         -     -       -        (137)      -             -           137        -
Amortization of restricted stock     -     -       -         632       -             -           -            632
Forfeitures of restricted stock      -     -       -         302       -             -          (302)       -
Common stock dividends -
  $1.24 per share                    -     -       -         (79)      -           (36,131)       -       (36,210)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 2000                  $ 199  $316 $895,668  $(1,128)   $  -         $ 387,789  $(57,887)  $1,224,957
Net income                           -     -       -         -         -           101,565       -        101,565
Other comprehensive income           -     -       -         -        (1,780)        -           -         (1,780)
                                                                                                        =========
  Total comprehensive income                                                                               99,785
Effect of two-for-one stock split    -     317     (317)     -         -                         -           -
Re-issuance of treasury stock        -     -        866      -         -             -         7,278        8,144
Issuance of common stock
  Stock purchase plans               -       1    5,317      -         -             -           -          5,318
Convertible preferred stock
  dividends - $1.86 per share
  for Series A                       -     -       -         -         -           (37,100)       -       (37,100)
Acquisition of treasury stock        -     -       -         -         -             -           (29)         (29)
Issuance of restricted stock         -     -        715   (1,932)      -             -         1,217         -
Amortization of restricted stock     -     -       -       1,110       -             -           -          1,110
Forfeitures of restricted stock      -     -         20       78       -             -          (124)         (26)
Common stock dividends -
  $0.62 per share                    -     -       -        (128)      -           (36,741)       -       (36,869)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 2001                  $ 199  $634 $902,269  $(2,000)   $ (1,780)   $  415,513  $(49,545)  $1,265,290
=================================================================================================================

70

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(A) SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations - ONEOK, Inc. and subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company" or "ONEOK") is a diversified energy company engaged in the production, processing, gathering, storage, transportation, distribution, and marketing of natural gas, electricity and natural gas liquids. The Company manages its business in seven segments: Marketing and Trading, Gathering and Processing, Transportation and Storage, Distribution, Production, Power and Other.

The Marketing and Trading segment purchases and markets natural gas, primarily in the mid-continent region of the United States. The Company owns and operates gas processing plants as well as gathering pipelines in Oklahoma, Kansas and Texas through its Gathering and Processing segment. The Transportation and Storage segment owns and leases natural gas storage facilities and transports gas in Oklahoma, Kansas and Texas. The Company's Distribution segment provides natural gas distribution services in Oklahoma and Kansas through its divisions Oklahoma Natural Gas Company (ONG) and Kansas Gas Service Company (KGS). The Production segment produces natural gas and oil and owns natural gas and oil reserves. The Power segment produces and markets electricity to wholesale customers. The Company's Other segment, whose results of operations are not material, operates and leases the Company's headquarters building and parking facility and has an investment in Magnum Hunter Resources, Inc., an independent oil and gas company.

Critical Accounting Policies

Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities- The Company engages in price risk management activities for both trading and non-trading purposes. On January 1, 2000, the Company adopted Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 98-10, "Accounting for Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities" (EITF 98-10) for its energy trading contracts. EITF 98-10 requires entities involved in energy trading activities to account for energy trading contracts using mark-to-market accounting. Prior to the adoption of EITF 98-10, the Company accounted for its trading activities on the accrual method based on settlement of physical and financial positions. The adoption of EITF 98-10 was accounted for as a change in accounting principle and the cumulative effect at January 1, 2000 of $2.1 million, net of tax, was recognized. Forwards, swaps, options, and energy transportation and storage contracts utilized for trading activities are reflected at fair value as assets and liabilities from price risk management activities in the consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of these assets and liabilities are affected by the actual timing of settlements related to these contracts and current period changes resulting primarily from newly originated transactions and the impact of price movements. Changes in fair value are recognized in net revenues in the consolidated statements of income. Market prices used to fair value these assets and liabilities reflect management's best estimate considering various factors including closing exchange and over-the-counter quotations, time value and volatility underlying the commitments. Market prices are adjusted for the potential impact of liquidating the Company's position in an orderly manner over a reasonable period of time under present market conditions.

See Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

71

Regulation - The Company's intrastate transmission pipelines and distribution operations are subject to the rate regulation and accounting requirements of the Oklahoma Corporation Commission (OCC), Kansas Corporation Commission (KCC) and Texas Railroad Commission (TRC). Certain other transportation activities of the Company are subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC). ONG and KGS follow the accounting and reporting guidance contained in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation (Statement 71). Allocation of costs and revenues to accounting periods for rate-making and regulatory purposes may differ from bases generally applied by non-regulated operations. Such allocations to meet regulatory accounting requirements are considered to be generally accepted accounting principles for regulated utilities provided that there is a demonstrable ability to recover any deferred costs in future rates.

During the rate-making process, regulatory commissions may require a utility to defer recognition of certain costs to be recovered through rates over time as opposed to expensing such costs as incurred. This allows the utility to stabilize rates over time rather than passing such costs on to the customer for immediate recovery. This causes certain expenses to be deferred as a regulatory asset and amortized to expense as they are recovered through rates. Total regulatory assets resulting from this deferral process are approximately $232.5 million, $238.6 million and $247.5 million at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Although no further unbundling of services is anticipated, should this occur, certain of these assets may no longer meet the criteria for following Statement 71 and, accordingly, a write-off of regulatory assets and stranded costs may be required. However, the Company does not anticipate that these costs, if any, will be significant. See Note E of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

KGS has a two-year rate moratorium, which expires in November 2002. ONG is not subject to a rate moratorium.

Impairments - The Company accounts for the impairment of long-lived assets to be recognized when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to recover the assets carrying amount. The impairment loss is measured by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying amount. Fair values are based on discounted future cash flows or information provided by sales and purchases of similar assets. The Company evaluates impairment of assets on the lowest possible level.

Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ONEOK, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in twenty percent to 50 percent-owned affiliates are accounted for on the equity method. Investments in less than twenty percent owned affiliates are accounted for on the cost method.

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments, which are readily convertible into cash and have original maturities of three months or less.

Inventories - Materials and supplies are valued at average cost. Noncurrent gas in storage is classified as property and is valued at cost. The Marketing and Trading segment's gas in storage, which is recorded in current price risk management assets, is carried at fair value. Cost of current gas in storage for ONG is determined under the last-in, first-out, (LIFO) methodology. The estimated replacement cost of current gas in storage valued under the lifo method was $1.3 million, $12.3 million, and $7.3 million at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, compared to its value under the LIFO method of $3.0 million, $4.6 million, and $5.7 million at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Current gas in storage for all other companies is determined using the weighted average cost of gas method.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities - To minimize the risk from fluctuations in the price of natural gas and crude oil, the Company's non-trading segments periodically enter into futures transactions, swaps, and options in order to hedge anticipated sales of natural gas and crude oil production, fuel requirements and inventories in its natural gas liquids business. Interest rate swaps are also used to manage interest rate risk.

72

Prior to 2001, in order to qualify as a hedge, the price movements in the underlying commodity derivatives had to be sufficiently correlated with the hedged transaction. Gains and losses from hedging transactions were recognized in income and reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the periods for which the underlying commodity or interest rate transactions were hedged. If the necessary correlation to the commodity or interest rate transaction being hedged was not maintained, the Company ceased to account for the contract as a hedge and recognized a gain or loss in current earnings to the extent the contract results had not been offset by the effects of the price or interest rate changes on the hedged item. If the underlying commodity or interest rate transaction being hedged by the derivative was disposed of or otherwise terminated, the gain or loss associated with such derivatives was no longer deferred and was recognized in the period the underlying was eliminated.

On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" (Statement 133), amended by Statement No. 137 and Statement No. 138. Statement 137 delayed the implementation of Statement 133 until fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. Statement 138 amended the accounting and reporting standards of Statement 133 for certain derivative instruments and hedging activities. Statement 138 also amends Statement 133 for decisions made by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) relating to the Derivatives Implementation Group (DIG) process. The FASB DIG is addressing Statement 133 implementation issues, the ultimate resolution of which may impact the application of Statement 133.

Under Statement 133, entities are required to record all derivative instruments in the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and, if so, on the reason for holding it. If certain conditions are met, entities may elect to designate a derivative instrument as a hedge of exposures to changes in fair values, cash flows, or foreign currencies. If the hedged exposure is a fair value exposure, the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is recognized in earnings in the period of change together with the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. If the hedged exposure is a cash flow exposure, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported initially as a component of other comprehensive income (outside earnings) and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. Any amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, as well as the ineffective portion of the hedge, are reported in earnings immediately.

See Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Regulated Property - Regulated properties are stated at cost, which includes an allowance for funds used during construction. The allowance for funds used during construction represents the capitalization of the estimated average cost of borrowed funds (6.0 percent, 6.9 percent, 6.8 percent, and 7.8 percent, in fiscal years 2001 and 2000, the four months ended December 31, 1999, and the year ended August 31, 1999, respectively) used during the construction of major projects and is recorded as a credit to interest expense.

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method based upon rates prescribed for ratemaking purposes. The average depreciation rate for property that is regulated by the OCC approximated 2.9 percent in fiscal year 2001, 3.0 percent in fiscal year 2000, 4.1 percent in the four months ended December 31, 1999, and 3.8 percent in the year ended August 31,1999. The average depreciation rates for properties regulated by the KCC, excluding Mid-Continent Market Center (the Market Center), were approximately 3.4 percent in fiscal year 2001, 3.3 percent in fiscal year 2000, 3.4 percent in the four months ended December 31, 1999, and 3.2 percent in the year ended August 31, 1999. The average depreciation rates for the Market Center properties were 3.4 percent in fiscal year 2001, 3.3 percent in fiscal year 2000, 3.1 percent in the four months ended December 31, 1999, and 3.1 percent in the year ended August 31, 1999.

73

Maintenance and repairs are charged directly to expense. Generally, the cost of property retired or sold, plus removal costs, less salvage, is charged to accumulated depreciation. Gains and losses from sales or transfers of operating units or systems are recognized in income.

                                     Remaining             Service
                                       Life                 Years
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Distribution property                  22-25                  40
Transmission property                  18-33                  47
Other property                         6-24                   40
----------------------------------------------------------------------

Production Property - The Company uses the successful-efforts method to account for costs incurred in the acquisition and development of natural gas and oil reserves. Costs to acquire mineral interests in proved reserves and to drill and equip development wells are capitalized. Geological and geophysical costs and costs to drill exploratory wells which do not find proved reserves are expensed. Unproved oil and gas properties, which are individually significant, are periodically assessed for impairment. The remaining unproved oil and gas properties are aggregated and amortized based upon remaining lease terms and exploratory and developmental drilling experience. Depreciation and depletion are calculated using the unit-of-production method based upon periodic estimates of proved oil and gas reserves.

Other Property - Gas processing plants and all other properties are stated at cost. Gas processing plants are depreciated using various rates based on estimated lives of available gas reserves. All other property and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life.

Goodwill -Goodwill, which represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired, is amortized over a period of 30 to 40 years. The Company assesses the recoverability of this intangible asset by determining whether the amortization of the goodwill balance over its remaining life can be recovered through undiscounted future operating cash flows of the acquired operation. The amount of goodwill impairment, if any, is measured based on projected discounted future operating cash flows using a discount rate reflecting the Company's average cost of funds. The assessment of the recoverability of goodwill will be impacted if estimated future operating cash flows are not achieved.

Environmental Expenditures - The Company accrues for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. Accruals for estimated losses from environmental remediation obligations generally are recognized no later than completion of the remedial feasibility study. Such accruals are adjusted as further information develops or circumstances change. Recoveries of environmental remediation costs from other parties are recorded as assets when their receipt is deemed probable.

Revenue Recognition - The Company's Marketing and Trading, Gathering and Processing, Transportation and Storage, Distribution and Power segments recognize revenue when services are rendered or product is delivered. Major industrial and commercial gas distribution customers are invoiced as of the end of each month. Certain gas distribution customers, primarily residential and some commercial, are invoiced on a cycle basis throughout the month, and the Company accrues unbilled revenues at the end of each month. ONG's and KGS's tariff rates for residential and commercial customers contain a temperature normalization clause that provides for billing adjustments from actual volumes to normalized volumes during the winter heating season.

Revenues from the Production segment are recognized on the sales method when oil and gas production volumes are delivered to the purchaser.

74

Income Taxes - Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of "temporary differences" by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is deferred and amortized for operations regulated by the OCC and KCC and for all other operations, is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company continues to amortize previously deferred investment tax credits over the period prescribed by the OCC and KCC for ratemaking purposes.

Common Stock Options and Awards -The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (Statement 123) which permits, but does not require, a fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. Alternatively, Statement 123 allows companies to continue applying the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25), however, such companies are required to disclose pro forma net income and earnings per share as if the fair value based method had been applied. The Company has elected to continue to apply the provisions of APB 25 for purposes of computing compensation expense and has provided the pro forma disclosure provisions of Statement 123 in Note P of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Earnings Per Common Share - In accordance with a pronouncement of the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Staff at the Emerging Issues Task Force meeting in April 2001, codified as EITF Topic No. D-95 (Topic D-95), the Company revised its computation of earnings per common share (EPS). In accordance with Topic D-95, the dilutive effect of the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is now considered in the computation of basic EPS, utilizing the "if-converted" method. Under the Company's "if-converted" method, the dilutive effect of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock on EPS cannot be less than the amount that would result from the application of the "two-class" method of computing EPS. The "two-class" method is an earnings allocation formula that determines EPS for the common stock and the participating Series A Convertible Preferred Stock according to dividends declared and participating rights in the undistributed earnings. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is a participating instrument with the Company's common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. For all periods presented, the "two-class" method resulted in additional dilution. Accordingly, EPS for such periods reflects this further dilution. The Company restated the EPS amounts for all periods to be consistent with the revised methodology. See Note Q of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Use of Estimates - Certain amounts included in or affecting the Company's financial statements and related disclosures must be estimated, requiring the Company to make certain assumptions with respect to values or conditions which cannot be known with certainty at the time the financial statements are prepared. Items which may be estimated include, but are not limited to, the economic useful life of assets, fair value of assets and liabilities, obligations under employees benefit plans, provisions for uncollectible accounts receivable, unbilled revenues for gas delivered but for which meters have not been read, gas purchased expense for gas received but for which no invoice has been received, the results of litigation and various other recorded or disclosed amounts. Accordingly, the reported amounts of the Company's assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures are necessarily affected by these estimates.

The Company evaluates these estimates on an ongoing basis using historical experience, consultation with experts and other methods the Company considers reasonable in the particular circumstances. Nevertheless, actual results may differ significantly from the estimates. Any effects on the Company's financial position or results of operations resulting from revisions to these estimates are recorded in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known.

Reclassification - Certain amounts in prior period consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2001 presentation.

75

(B) ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

On April 5, 2000, the Company acquired certain natural gas gathering and processing assets located in Oklahoma, Kansas and West Texas from Kinder Morgan, Inc. (KMI). The Company also acquired KMI's marketing and trading operations, as well as some storage and transmission pipelines in the mid-continent region. The Company paid approximately $123.5 million for these assets plus working capital of approximately $53 million, which was subject to adjustment. The working capital adjustment was made in the first quarter 2001, resulting in the Company receiving approximately $4.0 million. The Company also assumed an operating lease for a processing plant for which the Company established a liability of approximately $157.7 million for an uneconomic lease obligation. The Company also assumed some firm capacity lease obligations to unaffiliated parties for which the Company established a reserve of approximately $220.1 million for out-of-market terms of those obligations. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. The results of operations of this acquisition are included in the consolidated statement of income subsequent to the purchase date.

The table of unaudited pro forma information set forth below, presents a summary of consolidated results of operations of the Company as if the acquisition of the businesses acquired from KMI had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented. The results do not necessarily reflect the results that would have been obtained if the acquisition had actually occurred on the dates indicated or the results that may be expected in the future.

                                                             Pro Forma
                                                            Years Ended
                                              December 31,             August 31,
                                                 2000                    1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (Thousands of Dollars except per share amounts)
Operating revenues                            $   7,596,667     $5,623,102
Net income                                    $     153,087     $  107,271
Income available for common shareholders      $     115,987     $   70,024
Earnings Per Share of Common Stock - Diluted  $        1.29     $     0.87
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

In March 2000, the Company completed the sale of its 42.4 percent interest in Indian Basin Gas Processing Plant and gathering system for $55 million.

In March 2000, the Company completed the acquisition of assets located in Oklahoma, Kansas, and the Texas panhandle from Dynegy, Inc. for $305 million in cash, which included a $3 million adjustment for working capital. The assets include gathering systems, gas processing facilities, and transmission pipelines.

On January 20, 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company voted unanimously to terminate the merger agreement with Southwest Gas Corporation (Southwest) in accordance with the terms of the merger agreement. The Company charged $3.7 million of ongoing litigation costs to Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2001. The Company charged $13.7 million of previously deferred transaction and litigation costs to Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2000. See Note K of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

In May 1999, the Company acquired the Oklahoma midstream natural gas gathering and processing assets of Koch Midstream Enterprises (Koch) for $285 million in cash. The assets acquired include eight natural gas processing plants and approximately 3,250 miles of gathering pipeline connected to 1,460 gas wells in Oklahoma.

76

(C) PRICE RISK MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Market risks are monitored by a risk control group which operates independently from the operating segments that create or actively manage these risk exposures. The risk control group ensures compliance with the Company's risk management policies.

Risk Policy and Oversight - The Company controls the scope of risk management, marketing and trading operations through a comprehensive set of policies and procedures involving senior levels of management. The Company's Board of Directors affirms the risk limit parameters with its audit committee having oversight responsibilities for the policies. A risk oversight committee, comprised of corporate and business segment officers, oversees all activities related to commodity price, credit and interest rate risk management, marketing and trading activities. The committee also proposes risk metrics including value-at-risk (VAR) and position loss limits. The Company has a corporate risk control organization lead by the Vice-President of Risk Control, which is assigned responsibility for establishing and enforcing the policies, procedures and limits and evaluating the risks inherent in proposed transactions. Key risk control activities include credit review and approval, credit and performance risk measurement and monitoring, validation of transactions, portfolio valuation, VAR and other risk metrics.

To the extent open commodity positions exist, fluctuating commodity prices can impact the financial results and financial position of the Company either favorably or unfavorably. As a result, the Company cannot predict with precision the impact risk management decisions may have on the business, operating results or financial position.

Trading Activities

The Company's operating results are impacted by commodity price fluctuations. The Company routinely enters into derivative financial instruments in order to minimize the risk of commodity price fluctuations related to its purchase and sale commitments, fuel requirements, transportation and storage contracts and inventories in its natural gas marketing and trading business.

The Marketing and Trading segment includes the Company's wholesale and retail natural gas marketing and trading operations. The Marketing and Trading segment generally attempts to balance its fixed-price physical and financial purchase and sales commitments in terms of contract volumes and the timing of performance and delivery obligations. To the extent a net open position exists, fluctuating commodity market prices can impact the Company's financial position and results of operations, either favorably or unfavorably. The net open positions are actively managed and the impact of the changing prices on the Company's financial condition at a point in time is not necessarily indicative of the impact of price movements throughout the year.

Fair value - The fair value and the average fair value of derivative financial instruments, purchase and sale commitments, fuel requirements, transportation and storage contracts and inventories related to trading price risk management activities held during 2001 and 2000 are set forth as follows:

                          Fair Value              Average Fair Value (a)
                       December 31, 2001            December 31, 2001

                      Assets       Liabilities    Assets        Liabilities
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
Energy commodities  $ 1,039,611  $ 854,219  $      1,094,946  $  975,359
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) Computed using the ending balance at the end of each quarter.

77

                          Fair Value              Average Fair Value (a)
                       December 31, 2000            December 31, 2000

                      Assets       Liabilities    Assets        Liabilities
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
Energy commodities $ 1,822,034   $ 1,839,319    $ 1,254,446   $ 1,394,605
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) Computed using the ending balance at the end of each quarter.

The Company did not hold any other commodity type contracts for trading price risk management purposes at December 31, 2001.

Notional value - The notional contractual quantities associated with trading price risk management activities are set forth as follows:

                                 Volumes          Volumes
                                Purchased          Sold
---------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 2001:
Natural gas options (Bcf)            118.3          107.7
Crude oil options (MBbls)              5.6            5.4
Natural gas swaps (Bcf)            1,917.9        1,898.4
Crude oil swaps (MBbls)                 -             6.0
Natural gas futures (Bcf)            159.9          220.7
Crude oil futures (MBbls)             19.9           69.8
---------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 2000:
Natural gas options (Bcf)             75.3           65.7
Crude oil options (MBbls)                -              -
Natural gas swaps (Bcf)              683.6          733.8
Crude oil swaps (MBbls)                  -              -
Natural gas futures (Bcf)            114.3          112.7
Crude oil futures (MBbls)                -              -
---------------------------------------------------------

Notional amounts reflect the volume and indicated activity of transactions but do not represent the amounts exchanged by the parties or cash requirements associated with these financial instruments. Accordingly, notional amounts do not accurately measure the Company's exposure to market or credit risk.

Credit Risk - In conjunction with the market valuation of its energy commodity contracts, the Company provides reserves for risks associated with its contract commitments, including credit risk. Credit risk relates to the risk of loss that the Company would incur as a result of nonperformance by counterparties pursuant to the terms of their contractual obligations. The Company maintains credit policies with regard to its counterparties that management believes significantly minimize overall credit risk. These policies include an evaluation of potential counterparties' financial condition (including credit ratings), collateral requirements under certain circumstances and the use of standardized agreements which allow for netting of positive and negative exposures associated with a single counterparty.

Counterparties in its trading portfolio consist primarily of financial institutions, major energy companies, and local distribution companies. This concentration of counterparties may impact the Company's overall exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively in that the counterparties may be similarly affected by changes in economic, regulatory or other conditions. Based on the Company's policies, its exposures and its credit and other reserves, the Company does not anticipate a material adverse effect on financial position or results of operations as a result of counterparty nonperformance.

78

Non-Trading Activities

Financial instruments are also utilized for non-trading purposes to hedge natural gas and crude oil production anticipated sales, fuel requirements and inventories in its natural gas liquids business to hedge the impact of fair value fluctuations. The Company is subject to the risk of fluctuation in interest rates in the normal course of business. The Company manages interest rate risk through the use of fixed rate debt, floating rate debt and, at times, interest rate swaps.

Operating margins associated with the Gathering and Processing segment's natural gas gathering, processing and fractionation activities are sensitive to changes in natural gas liquids prices, principally as a result of contractual terms under which natural gas is processed and products are sold and the availability of inlet volumes. Also, certain processing plant assets are impacted by changes in, and the relationship between, natural gas and natural gas liquids prices, which, in turn influences the volumes of gas processed.

In 2000, the Company entered into derivative instruments related to the production of natural gas, most of which expired in 2001. These derivative instruments were designed as cash flow hedges to hedge the Production segment's exposure to changes in the price of natural gas. Changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments are reflected initially in other comprehensive income
(loss) and subsequently realized in earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. The Company recorded a cumulative effect charge of $2.2 million, net of tax, in the income statement and $28 million, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive loss to recognize at fair value the ineffective and effective portions, respectively, of the losses on all derivative instruments that are designated as cash flow hedging instruments, which primarily consisted of costless option collars and swaps on natural gas production.

The Company recognized $3.5 million in earnings, representing the ineffective portion of the cash flow hedges for the year ended December 31, 2001. The Company realized an $18.4 million loss in earnings that was reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss resulting from the settlement of contracts when the natural gas was sold. These gains and losses are reported in Operating Revenues. Other comprehensive income of $1.8 million at December 31, 2001 includes approximately $1.3 million related to a cash flow hedge for 2002 production, which will be realized within the next year when the financial transactions affect earnings.

In July 2001, the Company entered into interest rate swaps, which were designated fair value hedges, on a total of $400 million in fixed rate long-term debt. The interest rate under these swaps resets periodically based on the three-month LIBOR or the six-month LIBOR at the reset date. In October 2001, the Company entered into an agreement to lock in the interest rates for each reset period under the swap agreements through the first quarter of 2003. In December 2001, the Company entered into interest rate swaps, which were designated fair value hedges, on a total of $200 million in fixed rate long-term debt. The Company recorded a $7.4 million net increase in price risk management assets and liabilities to recognize the interest rate swaps at fair value. Long-term debt was also increased to recognize the change in fair value of the related hedged liability. See Note I of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Fair value - The following table represents the estimated fair values of derivative instruments related to the Company's non-trading price risk management activities. The fair value is the carrying value for these instruments at December 31,2001 and they have no carrying value at December 31, 2000 and August 31, 1999.

79

                                                  Approximate
                                                   Fair Value
----------------------------------------------------------------
                 (Thousands of Dollars)
December 31, 2001
Natural gas commodities - cash flow hedges         $      1,249
Interest rate swaps - fair value hedges            $      7,379
Natural gas commodities - other                    $     (3,997)
----------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 2000
Natural gas commodities                            $    (41,623)
----------------------------------------------------------------
August 31, 1999
Natural gas commodities                            $    (11,540)
----------------------------------------------------------------

Notional value - The Company was a party to natural gas commodity derivative instruments including swaps and options covering 19.0 Bcf and 32.9 Bcf of natural gas for December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

The Company utilized derivative contracts to mitigate its risk associated with weather for the month of November 2000 to reduce the impact of degree day deviations from normal weather. The Company did not have any weather hedges in place at December 31, 2001 and 2000.

Credit Risk - The Company maintains credit policies with regard to its counterparties that management believes significantly minimize overall credit risk. These policies include an evaluation of potential counterparties' financial condition (including credit ratings), collateral requirements under certain circumstances and the use of standardized agreements which allow for netting of positive and negative exposures associated with a single counterparty.

The counterparties to the non-trading instruments include large integrated energy companies. Accordingly, the Company does not anticipate a material adverse effect on financial position or results of operations as a result of counterparty nonperformance.

Financial Instruments

The following table represents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments, excluding trading activities, which are marked to market, and non-trading commodity instruments, which are listed in the table above.

                                                   Approximate
                                    Book Value       Fair Value
-----------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (Thousands of Dollars)
December 31, 2001
Cash and cash equivalents           $     28,229     $     28,229
Accounts and notes receivable       $    677,796     $    677,796
Notes payable                       $    599,106     $    599,106
Long-term debt                      $  1,751,539     $  1,773,798
-----------------------------------------------------------------

                                                   Approximate
                                    Book Value      Fair Value
-----------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (Thousands of Dollars)
December 31, 2000
Cash and cash equivalents           $        249     $        249
Accounts and notes receivable       $  1,627,714     $  1,627,714
Notes payable                       $    824,106     $    824,106
Long-term debt                      $  1,350,689     $  1,302,104
-----------------------------------------------------------------

                                      80

                                                     Approximate
                                    Book Value        Fair Value
----------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (Thousands of Dollars)
December 31,1999
Cash and cash equivalents           $       72       $       72
Accounts and notes receivable       $  371,313       $  371,313
Notes payable                       $  462,242       $  462,242
Long-term debt                      $  800,731       $  753,298
----------------------------------------------------------------

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable and notes payable approximate book value due to their short term nature. The estimated fair value of long-term debt has been determined using quoted market prices of the same or similar issues, discounted cash flows, and/or rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.

(D) COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The table below gives an overview of Other comprehensive income at December 31, 2001, which includes the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle due to the adoption of Statement 133, realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments and an adjustment to the Company's pension liability.

                                                               Year Ended
                                                            December 31, 2001
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (Thousands of Dollars)
Net income                                                               $  101,565
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle     $  (45,556)
Unrealized gains on derivative instruments                    28,491
Realized losses in net income                                 18,383
Minimum pension liability adjustment                          (4,252)
                                                          -----------

Other comprehensive loss before taxes                         (2,934)
Income tax benefit on other comprehensive loss                 1,154
                                                          --------------------------
Other comprehensive loss                                                 $   (1,780)

                                                                         -----------
Comprehensive income                                                     $   99,785
====================================================================================

81

(E) REGULATORY ASSETS

The table presents a summary of regulatory assets, net of amortization, at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999.

                                            December 31,     December 31,     December 31
                                                2001             2000            1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (Thousands of Dollars)
Recoupable take-or-pay                      $   75,336       $   79,324       $   84,343
Pension costs                                   11,124           15,306           19,487
Postretirement costs other than pension         60,170           61,069           62,207
Transition costs                                21,598           22,199           22,746
Reacquired debt costs                           22,351           23,209           24,068
Income taxes                                    28,365           30,727           23,337
Other                                           13,576            6,771           11,298
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Regulatory assets, net                    $  232,520       $  238,605       $  247,486
=========================================================================================

The remaining recovery period for these assets that the Company is not earning a return on is set forth in the table below.

                                                            Remaining Recovery
                                     December 31, 2001            Period
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   (Thousands of Dollars)        (Months)
Postretirement costs other than
  pension -- Oklahoma                     $7,876                   141
Income taxes - Oklahoma                   $9,374                 114-130
Transition costs                         $21,598                   431
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The OCC directed ONG to assume responsibility for, and ownership of, customer service lines and has authorized the Company to defer as regulatory assets the depreciation and operation and maintenance expenses incurred in connection with this plan. The recovery methodology, amount, and calculation of these deferrals will be addressed in ONG's next rate case filing. Through December 2001, the Company has deferred approximately $801,000 associated with this Commission directive. These deferred costs are included in the caption "Other" in the above table of regulatory assets.

The OCC has authorized ONG to defer the incremental costs associated with a five-year cathodic protection program to be implemented to comply with the OCC's Pipeline Safety Department inspection reports. The recovery methodology and amount of these deferred expenses will be addressed in ONG's next rate case filing. Through December 2001, the Company has deferred approximately $1.9 million associated with this program. These deferred costs are included in the caption "Other" in the above table of regulatory assets.

The OCC has authorized recovery of the take-or-pay settlement, pension and postretirement benefit costs over a 10 to 20 year period. KGS has been deferring and recording postretirement benefits in excess of pay-as-you-go as a regulatory asset as authorized by the KCC. See Note J of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The KCC has allowed certain transition costs to be amortized and recovered in rates over a 40-year period with no rate of return on the unrecovered balance. Management believes that all transition costs recorded as a regulatory asset will be recovered through rates based on the accounting orders received and regulatory precedents established by the KCC.

The Company amortizes reacquired debt costs, which includes unamortized debt costs, in accordance with the accounting rules prescribed by the OCC and KCC. These costs have been included in recent rate filings with the OCC and will be included in future rate filings with the KCC as a component of interest.

82

In accordance with various rate orders received from the KCC and the OCC, KGS has not yet collected through rates the amounts necessary to pay a significant portion of the net deferred income tax liabilities. As management believes it is probable that the net future increases in income taxes payable will be recovered from customers, it has recorded a regulatory asset for these amounts.

Recovery through rates resulted in amortization of regulatory assets of approximately $11.3 million and $10.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, $3.1 million for the four months ended December 31, 1999, and $13.7 million for the year ended August 31, 1999.

(F) CAPITAL STOCK

The Company has approximately 176 million shares of authorized and unreserved common stock available for issue. The Company issued Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, at the time of the November 1997 transaction with Western Resources, Inc. The holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive a dividend payment, with respect to each dividend period of the common stock, equal to 3.0 times the dividend amount declared in respect of each share of common stock for the first five years of the agreement. In November 2002, the rate is reduced to 2.5 times the dividend amount declared in respect of each share of common stock, and at no time will the dividend be less than $1.80 per share on an aggregate annual basis. The dividend multiple has been adjusted to reflect the two-for-one common stock split described below.

The terms of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock were the same as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, except that the dividend amount was equal to the greater of 2.5 times the common stock dividend, and at no time will the dividend be less than $1.50 per share on an aggregate annual basis during the first five years after the agreement and not less than $1.80 on an aggregate annual basis thereafter. In 1999, the Company acquired and canceled all of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock it had issued in 1998 and 1999.

Series C Preferred Stock is designed to protect ONEOK, Inc. shareholders from coercive or unfair takeover tactics. Holders of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of ONEOK common stock, quarterly dividends in an amount per share equal to the greater of $0.50 or subject to adjustment, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends. No Series C Preferred Stock has been issued.

The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, subject to certain restrictions, at the option of the holder, into ONEOK, Inc., Common Stock at the rate of two shares for each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

On January 18, 2001, the Company's Board of Directors approved, and on May 17, 2001, the shareholders of the Company voted in favor of, a two-for-one common stock split, which was effected through the issuance of one additional share of common stock for each share of common stock outstanding to holders of record on May 23, 2001, with distribution of the shares on June 11, 2001. The Company retained the current par value of $0.01 per share for all shares of common stock. Shareholders' equity reflects the stock split by reclassifying from Paid in Capital to Common Stock an amount equal to the cumulative par value of the additional shares issued to effect the split. All share and per share amounts contained herein for all periods reflect this stock split. Outstanding convertible preferred stock is assumed to convert to common stock on a two-for-one basis in the calculations of earnings per share.

During 2001, the Company began a second stock buyback plan for up to 10 percent of its capital stock. The program authorizes the Company to make purchases of its common stock on the open market with the timing and terms of purchases and the number of shares purchased to be determined by management based on market conditions and other factors. Through December 31, 2001, no shares have been purchased under this plan. The purchased shares are held in treasury and available for general corporate purposes, funding of stock-based compensation plans, resale at a future date, or retirement. Purchases are financed with short-term debt or are made from available funds.

83

During 1999, the Company initiated a stock buyback plan for up to 15 percent of its capital stock. The program authorized the Company to make purchases of its common stock on the open market with the timing and terms of purchases and the number of shares purchased to be determined by management based on market conditions and other factors. This plan was terminated in April 2001. Through April 30, 2001, the shares purchased under this plan totaled 5.1 million, which has been adjusted for the two-for-one stock split. The purchased shares are held in treasury and available for general corporate purposes, funding of stock-based compensation plans, resale at a future date, or retirement. Purchases were financed with short-term debt or were made from available funds. This plan expired in 2001.

The Board of Directors has reserved 12.0 million shares of ONEOK, Inc.'s common stock for the Direct Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Plan, of which 424,000 shares were issued in fiscal year 2001, 190,000 shares were issued in fiscal year 2000, 56,000 shares were issued in the four months ended December 31, 1999, and 254,000 shares were issued in the year ended August 31, 1999. In January 2001, the Company amended and restated, in entirety, the existing Direct Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Plan. The Company has reserved approximately 13.2 million shares for the Thrift Plan for Employees of ONEOK, Inc. and Subsidiaries less the number of shares issued to date under this plan.

Under the most restrictive covenants of the Company's loan agreements, $226.6 million (54.5 percent) of retained earnings were available to pay dividends at December 31, 2001.

(G) PAID IN CAPITAL

Paid in capital was $338.1 million, $331.5 million and $330.8 million for common stock at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Paid in capital for convertible preferred stock was $564.2 million at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999.

(H) LINES OF CREDIT AND SHORT-TERM NOTES PAYABLE

Commercial paper and short-term notes payable totaling $599.1 million, of which $275.0 million was used to purchase natural gas that was injected into storage, was outstanding at December 31, 2001. Commercial paper and short-term notes payable totaling $824.1 million and $462.2 million were outstanding at December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The commercial paper and notes carried average interest rates of 4.25 percent, 6.53 percent, and 6.47 percent at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The Company has a $850 million short-term unsecured revolving credit facility, which provides a back-up line of credit for commercial paper in addition to providing short-term funds. Interest rates and facility fees are based on prevailing market rates and the Company's credit ratings. No amounts were outstanding under the line of credit and no compensating balance requirements existed at December 31, 2001. Maximum short-term debt from all sources as approved by the Company's Board of Directors is $1.2 billion.

(I) LONG-TERM DEBT

The aggregate maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2001, are $250 million; $10 million; $50 million; $360 million; and $310 million for 2002 through 2006, respectively, including $6 million, which is callable at the option of the holder in each of those years. All long-term notes payable at December 31, 2001, are unsecured.

In 2001, the Company issued a $400 million note at a rate of 7.125%. The proceeds from the note were used to refinance short-term debt. The Company issued $240 million of two-year floating rate notes in April 2000. The interest rate for these notes resets quarterly at a 0.65 percent spread over the three month London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR). The proceeds from the notes were used to fund acquisitions. In March 2000, the Company issued $350 million of five year, 7.75 percent, fixed rate notes to refinance short-term debt and finance acquisitions.

84

The Company is subject to the risk of fluctuation in interest rates in the normal course of business. The Company manages interest rate risk through the use of fixed rate debt, floating rate debt and, at times, interest rate swaps. In July 2001, the Company entered into interest rate swaps on a total of $400 million in fixed rate long-term debt. The interest rate under these swaps resets periodically based on the three-month LIBOR or the six-month LIBOR at the reset date. In October 2001, the Company entered into an agreement to lock in the interest rates for each reset period under the swap agreements through the first quarter of 2003. In December 2001, the Company entered into interest rate swaps on a total of $200 million in fixed rate long-term debt. The Company recorded a $7.4 million net increase in price risk management assets to recognize at fair value its derivatives that are designated as fair value hedging instruments. Long-term debt was increased by approximately $7.4 million to recognize the change in fair value of the related hedged liability. The swaps generated $5.3 million of interest rate savings during 2001. See further discussion of interest rate risk in Note C of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                     December 31,  December 31,    December 31,
                                         2001          2000           1999
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                (Thousands of Dollars)
Long-term Notes Payable
  6.43% due 2000                      $         -    $        -    $      5,000
  7.25% due 2001                                -           767           1,535
  3.95% due 2002                          240,000       240,000               -
  8.44% due 2004                           40,000        40,000          40,000
  7.75% due 2005                          350,000       350,000               -
  7.75% due 2006                          300,000       300,000         300,000
  8.32% due 2007                           24,000        28,000          32,000
  6.00% due 2009                          100,000       100,000         100,000
  7.125% due 2011                         400,000             -               -
  6.40% due 2019                           94,913        96,502          99,308
  9.70% due 2019                                -             -           8,826
  9.75% due 2020                                -             -          15,305
  6.50% due 2028                           93,880        95,420          98,757
  6.875% due 2028                         100,000       100,000         100,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Long-term Notes Payable       1,742,793     1,350,689         800,731
Change in fair value of hedged debt         7,379             -               -
Other long-term debt                        1,367             -               -
Unamortized debt discount                   3,527         3,840           3,890
Current maturities                        250,000        10,767          21,767
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Long-term debt                     $ 1,498,012    $ 1,336,082    $   775,074
===============================================================================

(J) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Retirement Plans - The Company has defined benefit and defined contribution retirement plans covering substantially all employees. Company officers and certain key employees are also eligible to participate in supplemental retirement plans. The Company generally funds pension costs at a level equal to the minimum amount required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

Other Postretirement Benefit Plans - The Company sponsors welfare care plans that provide postretirement medical benefits and life insurance benefits to substantially all employees who retire under the Retirement Plans with at least five years of service. Non-bargaining unit employees retiring between the ages of 50 and 55 have access to the Company provided medical benefits.
Non-bargaining unit employees retiring at age 55 or older are eligible for both the Company provided medical and life insurance benefits. The plans are contributory, with retiree contributions adjusted periodically, and contain other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance.

85

The Company elected to delay recognition of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO) and amortize it over 20 years as a component of net periodic postretirement benefit cost.

The following tables set forth the Company's pension and other postretirement benefit plans benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets, and funded status at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999.

                                                        Pension Benefits                            Postretirement Benefits
                                                          December 31,                                    December 31,
                                            -----------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                                2001          2000          1999          2001          2000          1999
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (Thousands of Dollars)
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation, beginning of period     $  481,879     $  495,061     $  504,865     $  136,157     $  146,589   $  160,371
Service cost                                     9,751          9,365          2,829          3,074          3,566        1,297
Interest cost                                   36,188         34,806         11,431         10,195         10,312        3,636
Participant contributions                            -            -              -            1,476          1,173          334
Plan amendments                                      -            -              -                -         (7,816)     (10,893)
Actuarial (gain)/loss                           21,504        (25,965)       (13,973)        13,626         (5,228)      (4,786)
Benefits paid                                  (33,226)       (31,388)       (10,091)        (9,969)       (12,439)      (3,370)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benefit obligation, end of period           $  516,096     $  481,879     $  495,061     $  154,559     $  136,157   $  146,589
================================================================================================================================

Change in Plan Assets
Fair value of assets, beginning of period   $  747,635     $  640,330     $  660,386     $   24,110     $   17,837   $   17,500
Actual return on assets                       (128,527)       137,791        (10,198)           374          1,941         (674)
Employer contributions                           1,407            902            233          3,263          4,332        1,011
Benefits paid                                  (33,226)       (31,388)       (10,091)             -              -            -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value of assets, end of period         $  587,289     $  747,635     $  640,330     $   27,747     $   24,110   $   17,837
================================================================================================================================

Funded status - over(under)                 $   71,193     $  265,756     $  145,269     $ (126,812)    $ (112,048)  $ (128,752)
Unrecognized net asset                          (1,248)        (1,715)        (2,182)             -              -            -
Unrecognized transition obligation                   -            -              -           22,903         24,758       34,332
Unrecognized prior service cost                  6,112          6,934          7,756              -              -          877
Unrecognized net (gain)loss                     27,177       (188,392)       (79,969)        25,976          9,689       16,356
Activity subsequent to measurement date              -            -              -              586           (793)        (998)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Accrued)prepaid pension cost               $  103,234     $   82,583     $   70,874     $  (77,347)    $  (78,394)  $  (78,185)
================================================================================================================================

Actuarial Assumptions
Discount rate                                    7.35%         7.75%          7.25%            7.35%         7.75%        7.25%
Expected rate of return                          9.85%         9.25%          9.25%            9.85%         9.25%        9.25%
Compensation increase rate                       4.50%         4.50%          4.50%            4.50%         4.50%        4.50%

86

                                                                             Pension Benefits
                                                           Year           Year       Four Months      Year
                                                          Ended          Ended          Ended        Ended
                                                       December 31,   December 31,   December 31,   August 31,
                                                           2001           2000           1999         1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Service cost                                           $      9,751   $      9,365   $      2,829   $    9,282
Interest cost                                                36,188         34,806         11,431       32,832
Expected return on assets                                   (61,161)       (55,566)       (17,581)     (46,846)
Amortization of unrecognized net asset at adoption             (467)          (467)          (156)        (467)
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost                 822            822            274          177
Amortization of (gain)/loss                                  (4,377)           233             92          786
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic benefit cost                              $    (19,244)  $    (10,807)  $     (3,111)  $   (4,236)
===============================================================================================================

                                                                           Postretirement Benefits
                                                             Year           Year       Four Months      Year
                                                            Ended          Ended          Ended        Ended
                                                         December 31,   December 31,   December 31,   August 31,
                                                             2001           2000           1999         1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Service cost                                             $      3,074   $     3,566    $      1,297   $    4,036
Interest cost                                                  10,195        10,312           3,636       10,055
Expected return on assets                                      (2,364)       (1,792)           (616)      (1,325)
Amortization of unrecognized net transition obligation
at adoption                                                     1,954         2,512           1,025        3,235
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost                     -             -              66            -
Amortization of loss                                              234           430             154          688
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic benefit cost                                $     13,093   $    15,028    $      5,562   $   16,689
=================================================================================================================

For measurement purposes, a 6.10 percent annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered medical benefits (i.e., medical cost trend rate) was assumed for 2001. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5 percent by the year 2003 and remain at that level thereafter. The medical cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported. For example, increasing the assumed medical cost trend by one percentage point in each year would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2001, by $12.3 million and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the year ended December 31, 2001, by $1.3 million. Decreasing the assumed medical cost trend by one percentage point in each year would decrease the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2001, by $10.3 million and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the year ended December 31, 2001, by $1 million.

Employee Thrift Plan - The Company has a Thrift Plan covering substantially all employees. Employee contributions are discretionary. Subject to certain limits, employee contributions are matched by the Company. The cost of the plan was $8.8 million and $6.7 million in fiscal years 2001 and 2000, respectively; $2.3 million for the four months ended December 31, 1999; and $6.3 million for the year ended August 31, 1999.

Postemployment Benefits - The Company pays postemployment benefits to former or inactive employees after employment but before normal retirement in compliance with specific separation agreements.

Regulatory Treatment - The OCC has approved the recovery of ONG pension costs and other postretirement benefit costs through rates. The costs recovered through rates are based on current funding requirements and the net periodic postretirement benefit cost for pension and postretirement costs, respectively. Differences, if any, between the expense and the amount ordered through rates are charged to earnings.

87

Prior to the acquisition of the assets regulated by the KCC in fiscal 1998, Western had established a corporate-owned life insurance ("COLI") program which it believed in the long term would offset the expenses of its postretirement and postemployment benefit plans. Accordingly, the KCC issued an order permitting the deferral of postretirement and postemployment benefit expenses in excess of amounts recognized on a pay-as-you-go basis. The Company did not acquire the COLI program. In connection with the KCC's approval of the acquisition, the KCC granted the Company the benefit of all previous accounting orders issued to Western and requested that the Company submit a plan of recovery either through a general rate increase or through specific cost savings or revenue increases. Based on regulatory precedents established by the KCC and the accounting order, which permits the Company to seek recovery through rates, management believes that it is probable that accrued postretirement and postemployment benefits can be recovered in rates. The Company plans to file for recovery of these costs when the rate moratorium expires and anticipates that recovery will be allowed over a period not to exceed approximately 10 years. If these costs cannot be recovered in rates charged to customers, the Company would be required to record a one-time charge to expense for the regulatory asset established for postretirement and postemployment benefit costs totaling approximately $52.3 million at December 31, 2001.

(K) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases - The initial term of the Company's headquarters building, ONEOK Plaza, is for 25 years, expiring in 2009, with six five-year renewal options. At the end of the initial term or any renewal period, the Company can purchase the property at its fair market value. Annual rent expense for the lease will be approximately $6.8 million until 2009. Rent payments were $9.3 million in fiscal years 2001 and 2000, $2.9 million for the four months ended December 31, 1999, and $5.8 million for the year ended August 31,1999. Estimated future minimum rental payments for the lease are $9.3 million for each of the years ending December 31, 2002 through 2009.

The Company has the right to sublet excess office space in ONEOK Plaza. The Company received rental revenue of $3.5 million in fiscal years 2001 and 2000, $1.0 million for the four months ended December 31, 1999, and $2.8 million for the year ended August 31,1999, for various subleases. Estimated minimum future rental payments to be received under existing contracts for subleases are $3.2 million in 2002, $2.7 million in 2003, $2.1 million in 2004, $1.3 million in 2005, $1.2 million in 2006 and a total of $0.7 million thereafter.

Other operating leases include a gas processing plant, office buildings, and equipment. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) as of December 31, 2001 are $33.0 million in 2002, $25.1 million in 2003, $24.6 million in 2004, $27.4 million in 2005 and $40.7 million in 2006. The above amounts include the following minimum lease payments relating to the lease of a gas processing plant: $21.3 million in 2002, $16.2 million in 2003, $20.9 million in 2004, $24.2 million in 2005 and $37.7 million in 2006. The Company has a liability for uneconomic lease terms relating to the gas processing plant. Accordingly, the liability is amortized to rent expense in the amount of $13.0 million per year over the term of the lease.

Enron - Certain of the financial instruments discussed previously in Note C of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements have Enron North America as the counterparty. Enron Corporation and various subsidiaries, including Enron North America (Enron), filed for protection from creditors under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code on December 3, 2001. The Company has provided an allowance for forward financial positions and also established an allowance for uncollectible accounts relating to previously settled financial and physical positions with Enron at December 31, 2001. The Company estimates its claim against Enron to be approximately $74 million. The ultimate resolution of any claims ONEOK may have against Enron cannot be determined at this time.

88

The filing of the voluntary bankruptcy proceeding by Enron created a possible technical default related to various financing leases tied to the Company's Bushton gas processing plant in south central Kansas. The Company acquired the Bushton gas processing plant and related leases from KMI in April 2000. KMI had previously acquired the plant and leases from Enron. Enron is one of three guarantors of these Bushton plant leases; however, the Company is the primary guarantor. In January 2002, the company was granted a waiver on the possible technical default related to these leases. The Company will continue to make all payments due under these leases.

Southwest Gas Corporation - In connection with the now terminated proposed acquisition of Southwest Gas Corporation (Southwest), the Company is party to various lawsuits. The Company and certain of its officers, as well as Southwest and certain of its officers, and others have been named as defendants in a lawsuit brought by Southern Union Company (Southern Union). The Southern Union allegations include, but are not limited to, Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act violations and improper interference in a contractual relationship between Southwest and Southern Union. The original claim asked for $750 million damages to be trebled for racketeering and unlawful violations, compensatory damages of not less than $750 million and rescission of the Confidentiality and Standstill Agreement.

On June 29, 2001, the Company filed Motions for Summary Judgment. On September 26, 2001, the Court entered an order that, among other things, denied the Motions for Summary Judgment by the Company on Southern Union's claim for tortious interference with a prospective relationship with Southwest; however, the Court's ruling limited any recovery by Southern Union to out-of-pocket damages and punitive damages. The Company expects to file a Motion for Summary Judgment seeking a dismissal of this single remaining claim and for punitive damages. Based on discovery at this point, the Company believes that Southern Union's out-of-pocket damages potentially recoverable at trial, exclusive of legal fees and expenses, are less than $1.0 million.

Southwest filed a lawsuit against the Company and Southern Union alleging, among other things, fraud and breach of contract. Southwest is seeking damages in excess of $75,000. In an order dated January 4, 2002, the Court denied Southwest's Motion for Partial Summary Judgment in its favor on its claims against the Company, granted in part the Company's Motion for Summary Judgment against Southwest, and denied the Company's Motion for Summary Judgment in part with respect to Southwest's claims for fraud in the inducement and fraud. Based on discovery at this point, the Company believes that Southwest's actual damages potentially recoverable at trial, exclusive of legal fees and expenses, are less than $5.5 million.

The lawsuits described above have been consolidated for purposes of trial. The Court has entered an order setting the cases for jury trial on October 15, 2002.

Two substantially identical derivative actions were filed by shareholders against members of the Board of Directors of the Company for alleged violation of their fiduciary duties to the Company by causing or allowing the Company to engage in certain fraudulent and improper schemes related to the planned merger with Southwest for alleged waste of corporate assets. These two cases were consolidated into one case. Such conduct allegedly caused the Company to be sued by both Southwest and Southern Union, which exposed the Company to millions of dollars in liabilities. The plaintiffs seek an award of compensatory and punitive damages and costs, disbursements and reasonable attorney fees. The Company and its Independent Directors and officers named as defendants filed Motions to Dismiss the action for failure of the plaintiffs to make a pre-suit demand on the Company's Board of Directors. In addition, the Independent Directors and certain officers filed Motions to Dismiss the actions for failure to state a claim. On February 26, 2001, the action was stayed until one of the parties notifies the Court that a dissolution of the stay is requested.

Except as set forth above, the Company is unable to estimate the possible loss, if any, associated with these matters. If substantial damage were ultimately awarded, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, cash flows and financial position. The Company is defending itself vigorously against all claims asserted by Southern Union and Southwest and all other matters relating to the now terminated proposed acquisition of Southwest.

89

Environmental - The Company has 12 manufactured gas sites located in Kansas, which may contain potentially harmful materials that are classified as hazardous material. Hazardous materials are subject to control or remediation under various environmental laws and regulations. A consent agreement with the KDHE presently governs all future work at these sites. The terms of the consent agreement allow the Company to investigate these sites and set remediation priorities based upon the results of the investigations and risk analysis. The prioritized sites will be investigated over a period of time as negotiated with the KDHE. Through December 31, 2001, the costs of the investigations and risk analysis related to these manufactured gas sites have been immaterial. Although remedial investigation and interim clean-up has begun on four sites, limited information is available about the sites. Management's best estimate of the cost of remediation ranges from $100,000 to $10 million per site based on a limited comparison of costs incurred to remediate comparable sites. These estimates do not give effect to potential insurance recoveries, recoveries through rates or from unaffiliated parties. The KCC has permitted others to recover remediation costs through rates. It should be noted that additional information and testing could result in costs significantly below or in excess of the amounts estimated above. To the extent that such remediation costs are not recovered, the costs could be material to the Company's results of operations and cash flows depending on the remediation done and number of years over which the remediation is completed.

In January 2001, the Yaggy storage facility, located in Hutchison, Kansas, was idled following natural gas explosions and eruptions of natural gas geysers. There are no known long-term environmental effects from the Yaggy storage facility, however, the Company continues to perform tests in cooperation with the KDHE.

Other - The OCC staff filed an application on February 1, 2001 to review the gas procurement practices of ONG in acquiring its gas supply for the 2000/2001 heating season to determine if they were consistent with least cost procurement practices and whether the Company's decisions resulted in fair, just and reasonable costs being borne by its customers. In a hearing on October 31, 2001, the OCC issued an oral ruling that ONG not be allowed to recover the balance in the Company's unrecovered purchased gas cost (UPGC) account related to the unrecovered gas costs from the 2000/2001 winter effective with the first billing cycle for the month following the issuance of a final order. A final order, which was issued on November 20, 2001, halted the recovery process effective December 1, 2001. On December 12, 2001, the OCC approved a request to stay the order and will allow ONG to commence collecting gas charges, subject to refund should the Company ultimately lose the case. The stay will be in effect while the matter is before the Oklahoma Supreme Court. Although the Company believes that decisions made by the Company were prudent based upon the facts and circumstances existing at the time the decisions were made, which is the standard applicable to the Proceeding as stated by the OCC, the Company has taken a charge of $34.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2001 as a result of this order. This charge is recorded as an increase in gas purchase expense in the Distribution segment. The Company will continue to assert its legal rights and is hopeful that a resolution of this issue can be negotiated.

Two separate class action lawsuits have been filed against the Company in connection with the natural gas explosions and eruptions of natural gas geysers that occurred in Hutchinson, Kansas in January 2001. Although no assurances can be given, management believes that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations. ONEOK and its subsidiaries are being represented by their insurance carrier in these cases. The Company is vigorously defending itself against all claims.

In April 1998, an application filed with the OCC alleged that ONG has charged and continues to charge its ratepayers, through its PGA, excessive, imprudent and unwarranted gas purchase costs related to a contract with Dynamic Energy Resources, Inc. The Consumer Services Divisions (CSD) of the OCC conducted a review of the contract. The applicants and the CSD filed their direct testimony in February 2002. ONG is to file rebuttal testimony on April 21, 2002. The hearing before the Commission is scheduled for June 3, 2002.

90

The Company is a party to other litigation matters and claims, which are normal in the course of its operations, and while the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes the final outcome of such matters will not have a materially adverse effect on consolidated results of operations, financial position, or liquidity.

(L) INCOME TAXES The provisions for income taxes are as follows:

                                                         Year           Year      Four Months       Year
                                                        Ended          Ended         Ended         Ended
                                                     December 31,   December 31,  December 31,   August 31,
                                                         2001           2000          1999         1999
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       (Thousands of Dollars)
Current income taxes
Federal                                                 $ (69,273)   $ 55,764     $ (6,345)      $ 48,760
State                                                     (13,426)      8,379          765          3,371
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total current income taxes                               (82,699)    64,143       (5,580)        52,131
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred income taxes
Federal                                                    127,750     23,947       25,938         13,671
State                                                        7,183      2,196        2,379          1,254
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total deferred income taxes                              134,933     26,143       28,317         14,925
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total provision for income taxes before
  cummulative effect of a change in accounting principle    52,234     90,286       22,737         67,056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total provision for income taxes for the
  cummulative effect of a change in accounting principle    (1,356)     1,334            -              -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total provision for income taxes                      $   50,878   $ 91,620       22,737        $67,056
=============================================================================================================

Following is a reconciliation of the provision for income taxes.

                                                                 Year          Year      Four Months      Year
                                                                Ended         Ended         Ended        Ended
                                                             December 31,  December 31,  December 31,  August 31,
                                                                 2001          2000          1999        1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              (Thousands of Dollars)
Pretax income                                                $152,442      $233,778       $58,081      $173,413
Federal statutory income tax rate                                 35%           35%           35%           35%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision for federal income taxes                             53,355        81,822        20,328        60,695
Amortization of distribution property investment tax credit      (764)         (807)         (302)       (1,103)
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit                 (4,058)        6,874         2,044         5,737
Other, net                                                      2,345         3,731           667         1,727
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Actual income tax expense                                 $  50,878       $91,620       $22,737      $ 67,056
=================================================================================================================

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown in the accompanying table.

91

                                                        December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
                                                            2001           2000           1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      (Thousands of Dollars)
Deferred tax assets
   Accrued liabilities not deductible until paid        $ 180,331      $  173,493     $  8,383
   Net operating loss carryforward                         36,972           1,665        1,317
   Regulatory assets                                        9,956           4,734        3,760
   Other                                                    2,057           4,277        1,982
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total deferred tax assets                            229,316         184,169       15,442
Valuation allowance for net operating loss
   carryforward expected to expire prior to utilization     6,693           1,230          882
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net deferred tax assets                                222,623         182,939       14,560
Deferred tax liabilities
   Excess of tax over book depreciation and depletion     578,876         461,560      262,515
   Investment in joint ventures                            12,198          11,280       11,414
   Regulatory assets                                       95,836          78,186       75,407
   Other                                                   38,472           3,851        6,724
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total deferred tax liabilities                       725,382         554,877      356,060
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net deferred tax liabilities                       $ 502,759      $  371,938     $341,500
===================================================================================================

The Company has remaining net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $84 million and $115 million, respectively, at December 31, 2001, which expire, unless previously utilized, at various dates through the year 2020. At December 31, 2001, the Company had $6.7 million in deferred investment tax credits recorded in other deferred credits, which will be amortized over the next 14 years.

(M) SEGMENT INFORMATION

Management has divided its operations into the following reportable segments based on similarities in economic characteristics, products and services, types of customers, methods of distribution and regulatory environment.

The Company conducts its operations through seven segments: (1) the Marketing and Trading segment markets natural gas to wholesale and retail customers; (2) the Gathering and Processing segment gathers and processes natural gas and fractionates, stores and markets natural gas liquids; (3) the Transportation and Storage segment transports and stores natural gas for others; (4) the Distribution segment distributes natural gas to residential, commercial and industrial customers and leases pipeline capacity to others; (5) the Production segment produces natural gas and oil; (6) the Power segment markets electricity to wholesale customers, and (7) the Other segment primarily operates and leases the Company's headquarters building and a related parking facility and owns an investment in Magnum Hunter Resources, Inc.

The accounting policies of the segments are substantially the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Intersegment sales are recorded on the same basis as sales to unaffiliated customers. All corporate overhead costs relating to a reportable segment have been allocated for the purpose of calculating operating income. The Company's equity method investments do not represent operating segments of the Company.

The Power segment has a signed definitive agreement with an unaffiliated company for a 15-year term providing the customer with the right to purchase approximately 25 percent of the plant's generating capacity. There are no single external customers from which the Company receives ten percent or more of consolidated revenues.

92

                                                Gathering     Transportation
YearEnded                       Marketing and       and           and                                                 Other and
December 31, 2001                  Trading      Processing      Storage        Distribution Production   Power      Eliminations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               (Thousands of Dollars)
Sales to unaffiliated
 customers                      $  4,293,526    $   814,963   $     76,837     $1,506,420   $ 94,144     $ 28,092   $    (10,836)
Intersegment sales                   614,698        499,854        102,133          4,548     26,173            -     (1,247,406)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Revenues                  $  4,908,224    $ 1,314,817   $    178,970     $1,510,968   $120,317     $ 28,092   $ (1,258,242)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Netrevenues                     $    103,429    $   189,621   $    129,344     $  353,393   $120,317     $  6,858   $      5,823
Operating costs                 $     31,488    $   116,853   $     52,497     $  230,137   $ 27,361     $  1,358   $     (3,451)

Depreciation, depletion and
 amortization                   $        597    $    29,201   $     19,190     $   69,159    $ 35,017     $ 2,014   $      2,132
Operatingincome                 $     71,344    $    43,567   $     57,657     $   54,097    $ 57,939     $ 3,486   $      7,142

Cumulative effect of a change
 in accounting principle,
 net of tax                     $          -    $       -     $          -     $        -    $ (2,151)    $      -   $         -
Incomefromequity
 investments                    $          -    $       -     $      2,946     $        -    $    111     $      -   $     5,052
Total assets                    $  1,369,220    $ 1,322,438   $    797,331     $1,688,670    $321,720     $122,404   $   257,376
Capital expenditures            $      1,184    $    51,442   $     35,911     $  129,937    $ 55,974     $ 42,302   $    24,817
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                Gathering     Transportation
Year Ended                      Marketing and       and           and                                                Other and
December 31, 2000                  Trading      Processing      Storage        Distribution  Production   Power      Eliminations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               (Thousands of Dollars)
Sales to unaffiliated
 customers                      $4,362,024      $   839,388   $    111,644     $1,270,369    $ 50,686     $      -   $     8,747
Intersegment sales                 299,657          197,325         56,814          3,568      19,669            -      (577,033)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Revenues                  $4,661,681      $ 1,036,713   $    168,458     $1,273,937    $ 70,355     $      -   $  (568,286)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                    $   66,482      $   224,012   $    125,582     $  377,277    $ 70,355     $      -   $   (66,576)
Operating costs                 $   14,321      $    90,501   $     44,785     $  211,629    $ 24,228     $      -   $   (65,616)
Depreciation, depletion and
 amortization                   $      887      $    22,692   $     18,639     $   67,717    $ 30,884     $      -   $     2,532
Operating income                $   51,274      $   110,819   $     62,158     $   97,931    $ 15,243     $      -   $    (3,492)
Cumulative effect of a change
 in accounting principle,
 net of tax                     $    2,115      $         -   $          -     $        -    $      -     $      -   $         -
Income from equity
 investments                    $        -      $         -   $      3,240     $        -    $    125     $      -   $       660
Total assets                    $3,035,227      $ 1,507,546   $    661,894     $2,007,351    $308,041     $ 77,426   $  (237,140)
Capital expenditures            $      815      $    32,383   $     37,701     $  124,983    $ 34,035     $ 58,697   $    22,789
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

YearEnded
December 31, 2001                  Total
-----------------------------------------------
Sales to unaffiliated
 customers                         $6,803,146
Intersegment sales                 $        -
-----------------------------------------------
Total Revenues                     $6,803,146
-----------------------------------------------
Netrevenues                        $  908,785
Operating costs                    $  456,243
Depreciation, depletion and
 amortization                      $  157,310
Operatingincome                    $  295,232
Cumulative effect of a change
 in accounting principle,
 net of tax                        $   (2,151)
Incomefromequity
 investments                       $    8,109
Total assets                       $5,879,159
Capital expenditures               $  341,567
-----------------------------------------------
Year Ended
December 31, 2000                  Total
-----------------------------------------------
Sales to unaffiliated
 customers                         $6,642,858
Intersegment sales                 $        -
-----------------------------------------------
Total Revenues                     $6,642,858
-----------------------------------------------
Net revenues                       $  797,132
Operating costs                    $  319,848
Depreciation, depletion and
 amortization                      $  143,351
Operating income                   $  333,933
Cumulative effect of a change
 in accounting principle,
 net of tax                        $    2,115
Income from equity
 investments                       $    4,025
Total assets                       $7,360,345
Capital expenditures               $  311,403
-----------------------------------------------

93

                                Marketing   Gathering  Transportation
Four Months Ended                  and         and          and                                                      Other and
December 31, 1999                Trading   Processing    Storage      Distribution     Production      Power       Eliminations
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (Thousands of Dollars)

Sales to unaffiliated
  customers                   $365,224    $ 63,869         $ 13,283   $ 337,890        $ 18,692       $     -       $    7,520
Intersegment sales              17,825      15,032           25,868       1,334           4,779             -          (64,838)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Revenues                $383,049    $ 78,901         $ 39,151   $ 339,224        $ 23,471       $     -       $  (57,318)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                  $ 11,493    $ 19,413         $ 34,491   $ 129,870        $ 23,471       $     -       $       59
Operating costs               $  3,344    $  8,588         $ 10,184   $  69,455        $  7,245       $     -       $   (6,814)
Depreciation, depletion and
  amortization                $    242    $  2,513         $  5,124   $  24,815        $  9,715       $     -       $      818
Operating income              $  7,907    $  8,312         $ 19,183   $  35,600        $  6,511       $     -       $    6,055
Income (loss) from equity
  investments                 $      -    $     -          $  1,074   $       -        $    (11)      $     -       $        -
Total assets                  $287,375    $368,904         $437,561   $1,776,273       $301,821       $19,330       $   49,976
Capital expenditures          $      9    $ 14,613         $  5,837   $   34,167       $  6,411       $13,445       $    1,534
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Four Months Ended
December 31, 1999                 Total
-------------------------------------------

Sales to unaffiliated
  customers                      $  806,478
Intersegment sales               $        -
-------------------------------------------
Total Revenues                   $  806,478
-------------------------------------------
Net revenues                     $  218,797
Operating costs                  $   92,002
Depreciation, depletion and
  amortization                   $   43,227
Operating income                 $   83,568
Income (loss) from equity
  investments                    $    1,063
Total assets                     $3,241,240
Capital expenditures             $   76,016
-------------------------------------------

                               Marketing   Gathering    Transportation
Year Ended                        and        and          and                                                       Other and
August 31, 1999                 Trading    Processing    Storage         Distribution    Production      Power      Eliminations
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           (Thousands of Dollars)
Sales to unaffiliated
  customers                   $772,331    $ 72,277        $ 27,892    $ 915,782        $ 44,026       $     -       $   6,641
Intersegment sales              53,067      11,513          79,993        8,168          22,868             -        (175,609)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Revenues                $825,398    $ 83,790        $107,885    $ 923,950        $ 66,894       $     -       $(168,968)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                  $ 35,443    $ 31,311        $102,910    $ 393,461        $ 66,894       $     -       $  (4,548)
Operating costs               $  9,069    $ 11,207        $ 28,919    $ 219,945        $ 19,128       $     -       $  (8,223)
Depreciation, depletion and
  amortization                $    503    $  3,562        $ 13,852    $  75,443        $ 34,073       $     -       $   2,271
Operating income              $ 25,871    $ 16,542        $ 60,139    $  98,073        $ 13,693       $     -       $   1,404
Income from equity
  investments                 $      -    $      -        $  1,501    $       -        $     59       $     -       $       -
Total assets                  $269,444    $343,133        $373,742    $1,722,381       $310,715       $ 4,047       $   1,483
Capital expenditures          $    448    $  8,557        $ 32,618    $   98,685       $ 16,046       $ 3,748       $   4,068
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Year Ended
August 31, 1999                   Total
-------------------------------------------

Sales to unaffiliated
  customers                     $ 1,838,949
Intersegment sales              $         -
-------------------------------------------
Total Revenues                  $ 1,838,949
-------------------------------------------
Net revenues                    $   625,471
Operating costs                 $   280,045
Depreciation, depletion and
  amortization                  $   129,704
Operating income                $   215,722
Income from equity
  investments                   $     1,560
Total assets                    $ 3,024,945
Capital expenditures            $   164,170
-------------------------------------------

(N) QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Total operating revenues are consistently greater during the heating season from November through March due to the large volume of natural gas sold to customers for heating. A summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, follows:

94

Year Ended                                    First        Second             Third       Fourth
December 31, 2001                            Quarter      Quarter            Quarter     Quarter
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 (Thousands of dollars, except per share amounts)

Operating revenues                          $2,956,924    $1,402,399    $1,126,696    $1,317,127
Operating income                            $  143,046    $   71,942    $   55,733    $   24,511
Other income (expense)                      $    3,299    $      566    $   (1,914)   $   (1,075)
Income taxes                                $   41,800    $   12,651    $      301    $   (2,518)
Net Income (Loss)                           $   64,859    $   23,608    $   18,787    $   (5,689)
Earnings per share of common stock
   Basic                                    $     0.55    $     0.20    $     0.16    $    (0.05)
   Diluted                                  $     0.54    $     0.20    $     0.16    $    (0.05)
Dividends per share of common stock         $    0.155    $    0.155    $    0.155    $    0.155
Average shares of common stock outstanding
   Basic                                        99,214        99,407        99,521        99,648
   Diluted                                      99,596        99,733        99,633        99,887
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Year Ended                                    First        Second             Third       Fourth
December 31, 2000                            Quarter      Quarter            Quarter     Quarter
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 (Thousands of dollars, except per share amounts)

Operating revenues                          $  822,713    $1,385,565    $1,754,234    $2,680,346
Operating income                            $  105,821    $   76,067    $   48,525    $  103,520
Other income (expense)                      $   15,517    $     (952)   $  (1,073)    $    4,983
Income taxes                                $   38,446    $   19,610    $    5,029    $   27,201
Net Income                                  $   63,022    $   27,162    $   10,086    $   45,337
Earnings per share of common stock
   Basic                                    $     0.53    $     0.23    $     0.01    $     0.38
   Diluted                                  $     0.53    $     0.23    $     0.01    $     0.38
Dividends per share of common stock         $    0.155    $    0.155    $    0.155    $    0.155
Average shares of common stock outstanding
   Basic                                        98,376        98,284        98,292        98,408
   Diluted                                      98,378        98,292        98,300        98,752
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

During the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company took a charge of $34.6 million against operating income related to unrecovered gas costs associated with the 2000/2001 winter. The Company also took a charge of $37.4 million against operating income during the same period related to the Enron bankruptcy filing. For further discussion of these charges, see Note K of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

95

(O) SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

The table presents supplemental information relative to the Company's cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, the four months ended December 31, 1999, and the year ended August 31, 1999.

                                                        Year               Year           Four Months       Year
                                                       Ended              Ended             Ended          Ended
                                                    December 31,       December 31,      December 31,    August 31,
                                                        2001               2000             1999           1999
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           (Thousands of Dollars)
Cash paid during the year
 Interest (including amounts capitalized)           $     132,364    $       111,097    $      16,605    $    50,498
 Income taxes                                       $      13,050    $        57,579    $           -    $    59,466
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Noncash transactions
 Treasury stock transferred to compensation plans   $           -    $            61    $       2,071    $         -
 Gas received as payment in kind                    $           -    $             -    $           -    $       135
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acquisitions
  Property, plant, and equipment                    $       1,515    $       832,849    $      17,482    $   338,138
  Current assets                                                -             74,012                -              -
  Current liabilities                                           -            (20,996)               -              -
  Regulatory assets and goodwill                           14,500             17,663                -         10,817
  Lease obligation                                              -           (157,651)               -              -
  Price risk management activities                              -           (239,660)               -              -
  Deferred credits                                              -            (11,313)               -              -
  Deferred income taxes                                         -                  -                -         (4,461)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Cash paid - acquisitions                         $      16,015    $       494,904    $      17,482    $   344,494
====================================================================================================================

(P) STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

Stock Splits - Due to the 2001 stock split, the number of shares and related exercise prices have been adjusted to maintain both the total market value of common stock underlying the options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) share elections, and the relationship between the fair market value of the common stock and the exercise price of the options and ESPP share elections.

STOCK OPTION PLANS

Long-Term Incentive Plan - The ONEOK, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock bonus awards, and restricted stock awards to key employees and the granting of stock awards to non-employee directors. The Company has reserved approximately 7.8 million shares of common stock for the plan less the number of shares previously issued under the plan. The maximum numbers of shares for which options or other awards may be granted to any employee during any year is 300,000.

Under the plan, options may be granted by the Executive Compensation Committee (the Committee). Stock options and awards may be granted at any time until all shares authorized are transferred, except that no incentive stock option may be granted under the plan after August 17, 2005. Options may be granted which are not exercisable until a fixed future date or in installments. The plan also provides for restored options to be granted in the event an optionee surrenders shares of common stock which the optionee already owns in full or partial payment of the option price of an option being exercised and/or surrenders shares of common stock to satisfy withholding tax obligations incident to the exercise of an option. A restored option is for the number of shares surrendered by the optionee and has an option price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date on which the exercise of an option resulted in the grant of the restored option.

96

Options issued to date become void upon voluntary termination of employment other than retirement. In the event of retirement or involuntary termination, the optionee may exercise the option within three months. In the event of death, the option may be exercised by the personal representative of the optionee within a period to be determined by the Committee and stated in the option. A portion of the options issued to date can be exercised after one year from grant date and an option must be exercised no later than ten years after grant date.

Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors - The ONEOK, Inc. Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors provides for the granting of incentive stock bonus awards, performance unit awards, restricted stock awards, and non-qualified stock options to Non-Employee Directors. The Company has reserved 700,000 shares less the number of shares previously issued under the plan. The maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to which options or other awards may be granted to any Non-Employee Director during any year is 20,000.

Under the plan, options may be granted by the Committee at any time on or before January 18, 2011. Options may be exercisable in full at the time of grant or may become exercisable in one or more installments. The plan also provides for restored options in the event that the optionee surrenders shares of common stock which the optionee already owns in full or partial payment of the option price of an option being exercised and/or surrenders shares of common stock to satisfy withholding tax obligations incident to the exercise of an option. A restored option is for the number of shares surrendered by the optionee, and has an option price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date the exercise of an option resulted in the grant of the restored option. Options issued to date become void upon termination of service as a Non-Employee Director. Such options must be exercised no later than ten years after the date of grant of the option. In the event of death, the option may be exercised by the personal representative of the optionee.

97

Stock option activity has been restated to give effect to the 2001 two-for-one stock split. Activity to date has been as follows:

                                                    Weighted
                               Number of            Average
                                 Shares          Exercise Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding August 31, 1998      701,952         $  15.65
Granted                          531,448         $  17.61
Exercised                        (55,900)        $  13.44
Expired                           (5,000)        $  17.45
Restored                          71,690         $  17.98
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding August 31, 1999    1,244,190         $  16.55
Granted                          617,400         $  14.58
Exercised                         (2,000)        $  11.85
Expired                           (6,000)        $  17.61
Restored                           1,726         $  13.69
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding December 31, 1999  1,855,316         $  15.89
Granted                            8,000         $  13.16
Exercised                       (342,822)        $  15.38
Expired                          (74,200)        $  16.01
Restored                          55,062         $  21.45
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding December 31, 2000  1,501,356         $  16.19
Granted                        1,102,000         $  22.43
Exercised                       (118,750)        $  15.27
Expired                         (179,672)        $  19.57
Restored                           3,538         $  22.49
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding December 31, 2001  2,308,472         $  18.96
=================================================================

Options Exercisable
-----------------------------------------------------------------
August 31, 1999                  709,990         $  15.75
December 31, 1999                841,540         $  16.05
December 31, 2000                813,894         $  16.27
December 31, 2001                941,572         $  16.57
-----------------------------------------------------------------

At December 31, 2001, the Company had 1,157,952 outstanding options with exercise prices ranging between $11.85 to $17.78 and a weighted average remaining life of 7.02 years. Of these options, 803,252 were exercisable at December 31, 2001 with a weighted average exercise price of $16.04.

The Company also had 1,150,520 options outstanding at December 31, 2001 with exercise prices ranging between $17.78 and $26.67 and a weighted average remaining life of 8.62 years. Of these options, 138,320 were exercisable at December 31, 2001 at a weighted average exercise price of $19.64.

Restricted Stock Awards - Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, restricted stock awards also may be granted to key officers and employees. Ownership of the common stock vests over a three year period. Shares awarded may not be sold during the vesting period. The fair market value of the shares associated with the restricted stock awards is recorded as unearned compensation in shareholders' equity and is amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period. The dividends on the restricted stock awards are reinvested in common stock. These shares fully vest three years after the grant date of the restricted stock awards. The average price of shares granted was $22.31 and $13.16 for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

98

Restricted stock information has been restated to give effect to the 2001 two-for-one stock split. Restricted stock activity to date is as follows:

                               Number of
                                Shares
----------------------------------------
Outstanding August 31, 1999          -
  Granted                        132,600
  Released to participants           -
  Forfeited                          -
  Dividends                        1,394
----------------------------------------
Outstanding December 31,1999     133,994
  Granted                          4,000
  Released  to participants       (7,848)
  Forfeited                      (20,780)
  Dividends                        5,448
----------------------------------------
Outstanding December 31, 2000    114,814
  Granted                         90,400
  Released to participants        (2,424)
  Forfeited                       (6,676)
  Dividends                        6,463
----------------------------------------
Outstanding December 31, 2001    202,577
========================================

Employee Stock Purchase Plan - In 1995, the Company authorized the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) and the Company currently has 2.8 million shares reserved for the ESPP less the number of shares issued to date under this plan. Subject to certain exclusions, all full-time employees are eligible to participate. Under the terms of the plan, employees can choose to have up to ten percent of their annual earnings withheld to purchase the Company's common stock. The Committee may allow contributions to be made by other means provided that in no event will contributions from all means exceed ten percent of the employee's annual earnings. The purchase price of the stock is 85 percent of the lower of its grant date or exercise date market price. Approximately 56 percent, 56 percent, and 54 percent of eligible employees participated in the plan in fiscal years 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. Under the plan, the Company sold 192,593 shares in fiscal year 2001, 523,044 shares in fiscal year 2000, and 176,058 shares in fiscal year 1999.

Accounting Treatment - The Company continues to apply APB 25 in accounting for both plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized in the consolidated financial statements for the Company's options and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Had the Company applied the provisions of Statement 123 to determine the compensation cost under these plans, the Company's pro forma net income and diluted earnings per share would have been as follows:

                                  Year                Year             Four Months            Year
                                 Ended               Ended               Ended               Ended
                               December 31,       December 31,         December 31,        August 31,
                                 2001                 2000                1999               1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income                           (Thousands of dollars, except per share amounts)
As reported                    $    101,565    $       145,607     $         35,344        $  106,357
Pro Forma                      $     85,415    $       135,893     $         27,066        $   99,887
Earnings per share - Diluted
As reported                    $       0.85    $          1.23     $           0.27        $     0.86
Pro Forma                      $       0.71    $          1.15     $           0.20        $     0.81
=====================================================================================================

99

The fair market value of each option granted is estimated based on the Black-Scholes model. Based on previous stock performance, volatility is estimated to be 0.2309 for fiscal year 2001, 0.2406 for fiscal year 2000, 0.2414 for the four months ended December 31, 1999, and 0.2151 for the year ended August 31, 1999. The average dividend amount is estimated to be $0.615 per share for fiscal year 2001, $0.61 per share for fiscal year 2000, the four months ended December 31, 1999, and the year ended August 31, 1999, with a risk-free interest rate of 5.497 percent of fiscal year 2001, 5.665 percent for fiscal year 2000, 5.664 percent for the four months ended December 31, 1999, and 5.983 percent for the year ended August 31, 1999.

Expected life ranged from 1 to 10 years based upon experience to date and the make-up of the optionees. Fair value of options granted at fair market value under the Plan were $8.14 and $13.29 for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, $11.52 for the four months ended December 31, 1999, and $13.86 for the year ended August 31, 1999. Fair value of options granted above fair market value under the Plan was $7.92 for the year ended December 31, 2001. The average exercise price of options granted above fair market value is $23.49 for the year ended December 31, 2001.

(Q) EARNINGS PER SHARE INFORMATION

The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted EPS computations.

                                                     Year Ended December 31, 2001
                                                                              Per Share
                                                 Income         Share            Amount
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 (Thousands, except per share amounts)
Basic EPS
  Income available for common stock             $    64,465            59,557
  Convertible preferred stock                        37,100            39,892
                                                   --------------------------
    Income available for common stock
      and assumed conversion of preferred stock     101,565            99,449 $ 1.02
                                                   ==========================
  Further dilution from applying the "two-
    class" method                                                             (0.17)
                                                                              ---------
  Basic earnings per share                                                    $ 0.85
                                                                              =========
Effect of Other Dilutive Securities
    Options                                           -                   222
                                                   --------------------------
Diluted EPS
  Income available for common stock
    and assumed exercise of stock options       $    101,565           99,671 $ 1.02
                                                   ==========================
  Further dilution from applying the "two-
    class" method                                                             (0.17)
                                                                              ---------
  Diluted earnings per share                                                  $ 0.85
=======================================================================================

100

                                                     Year Ended December 31, 2000
                                                                              Per Share
                                                 Income         Share            Amount
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 (Thousands, except per share amounts)
Basic EPS
  Income available for common stock             $   108,507            58,448
  Convertible preferred stock                        37,100            39,892
                                                   --------------------------
    Income available for common stock
      and assumed conversion of preferred stock     145,607            98,340 $   1.48
                                                   ==========================
  Further dilution from applying the "two-
    class" method                                                                (0.25)
                                                                              ---------
  Basic earnings per share                                                    $   1.23
                                                                              =========
Effect of Other Dilutive Securities
    Options                                           -                    48
                                                   --------------------------
Diluted EPS
  Income available for common stock
    and assumed exercise of stock options       $    145,607           98,388 $   1.48
                                                   ==========================
  Further dilution from applying the "two-
    class" method                                                                (0.25)
                                                                              ---------
  Diluted earnings per share                                                  $   1.23
=======================================================================================

                                                 Four Months Ended December 31, 1999
                                                                              Per Share
                                                 Income         Share            Amount
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 (Thousands, except per share amounts)
Basic EPS
  Income available for common stock             $    22,977            60,850
  Convertible preferred stock                        12,367            39,892
                                                   --------------------------
    Income available for common stock
      and assumed conversion of preferred stock      35,344           100,742 $   0.35
                                                   ==========================
  Further dilution from applying the "two-
    class" method                                                                (0.08)
                                                                              ---------
  Basic earnings per share                                                    $   0.27
                                                                              =========
Effect of Other Dilutive Securities
    Options                                           -                    26
                                                   --------------------------
Diluted EPS
  Income available for common stock
    and assumed exercise of stock options       $     35,344          100,768 $   0.35
                                                   ==========================
  Further dilution from applying the "two-
    class" method                                                                (0.08)
                                                                              ---------
  Diluted earnings per share                                                  $   0.27
=======================================================================================

101

                                                     Year Ended August 31, 1999
                                                                              Per Share
                                                 Income         Share            Amount
=======================================================================================
                                                 (Thousands, except per share amounts)
Basic EPS
  Income available for common stock             $    69,110            62,996
  Convertible preferred stock                        37,247            40,106
                                                   --------------------------
    Income available for common stock
      and assumed conversion of preferred stock     106,357           103,102 $   1.03
                                                   ==========================
  Further dilution from applying the "two-
    class" method                                                                (0.17)
                                                                              ---------
  Basic earnings per share                                                    $   0.86
                                                                              =========
Effect of Other Dilutive Securities
    Options                                           -                    40
                                                   --------------------------
Diluted EPS
  Income available for common stock
    and assumed exercise of stock options       $    106,357          103,142 $   1.03
                                                   ==========================
  Further dilution from applying the "two-
    class" method                                                                (0.17)
                                                                              ---------
  Diluted earnings per share                                                  $   0.86
=======================================================================================

There were 158,989, 113,836, 180,010, and 82,070 option shares excluded from the calculation of Diluted Earnings per Share for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, the four months ended December 31, 1999, and the year ended August 31, 1999, respectively, due to being antidilutive for the periods.

The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted EPS computations on income before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle to net income.

                                       Year             Year        Four Months       Year
                                      Ended            Ended          Ended          Ended
                                   December 31,      December 31,   December 31,   August 31,
                                       2001              2000          1999           1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic EPS                                             (Per share amounts)
Income available for common stock
  before cumulative effect of a
  change in accounting principle     $   0.87        $   1.21       $   0.27        $   0.86
Cumulative effect of a change in
  accounting principle, net of tax      (0.02)           0.02           -               -
                                    ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------
Income available for common stock    $   0.85        $   1.23       $   0.27        $   0.86

Diluted EPS
Income available for common stock
  before cumulative effect of a
  change in accounting principle     $   0.87        $   1.21       $   0.27        $   0.86
Cumulative effect of a change in
  accounting principle, net of tax      (0.02)           0.02           -               -
                                    ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------
Income available for common stock    $   0.85        $   1.23       $   0.27        $   0.86
===============================================================================================

102

(R) OIL AND GAS PRODUCING ACTIVITIES

The following is historical cost information relating to the Company's production operations:

                                                           Year                 Year            Four Months               Year
                                                          Ended                Ended                Ended                 Ended
                                                        December 31,         December 31,        December 31,           August 31,
                                                           2001                 2000                 1999                  1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 (Thousands of Dollars)
Capitalized costs at end of year
  Unproved properties                                   $      4,223         $     2,210          $      4,224          $     4,245
  Proved properties                                          475,151             423,824               398,748              393,096
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total capitalized costs                                 479,374             426,034               402,972              397,341
  Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization       177,622             146,749               128,220              120,109
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net capitalized costs                              $    301,752         $   279,285          $    274,752          $   277,232
===================================================================================================================================
  Costs incurred during the year
  Property acquisition costs (unproved)                 $      2,334         $       878          $        103          $       948
  Exploitation costs                                    $          8         $        10          $          6          $        17
  Development costs                                     $     53,220         $    32,817          $      6,254          $    13,659
  Purchase of minerals in place                         $      1,572         $     4,751          $        -            $    79,385
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The accompanying schedule presents the results of operations of the Company's oil and gas producing activities. The results exclude general office overhead and interest expense attributable to oil and gas production.

                                                         Year               Year            Four Months          Year
                                                        Ended              Ended              Ended             Ended
                                                      December 31,       December 31,       December 31,       August 31,
                                                         2001               2000                1999             1999
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   (Thousands of Dollars)
Net revenues
  Sales to unaffiliated customers                      $   93,935        $   49,868         $    18,623       $    42,077
  Gas sold to affiliates                                   26,173            19,669               4,779            22,868
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net revenues from production                          120,108            69,537              23,402            64,945
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Production costs                                           20,991            17,575               5,465            14,516
Exploitation costs                                              8                10                   6                17
Depreciation, depletion and amortization                   35,017            30,465               9,588            33,771
Income taxes                                               24,999             8,311               3,226             6,359
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total expenses                                         81,015            56,361              18,285            54,663
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Results of operations from producing activities    $   39,093        $   13,176         $     5,117       $    10,282
==========================================================================================================================

(S) OIL AND GAS RESERVES (UNAUDITED)

Following are estimates of the Company's proved oil and gas reserves, net of royalty interests and changes herein, for the fiscal years 2001, 2000, the four months ended December 31, 1999, and the year ended August 31,1999.

The Company emphasizes that the volumes of reserves shown are estimates, which, by their nature, are subject to later revision. The estimates are made by the Company utilizing all available geological and reservoir data as well as production performance data. These estimates are reviewed annually both internally and by an independent reserve engineer and revised, either upward or downward, as warranted by additional performance data.

103

                                               Oil          Gas
                                             (MBbls)       (MMcf)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
August 31, 1998                                3,272      178,047
  Revisions in prior estimates                   300        8,397
  Extensions, discoveries and other additions    376       37,202
  Purchases of minerals in place                 884       61,286
  Sales of minerals in place                    (175)      (3,057)
  Production                                    (460)     (27,773)
------------------------------------------------------------------
August 31, 1999                                4,197      254,102
  Revisions in prior estimates                    18       (8,086)
  Extensions, discoveries and other additions     84        9,276
  Purchases of minerals in place                   -           -
  Sales of minerals in place                      (1)          (7)
  Production                                    (138)      (8,306)
------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1999                              4,160      246,979
  Revisions in prior estimates                   221        9,134
  Extensions, discoveries and other additions    661       29,193
  Purchases of minerals in place                 215          945
  Sales of minerals in place                    (518)      (4,784)
  Production                                    (400)     (26,746)
------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 2000                              4,339      254,721
  Revisions in prior estimates                  (536)     (28,233)
  Extensions, discoveries and other additions  1,198       33,397
  Purchases of minerals in place                   3          936
  Sales of minerals in place                       -         (276)
  Production                                    (493)     (27,578)
------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 2001                              4,511       232,967
==================================================================
Proved developed reserves
  August 31, 1999                              2,540      175,771
  December 31, 1999                            2,451      169,060
  December 31, 2000                            2,495      182,052
  December 31, 2001                            2,723      161,725
------------------------------------------------------------------

(T)      DISCOUNTED FUTURE NET CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

Estimates of the standard measure of discounted future cash flows from proved reserves of oil and natural gas are shown in the following table.

104

                                                         Year                Year           Four Months         Year
                                                        Ended                Ended            Ended            Ended
                                                      December 31,         December 31,     December 31,     August 31,
                                                        2001                 2000             1999              1999
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              (Thousands of Dollars)
Future cash inflows                                   $   669,328          $   2,498,525    $    632,751     $    639,721
Future production and development costs                   200,741                400,767         194,332          194,077
Future income taxes                                       119,864                742,505          62,533           53,442
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Future net cash flows                                     348,723              1,355,253         375,886          392,202
10 percent annual discount for estimated
  timing of cash flows                                    149,101                599,370         149,527          161,156
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash
  flows relating to oil and gas reserves              $   199,622          $     755,883    $    226,359     $    231,046
=========================================================================================================================

Future cash inflows are computed by applying year-end prices (averaging $19.84 per barrel of oil, adjusted for transportation and other charges, and $2.49 per Mcf of gas at December 31, 2001) to the year-end quantities of proved reserves. As of December 31, 2001, a portion of proved developed gas production in 2002 has been hedged. The effects of these hedges are not reflected in the computation of future cash flows above.

These estimated future cash flows are reduced by estimated future development and production costs based on year-end cost levels, assuming continuation of existing economic conditions, and by estimated future income tax expense. The tax expense is calculated by applying the current year-end statutory tax rates to pretax net cash flows (net of tax depreciation, depletion, and lease amortization allowances) applicable to oil and gas production.

The changes in standardized measure of discounted future net cash flow relating to proved oil and gas reserves are as follows:

                                                          Year              Year          Four Months      Year
                                                          Ended            Ended           Ended           Ended
                                                       December 31,      December 31,    December 31,     August 31,
                                                          2001             2000             1999            1999
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                (Thousands of Dollars)
Beginning of period                                      $   755,883     $    226,359     $    231,046    $    162,629
Changes resulting from:
 Sales of oil and gas produced, net of production costs      (99,117)         (51,962)         (17,938)        (50,120)
 Net changes in price, development, and production costs    (825,483)         783,763            3,523          13,269
 Extensions, discoveries, additions, and improved
  recovery, less related costs                                50,353          102,607            9,981          37,379
 Purchases of minerals in place                                1,572            4,751             -             67,120
 Sales of minerals in place                                   (2,247)          (5,761)             (24)         (9,326)
 Revisions of previous quantity estimates                   (136,171)          43,318           (8,454)         10,477
 Accretion of discount                                       116,776           25,826            8,750          17,317
Net change in income taxes                                   345,485         (376,438)          (6,174)        (11,618)
Other, net                                                    (7,429)           3,420            5,649          (6,081)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
End of period                                            $   199,622     $    755,883      $   226,359     $   231,046
======================================================================================================================

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

105

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS, AND CONTROL PERSONS OF
THE REGISTRANT

(A) DIRECTORS OF THE REGISTRANT

Information concerning the directors of the Company is shown in the 2002 definitive Proxy Statement which is incorporated herein by this reference.

(B) EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Information concerning the executive officers of the Company is included in Part I of this Form 10-K.

(C) COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

Information on compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is included in the 2002 definitive Proxy Statement which is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information on executive compensation is shown in the 2002 definitive Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

(A) SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

Information concerning the ownership of certain beneficial owners is shown in the 2002 definitive Proxy Statement which is incorporated herein by this reference.

(B) SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT

Information on security ownership of directors and officers is shown in the 2002 definitive Proxy Statement which is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Information on certain relationships and related transactions is shown in the 2002 definitive Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by this reference.

106

PART IV.

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(A) DOCUMENTS FILED AS A PART OF THIS REPORT

(1) Exhibits

(3)(a)  Certificate of Incorporation of WAI, Inc. (Now ONEOK, Inc.), filed
        May 16, 1997 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to
        Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed
        August 6, 1997, Commission File No. 333-27467).

(3)(b)  Certificate of Merger of ONEOK, Inc. (Formerly WAI, Inc.) Filed
        November 26, 1997 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit
        (1)(b) to Form 10-Q dated May 31, 1998).

(3)(c)  Amended Certificate of Incorporation of ONEOK, Inc., filed
        January 16, 1998 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit (1)(b)
        to Form 10-Q dated May 31, 1998).

(3)(d)  Certificate of Merger of ONEOK, Inc., filed April 3, 1998.

(3)(e)  Certificate of Merger of ONEOK, Inc., filed April 28, 2000.

(3)(f)  Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of ONEOK, Inc. filed May
        23, 2001 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.15 to
        Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed July 18, 2001,
        Commission File No. 333-65392).

(3)(g)  By-laws of ONEOK, Inc., as amended (Incorporated by reference
        from Exhibit (3)(d) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
        for the year ended August 31, 1999).

(3)(h)  Registration Rights Agreement dated March 1, 2000, among the
        Company and the Initial Purchaser described therein
        (Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on
        Form S-4 filed March 13, 2000).

(4)(a)  Certificate of Designation for Convertible Preferred stock of WAI,
        Inc. (Now ONEOK, Inc.) filed November 26, 1997 (Incorporated by
        reference from Exhibit 3.3 to Amendment No. 3 to Registration
        Statement on Form S-4 filed August 31, 1997, Commission File No.
        333-27467).

(4)(b)  Certificate of Designation for Series C Participating Preferred
        Stock of ONEOK, Inc., filed November 26, 1997 (Incorporated by
        reference from Exhibit No. 1 to Form 8-A, filed November 26,
        1997).

        NOTE: Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of
        long-term debt are not being filed as exhibits hereto pursuant
        to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Registration S-K. The Company agrees
        to furnish copies of such agreements to the SEC upon request.

(4)(c)  Rights Agreement, dated November 26, 1997, between ONEOK, Inc. and
        Liberty Bank and Trust Company of Oklahoma City, N.A., as
        Rights Agent (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.3 to
        Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed
        August 31, 1997, Commission File No. 333-27467).

(4)(d)  Shareholder Agreement, dated November 26, 1997, between Western
        Resources, Inc. and ONEOK, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from
        Exhibit 2.2 to Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form
        S-4 filed August 31, 1997, Commission File No. 333-27467).

(4)(e)  Indenture, dated September 24, 1998, between ONEOK, Inc. and
        Chase Bank of Texas

                                 107

        (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Registration
        Statement on Form S-3 filed August 26, 1998).

(4)(f)  Indenture dated December 28, 2001, between ONEOK, Inc. and
        SunTrust Bank (Incorporated by reference Exhibit 4.1 to
        Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form
        S-3 filed December 31, 2001).

(4)(g)  First Supplemental Indenture dated September 24, 1998, between
        ONEOK, Inc. and Chase Bank of Texas (Incorporated by reference
        from Exhibit 5(a) to Form 8-K filed September 24, 1998).

(4)(h)  Second Supplemental Indenture dated September 25, 1998, between
        ONEOK, Inc. and Chase Bank of Texas (Incorporated by reference
        from Exhibit 5(b) to Form 8-K filed September 24, 1998).

(4)(i)  Third Supplemental Indenture dated February 8, 1999, between
        ONEOK, Inc. and Chase Bank of Texas (Incorporated by reference
        from Exhibit 4 to Form 8-K filed February 8, 1999).

(4)(j)  Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated February 17, 1999, between
        ONEOK, Inc. and Chase Bank of Texas (Incorporated by reference
        from Exhibit 4.5 to Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed
        April 15, 1999, Commission File No. 333-76375).

(4)(k)  Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated August 17, 1999, between ONEOK,
        Inc. and Chase Bank of Texas (Incorporated by reference from
        Exhibit 4 on Form 8-K filed August 17, 1999).

(4)(l)  Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated March 1, 2000, between ONEOK,
        Inc. and Chase Bank of Texas (Incorporated by reference from
        the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed March 13, 2000,
        Commission File No. 333-32254).

(4)(m)  Seventh Supplemental Indenture dated April 24, 2000, between
        ONEOK, Inc. and Chase Bank of Texas (Incorporated by reference
        from Exhibit 4 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed
        April 24, 2000).

(4)(n)  Eighth Supplemental Indenture dated April 6, 2001, between ONEOK,
        Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank (Incorporated by reference
        from Exhibit 4.9 to Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed
        July 18, 2001, Commission File No. 333-65392).

(10)(a) ONEOK, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan

(10)(b) ONEOK, Inc. Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (Incorporated by reference from the Form S-8 filed January 24, 2001).

(10)(c) ONEOK, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as amended and restated February 21, 2002.

(10)(d) Termination agreements between ONEOK, Inc., and ONEOK, Inc. Executives dated January 1, 1999 (Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-K dated August 31, 1999).

(10)(e) Indemnification agreement between ONEOK Inc., and ONEOK Inc. Officers and Directors (Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-K dated August 31, 1999).

(10)(f) ONEOK, Inc. Annual Officer Incentive Plan

108

(10)(g) ONEOK, Inc. Employee Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated February 15, 2001

(10)(h) Ground Lease Between ONEOK Leasing Company and Southwestern Associates dated May 15, 1983 (Incorporated by reference from Form 10-K dated August 31, 1983).

(10)(i) First Amendment to Ground Lease between ONEOK Leasing Company and Southwestern Associates dated October 1, 1984 (Incorporated by reference from Form 10-K dated August 31, 1984).

(10)(j) Sublease Between RMZ Corp. and ONEOK Leasing Company dated May 15, 1983 (Incorporated by reference from Form 10-K dated August 31, 1983).

(10)(k) First Amendment to Sublease between RMZ Corp. and ONEOK Leasing Company dated October 1, 1984 (Incorporated by reference from Form 10-K dated August 31, 1984).

(10)(l) ONEOK Leasing Company Lease Agreement with Oklahoma Natural Gas Company dated August 31, 1984 (Incorporated by reference from Form 10-K dated August 31, 1985).

(10)(m) Private Placement Agreement ONEOK Inc. and Paine Webber Incorporated, dated April 6, 1993, (Medium-Term Notes, Series A, up to U.S. $150,000,000) (Incorporated by reference from Form 10-K dated August 31, 1993).

(10)(n) Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement between Bank of America Trust Company of New York, as Issuing and Paying Agent, and ONEOK Inc, (Medium-Term Notes, Series A, up to U.S. $150,000,000) (Incorporated by reference from Form 10-K dated August 31, 1993).

(10)(o) $850,000,000 364-Day Credit Agreement dated June 28, 2001, among ONEOK, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as a Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer and Swing Line Lender, Bank One, N.A. and First Union National Bank as Co-Syndicate Agents and ABN Amro Bank N.V. and Fleet National Bank as Co-Documentation Agents (Incorporated by reference from Form 10-Q dated June 30, 2001)

(12)(a) Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividend Requirement for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.

(12)(b) Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividend Requirement for the four months ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 (Incorporated by reference from Form 10-K dated December 31, 2000).

(12)(c) Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.

(12)(d) Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges for the four months ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 (Incorporated by reference from Form 10-K dated December 31, 2000).

(21) Required information concerning the registrant's subsidiaries.

(23) Independent Auditors' Consent

(99)(a) ONEOK, Inc. Direct Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Plan (Incorporated by reference from the Form S-3 filed January 30, 2001).

109

(2) Financial Statements Page No.

(a) Independent Auditors' Report. 64

(b) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended 65 December 31, 2001 and 2000, August 31, 1999 and the four months ended December 31, 1999.

(c) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2001, 2000 66-67 and 1999.

(d) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years 68 ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, August 31, 1999 and the four months ended December 31, 1999.

(e) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the 69-70 years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, August 31, 1999 and the four months ended December 31, 1999.

(f) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 71-105

(3) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required.

(B) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

November 14, 2001 - Filed the transcript of the conference call with analysts to discuss third quarter earnings.

November 21, 2001 - Announced that the Company will ask the Oklahoma Supreme court to overturn an Oklahoma Corporation Commission order that unfairly denies the Company the right to collect $34.6 million in outstanding gas costs incurred to serve customers last winter.

December 3, 2001 - Announced that the Company will take a charge of 18 cents per share of common stock in the fourth quarter as the result of an order from the Oklahoma Corporation Commission that unfairly denies the Company the right to collect outstanding gas costs incurred to serve customers last winter.

December 3, 2001 - Announced that the Company's net exposure to Enron as of November 29, 2001 was less than $40 million pre-tax.

December 21, 2001 - Announced revised earnings guidance for 2001.

January 8, 2002 - Announced that the federal district court ruled that Southwest Gas Corporation cannot attempt to pursue its alleged $308 million claim against the Company.

January 18, 2002 - Announced that the Company had been granted a waiver on a possible technical default related to various financing leases tied to the Company's Bushton processing plant.

110

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on this 14th day of March 2002.

ONEOK, Inc. Registrant

By: /s/Jim Kneale
    -----------------------------------------
    Jim Kneale
    Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief
    Financial Officer (Principal Financial
    Officer)

111

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated, on this 14th day of March 2002.

/s/ David L. Kyle                /s/ Beverly Monnet
----------------------------     ------------------------------------
David L. Kyle                    Beverly Monnet
Chairman of the Board,           Vice President, Controller and
Chief Executive Officer          Chief Accounting Officer
and Director                     (Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Edwyna G. Anderson           /s/ Bert H. Mackie
----------------------------     ------------------------------------
Edwyna G. Anderson               Bert H. Mackie
Director                         Director

/s/ William M. Bell              /s/ Douglas A. Newsom
----------------------------     ------------------------------------
William M. Bell                  Douglas A. Newsom
Director                         Director

/s/ Douglas R. Cummings          /s/ Gary D. Parker
----------------------------     ------------------------------------
Douglas R. Cummings              Gary D. Parker
Director                         Director

/s/ John B. Dicus                /s/ J.D. Scott
----------------------------     ------------------------------------
John B. Dicus                    J. D. Scott
Director                         Director

/s/ William L. Ford
----------------------------     ------------------------------------
William L. Ford                  Pattye L. Moore
Director                         Director

/s/ Douglas T. Lake
----------------------------
Douglas T. Lake
Director

112

Exhibit (10)(a)

ONEOK, Inc.
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes.

The purposes of this Plan are (a) to provide competitive incentives that will enable the Company to attract, retain, motivate, and reward Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors of the Company, and (b) to give the Company's Key Employees and Non-Employee Directors an interest parallel to the interests of the Company's shareholders generally.

2. Definitions.

Unless otherwise required by the context, the following terms, when used in this Plan, shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 2.

(a) "Beneficiary" means a person or entity (including a trust or estate), designated in writing by a Participant on such forms and in accordance with such terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe, to whom the Participant's rights under the Plan shall pass in the event of the death of the Participant.

(b) "Board" or a "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(c) A "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the "Voting Securities") by any "Person" (as the term person is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), immediately after which such Person has "Beneficial Ownership" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding Shares or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, in determining whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to this Section 2(c), Shares or Voting Securities which are acquired in a "Non-Control Acquisition" (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would cause a Change in Control. A "Non-Control Acquisition" shall mean an acquisition by (i) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (A) the Company or (B) any company or other Person of which a majority of its voting power or its voting equity securities or equity interest is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company (for purposes of this definition, a "Related Entity"), (ii) the Company or any Related Entity, or (iii) any Person in connection with a "Non-Control Transaction" (as hereinafter defined);

(2) The individuals who, as of February 15, 2001, are members of the Board of Directors (the "Incumbent Board"), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority


of the members of the Board of Directors; or, following a Merger which results in a Parent Company, the board of directors of the ultimate Parent Company; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company's common stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; provided further, however, that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened "Election Contest" (as described in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board of Directors (a "Proxy Contest"), including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest; or

(3) The consummation of:

(i) A merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company or in which securities of the Company are issued (a "Merger"), unless such Merger is a "Non-Control Transaction." A "Non-Control Transaction" shall mean a Merger where:

(A) the stockholders of the Company, immediately before such Merger, own directly or indirectly immediately following such Merger at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of (x) the company resulting from such Merger (the "Surviving Company") if fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Surviving Company is not Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly by another Person (a "Parent Company"), or (y) if there is one or more Parent Companies, the ultimate Parent Company;

(B) the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such Merger constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of (x) the Surviving Company, if there is no Parent Company, or (y) if there is one or more Parent Companies, the ultimate Parent Company; and

(C) no Person other than (1) the Company, (2) any Related Entity, (3) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) that, immediately prior to such Merger was maintained by the Company or any Related Entity, or (4) any Person who, immediately prior to such Merger had Beneficial Ownership of thirty percent (30%) or more of the then outstanding Voting Securities or Shares, has Beneficial Ownership of thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities or common stock of (x) the Surviving Company if there is no Parent Company, or (y) if there is one or more Parent Companies, the ultimate Parent Company.

(ii) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(iii) The sale or other, disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person (other than a transfer to a Related Entity or under conditions that would constitute a Non- Control Transaction with the disposition of assets being regarded as

-2-

a Merger for this purpose or the distribution to the Company's stockholders of the stock of a Related Entity or any other assets).

Notwithstanding the foregoing,

(A) A Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the "Subject Person") acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the then outstanding Shares or Voting Securities if: (1) such acquisition occurs as a result of the acquisition of Shares or Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Shares or Voting Securities then outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this subparagraph) as a result of the acquisition of Shares or Voting Securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Shares or Voting Securities which increases the percentage of the then outstanding Shares or Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, then a Change in Control shall occur, or (2) (a) within five business days after a Change in Control would have occurred (but for the operation of this subparagraph), or if the Subject Person acquired Beneficial Ownership of twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding Shares or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities inadvertently, then after the Subject Person discovers or is notified by the Company that such acquisition would have triggered a Change in Control (but for the operation of this subparagraph), the Subject Person notifies the Board of Directors that it did so inadvertently, and (b) within two business days after such notification, the Subject Person divests itself of a sufficient number of Shares or Voting Securities so that the Subject Person is the Beneficial Owner of less than twenty percent (20%) of the then outstanding Shares or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities.

(B) A Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if (1) the Shareholder Group (as defined in the Shareholder Agreement) acquires Beneficial Ownership of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Company's Voting Securities pursuant to the terms of the Shareholder Agreement, by and between WAI, Inc. (now known as ONEOK, Inc.) and Western Resources, Inc. dated as of November 26, 1997 (the "Shareholder Agreement"), until the earlier of (a) the termination of the Shareholder Agreement or (b) the successful consummation of a Buyout Tender Offer as defined in Section 3.6(b) of the Shareholder Agreement, but upon either of such events, the acquisition or existence of such percentage of Beneficial Ownership by Western Resources, Inc. or any of its affiliates shall constitute a Change in Control or (2) the equity securities of the Company owned by the Shareholder Group are in any manner restructured with the approval of a majority of the members of the Incumbent Board (excluding Shareholder Nominees, as defined in the Shareholder Agreement).

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if an eligible Key Employee's employment is terminated by the Company without Just Cause prior to the date of a Change in Control but the eligible Key Employee reasonably demonstrates that the termination (A) was at the request of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control or (B) otherwise arose in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Change in Control

-3-

which has been threatened or proposed, such termination shall be deemed to have occurred after a Change in Control for purposes of this Plan, provided a Change in Control shall actually have occurred.

(d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. References to a particular section of the Code shall include references to any related Treasury Regulations and to successor provisions.

(e) "Committee" means the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan pursuant to the provisions of section 11(a) below.

(f) "Common Stock" means common stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company.

(g) "Company" means ONEOK, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation, its successors and assigns, or any division or Subsidiary thereof.

(h) "Director Fees" means all compensation and fees paid to a Non-Employee Director by the Company for his services as a member of the Board of Directors.

(i) "Director Stock Award" means an award of ONEOK, Inc. Common Stock granted to a Non-Employee Director.

(j) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(k) "Fair Market Value" on a particular date means the average of the high and low sale prices of a share of Common Stock in consolidated trading on the date in question as reported by The Wall Street Journal or another reputable source designated by the Committee; provided that if there were no sales on such date reported as provided above, the respective prices on the most recent prior day for which a sale was so reported. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, if the foregoing method of determining Fair Market Value should be inconsistent with section 422 of the Code, a "Fair Market Value" shall be determined by the Committee in a manner consistent with such section of the Code and shall mean the value as so determined.

(l) "General Counsel" means the General Counsel of the Company serving from time to time.

(m) "Incentive Stock Option" means an option, including an Option as the context may require, intended to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to incentive stock options under section 422 of the Code.

(n) "Just Cause" shall mean the Key Employee's conviction in a court of law of a felony, or any crime or offense in a court of law of a felony, or any crime or offense involving misuse or misappropriation of money or property, the Key Employee's violation of

-4-

any covenant, agreement or obligation not to disclose confidential information regarding the business of the Company (or a division or Subsidiary); any violation by the Key Employee of any covenant not to compete with the Company (or a division or Subsidiary); any act of dishonesty by the Key Employee which adversely affects the business of the Company (or a division or subsidiary); any willful or intentional act of the Key Employee which adversely affects the business of, or reflects unfavorably on the reputation of the Company (or a division or Subsidiary); the Key Employee's use of alcohol or drugs which interferes with the Key Employee's performance of duties as an employee of the Company (or a division or Subsidiary); or the Key Employee's failure or refusal to perform the specific directives of the Company's Board of Directors, or its officers which directives are consistence with the scope and nature of the Key Employee's duties and responsibilities with the existence and occurrence of all of such causes to be determined by the Company in its sole discretion; provided, that nothing contained in the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall be deemed to interfere in any way with the right of the Company (or a division or Subsidiary), which is hereby acknowledged, to terminate the Key Employee's employment at any time without cause.

(o) "Key Employee" means an employee of the Company, including an officer or director who is such an employee, who the Committee determines is in a position to contribute significantly to the growth and profitability of, or to perform services of major importance to, the Company, its divisions and Subsidiaries.

(p) "Non-Employee Director" means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is not an employee of the Company, and who qualifies as a "Non-Employee Director" under the definition of that term in SEC Rule 16b-3.

(q) "Non-Statutory Stock Option" means an option, including an Option as the context may require, which is not intended to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to incentive stock options under section 422 of the Code.

(r) "Option" means an option granted under this Plan to purchase shares of Common Stock. Options may be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory Stock Options.

(s) "Participant" means a Key Employee or Non-Employee Director who has been granted a Stock Incentive.

(t) "Performance Unit Award" means an amount of cash or shares of Common Stock or a combination of each, that will be distributed in the future if continued employment and/or other performance objectives or contingencies specified by the Committee are attained. Such other performance objectives may include, without limitation, corporate, divisional or business unit financial or operating performance measures and such other contingencies may include the Participant's depositing with the Company, acquiring or retaining for stipulation time periods specified amounts of Common Stock. The amount of the award may but need not be determined by reference to the

-5-

market value of Common Stock.

(u) "Plan" means the ONEOK, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan set forth in these pages, as amended from time to time.

(v) "Plan Year" means the calendar year beginning on January 1 and ending the next December 31.

(w) "Restricted Stock Award" means shares of Common Stock which are issued or transferred to a Participant under Section 5 below and which will become free of restrictions specified by the Committee if continued employment and/or other performance objectives or contingencies specified by the Committee are attained. Such other performance objectives may include, without limitation, corporate, divisional or business unit financial or operating performance measures and such other contingencies may include the Participant's depositing with the Company, acquiring or retaining for stipulated time periods specified amounts of Common Stock.

(x) "SEC Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under the Exchange Act, as such rule or any successor rule may be in effect from time to time.

(y) "Section 16 Person" means a person subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act with respect to transactions involving equity securities of the Company.

(z) "Shares" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company and any other securities into which such shares are changed or for which such shares are exchanged.

(aa) "Stock Bonus Award" means an amount of cash or shares of Common Stock which is distributed to a Participant or which the Committee agrees to distribute in the future to a Participant in lieu of, or as a supplement to, any other compensation that may have been earned by services rendered prior to the date the distribution is made. The amount of the award may but need not be determined by reference to the market value of Common Stock. Performance Unit Awards and Restricted Stock Awards are specific types of Stock Bonus Awards.

(bb) "Stock Incentive" means an award granted under this Plan in one of the forms provided for in Section 3.

(cc) "Subsidiary" means a corporation or other form of business association of which shares (or other ownership interest) having more than 50 percent of the voting power are or in the future become owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term "Subsidiary" shall mean a Subsidiary (as defined by the preceding clause) which is

-6-

also a "subsidiary corporation" as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Grants of Stock Incentives.

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may at any time, or from time to time, grant Key Employees Stock Bonus Awards, which may but need not be Performance Unit Awards or Restricted Stock Awards, and/or Options, which may be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Statutory Stock Options.

(b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall grant Director Stock Awards to Non-Employee Directors in accordance with
Section 7 of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything else otherwise expressed or implied in the Plan, no other form of Stock Incentive shall be granted to Non-Employee Directors under the Plan, and in no event shall any grant of an Incentive Stock Option be made to a Non-Employee Director.

(c) After a Stock Incentive has been granted,

(i) the Committee may waive any term or condition thereof that could have been excluded from such Stock Incentive when it was granted, and

(ii) with the written consent of the affected Participant, may amend any Stock Incentive after it has been granted to include (or exclude) any provision which could have been included in (or excluded from) such Stock Incentive when it was granted, and no additional consideration need be received by the Company in exchange for such waiver or amendment.

4. Stock Subject to the Plan.

(a) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which was authorized to be issued or transferred pursuant to Stock Incentives to be granted under the Plan upon the Plan's initial adoption on August 17, 1995, was 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock ("Initially Authorized Shares"), of which 554,800 shares remain available for grant as of August 20, 1998; and the Board has authorized that the amount of those shares remaining eligible to be granted on the effective date ofthe Plan, as amended and restated, be carried over and continued to be reserved, together with reservation of an additional number of shares necessary to have a total of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Stock Incentives granted under the Plan on and after the date of such amendment and restatement of the Plan, subject to the provisions below of paragraph 4(c) and of Section 9; provided, that the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Options or other Stock Incentives may be granted or issued to any employee under the Plan during any year is 150,000.

(b) Such shares may be authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, shares of

-7-

Common Stock held in treasury, whether acquired by the Company specifically for use under this Plan or otherwise, or shares issued or transferred to, or otherwise acquired by, a trust pursuant to paragraph 12(d) below, as the Committee may from time to time determine, provided, however, that any shares acquired or held by the Company for the purposes of this Plan shall, unless and until issued or transferred to a trust pursuant to paragraph 12(d) below or to a Participant in accordance with the terms and conditions of a Stock Incentive, be and at all times remain authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares (as the case may be), irrespective of whether such shares are entered in a special account for purposes of this Plan, and shall be available for any corporate purpose.

(c) If any shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Incentive shall not be issued or transferred to a Participant and shall cease to be issuable or transferable to a Participant because of the termination, expiration or cancellation, in whole or in part, of such Stock Incentive or for any other reason, or if any such shares shall, after issuance or transfer, be reacquired by the Company because of the Participant's failure to comply with the terms and conditions of a Stock Incentive or for any other reason, the shares not so issued or transferred, or the shares so reacquired by the Company, as the case may be, shall no longer be charged against the limitations provided for in paragraph (a) above of this Section 4 and may again be made subject to Stock Incentives; provided that the number of shares not so issued or transferred and any such reacquired shares may again be made subject to Stock Incentives for Section 16 Persons only if the General Counsel determines that doing so would not jeopardize any exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including without limitation SEC Rule 16b-3) for which the Company intends Section 16 Persons to qualify. If a Participant pays the purchase price of shares subject to an Option by surrendering shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 6(b)(iv) below, the number of shares surrendered shall be added back to the number of shares available for issuance or transfer under the Plan so that the maximum number of shares that may be issued or transferred under the Plan pursuant to paragraph 4(a) above shall have been charged only for the net number of shares issued or transferred pursuant to the Option exercise.

5. Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Unit Awards and Restricted Stock Awards.

Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Unit Awards and Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a) A Key Employee may be granted a Stock Bonus Award, Performance Unit Award or Restricted Stock Award, and a Non-Employee Director may be granted a Director Stock Award, whether or not he or she is eligible to receive similar or dissimilar incentive compensation under any other plan or arrangement of the Company.

(b) Shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Bonus Award may be issued or transferred to a Participant at the time such Award is granted, or at any time

-8-

subsequent thereto, or in installments from time to time, and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine. In the event that any such issuance or transfer shall not be made to the Participant at the time such Award is granted, the Committee may but need not provide for payment to such Participant, either in cash or shares of Common Stock, from time to time or at the time or times such shares shall be issued or transferred to such Participant, of amounts not exceeding the dividends which would have been payable to such Participant in respect of such shares (as adjusted under Section 9) if such shares had been issued or transferred to such Participant at the time such Award was granted.

(c) Any Stock Bonus Award, Performance Unit Award or Restricted Stock Award may, in the discretion of the Committee, be settled in cash, on each date on which shares would otherwise have been delivered or become unrestricted, in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value on such date of the shares which would otherwise have been delivered or become unrestricted; and the number of shares for which such cash payment is made shall be added back to the maximum number of shares available for use under the Plan, provided that the number of shares for which such cash payment is made may be made subject to Stock Incentives for Section 16 Persons only if the General Counsel determines that doing so would not jeopardize any exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including without limitation SEC Rule 16b-3) for which the Company intends
Section 16 Persons to qualify.

(d) Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Unit Awards and Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such terms and conditions, including, without limitation, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of the shares issued or transferred pursuant to such Award, and conditions calling for forfeiture of the Award or the shares issued or transferred pursuant thereto in designated circumstances, as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that upon the issuance or transfer of shares to a Participant pursuant to any such Award, the recipient shall, with respect to such shares, be and become a shareholder of the Company fully entitled to receive dividends, to vote and to exercise all other rights of a shareholder except to the extent otherwise provided in the Award. All or any portion of a Stock Bonus Award may but need not be made in the form of a Performance Unit Award or a Restricted Stock Award.

(e) Each Stock Bonus Award, Performance Unit Award and Restricted Stock Award shall be evidenced by a written instrument in such form as the Committee shall determine, signed by an officer of the Company duly authorized to do so, provided that such instrument is consistent with this Plan and incorporates it by reference.

(f) Director Stock Awards shall be granted as determined by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of Section 7, and as otherwise provided by this Plan.

6. Options.

-9-

Options shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 9, the purchase price per share shall be, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, not less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted (or in the case of any optionee who, at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of his or her employer corporation or of its parent or subsidiary corporation, not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted) and, in the case of a Non-Statutory Stock Option, not less than the par value (if any) of a share of Common Stock on the date the Non-Statutory Stock Option is granted. A Non-Statutory Stock Option may (but need not) entitle the Participant to purchase shares of Common Stock at any fixed discount specified by the Committee from Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. Subject to the foregoing limitations, the purchase price per share may, if the Committee so provides at the time of grant of an Option, be indexed to the increase or decrease in an index specified by the Committee.

(b) The purchase price of shares subject to an Option may be paid in whole or in part (i) in cash, (ii) by bank-certified, cashier's or personal check subject to collection, (iii) if so provided in the Option and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may impose, by delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell immediately some or all of the shares acquired by exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount of sale proceeds (or, in lieu of or pending a sale, loan proceeds) sufficient to pay the purchase price, or (iv) if so provided in the Option and subject to such terms and conditions as are specified in the Option, in shares of Common Stock or other property surrendered to the Company. Property for purposes of this paragraph shall include an obligation of the Company unless prohibited by applicable law. Shares of Common Stock thus surrendered shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Any such other property thus surrendered shall be valued at its fair market value on any reasonable basis established or approved by the Committee. If so provided in the Option and subject to such terms and conditions as are specified in the Option, in lieu of the foregoing methods of payment, any portion of the purchase price of the shares to be issued or transferred may be paid by a promissory note secured by pledge of the purchased shares in such form and containing such provisions (which may but need not provide for interest and for payment of the note at the election of the Participant in cash or in shares of Common Stock or other property surrendered to the Company) as the Committee may approve; provided that (A) if the Committee permits any such note to be paid by surrender of shares of Common Stock, such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of such surrender, and (B) if the Committee permits any such note to be paid by surrender of other property, such other property shall be valued at its fair market value on any reasonable basis established or approved by the Committee, and (C) in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, any such note shall bear

-10-

interest at the minimum rate required to avoid imputation of interest under federal income tax laws applicable at the time of exercise and (D) any such note shall mature in ten years or such lesser period as may be specified by the Committee.

(c) Options may be granted for such lawful consideration, including money or other property, tangible or intangible, or labor or services received or to be received by the Company, as the Committee may determine when the Option is granted. Property for purposes of the preceding sentence shall include an obligation of the Company unless prohibited by applicable law. Subject to the foregoing and the other provisions of this Section 6, each Option may be exercisable in full at the time of grant or may become exercisable in one or more installments, at such time or times and subject to satisfaction of such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine. The Committee may at any time accelerate the date on which an Option becomes exercisable, and no additional consideration need be received by the Company in exchange for such acceleration. Unless otherwise provided in the Option, an Option, to the extent it becomes exercisable, may be exercised at any time in whole or in part until the expiration or termination of the Option.

(d) Each Option shall be exercisable during the life of the optionee only by him or her or his or her guardian or legal representative, and after the death only by his or her Beneficiary or, absent a Beneficiary, by his or her estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by will or the laws of decent and distribution. provided that an Option of a Section 16 Person and any Incentive Stock Option may be exercisable after death by a Beneficiary only if such exercise would be, in the opinion of the General Counsel, permissible under and consistent with SEC Rule 16b-3 or Section 422 of the Code, as the case may be. Each Option shall expire at such time or times as the Committee may determine, provided that notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan,
(i) no Option shall be exercisable after the tenth anniversary of the date the Option was granted, and (ii) no Incentive Stock Option which is granted to any optionee who, at the time such Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of his or her employer corporation or of its parent or subsidiary corporation, shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date such Option is granted. If an Option is granted for a term of less than ten years, the Committee may, at any time prior to the expiration of the Option, extend its term for a period ending not later than on the tenth anniversary of the date the Option was granted, and no additional consideration need be received by the Company in exchange for such extension. The Committee may but need not provide for an Option to be exercisable after termination of employment until its fixed expiration date (or until an earlier date or specified event occurs).

(e) An Option may, but need not, be an Incentive Stock Option. All shares of Common Stock which may be made subject to Stock Incentives under this Plan may be made subject to Incentive Stock Options; provided that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of the stock with respect to which

-11-

Incentive Stock Options may be exercisable for the first time by any Key Employee during any calendar year (under all plans, including this Plan, of his or her employer corporation and its parent and subsidiary corporations) shall not exceed $100,000 or such other amount as may apply under the Code.

(f) Each Option shall be evidenced by a written instrument, signed by an officer of the Company duly authorized to do so, which shall contain such terms and conditions, and shall be in such form, as the Committee shall determine, provided the instrument is consistent with this Plan and incorporates it by reference. An Option, if so approved by the Committee, may include terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations in addition to those provided for in this Plan including, without limitation, terms and conditions providing for the transfer or issuance of shares, on exercise of an Option, which may be non-transferable and forfeitable to the Company in designated circumstances.

(g) The Committee may specify, at the time of grant of an Incentive Stock Option or, with respect to a Non-Statutory Stock Option, at or after the time of grant, that a Participant shall be granted a Non-Statutory Stock Option (a "Restored Option") if and when (i) such Participant exercise all or part of an Option, including a previously granted Restored Option, (an "Original Option") by surrendering shares of Common Stock already owned by him or her in full or partial payment of the Option price under such Original Option and/or (ii) shares of Common Stock are surrendered or withheld to satisfy tax obligations incident to the exercise of such Original Option. All Restored Options shall be subject to the availability of shares of Common Stock under the Plan at the time of such exercise. A Restored Option shall cover a number of shares of Common Stock not greater than the number of shares of Common Stock surrendered in payment of the option price under such Original Option and/or used to satisfy any tax obligation incident to the exercise of such Original Option. Each Restored Option shall have an option price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Restored Option and shall expire on the stated expiration date of the Original Option. The date of grant of a Restored Option shall be the date on which the exercise of the Original Option or a previously granted Restored Option resulted in the grant of such Restored Option. A Restored Option shall be exercisable at any time and from time to time from or after the date of grant of the Restored Option (or as the Committee in its sole discretion shall otherwise specify in the written instrument evidencing the Restored Option). The written instrument evidencing a Restored Option shall contain such other terms and conditions, which may include a restriction on the transferability of the Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Original Option or Restored Option, as the Committee in its sole discretion may deem desirable.

(h) No Participant shall make any elective contribution or employee contribution to the Plan (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iv)(B)(4) during the balance of the calendar year after the Participant's receipt of a hardship distribution from a plan of the Company or a related party within the provisions of

-12-

Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) containing a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code, or during the following calendar year. The preceding sentence shall not apply if and to the extend that the General Counsel determines it is not necessary to qualify any such plan as a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code.

(i) No Option shall be exercisable unless and until the Company (i) obtains the approval of all regulatory bodies whose approval the General Counsel may deem necessary or desirable, and (ii) complies with all legal requirements deemed applicable by the General Counsel.

(j) An Option shall be considered exercised if and when written notice, signed by the person exercising the Option and stating the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, is received by the Secretary on a properly completed form approved for this purpose by the Committee, accompanied by full payment of the Option exercise price in one or more of the forms authorized by the Committee and described in Section 6(b) above for the number of shares to be purchased. No Option may at any time be exercised with respect to a fractional share.

7. Director Stock Awards.

(a) Each Non-Employee Director Participant shall receive such portion of his Director Fees in Common Stock as shall be established from time to time by the Board, with the remainder of such Director Fees to be payable in cash or in Common Stock as elected by the Non-Employee Director Participant in accordance with paragraph
7(b), below.
(b) Each Non-Employee Director Participant shall have an opportunity to elect to have the remaining portion of his Director Fees paid in cash or shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof. Except for the initial election pursuant to the adoption of the Plan with this Section 7 therein, or the Director's election to the Board, any such election shall be made in writing and must be made at least thirty (30) days before the beginning of the Plan Year in which the services are to be rendered giving rise to such Director Fees and may not be changed thereafter except by timely written election as to Director Fees for services to be rendered in a subsequent Plan Year. In the absence of such an election, such remaining portion of the Director Fees of a Non-Employee Director shall be paid entirely in cash. Nothing contained in this paragraph 7(b) shall be interpreted in such a manner as would disqualify the Plan for treatment as a "formula plan" under Rule 16b-3 pursuant to which the terms and conditions of each transaction authorized by this Section 7 are fixed in advance by the relevant terms and provisions thereof.

(c) The number of shares of Common Stock to be paid and distributed to a Non-Employee Director under the provisions paragraphs 7(a) and (b), above, shall be determined by dividing the dollar amount of his Director Fees (which the Board has established, and/or such Non-Employee Director has elected) to be paid in Common

-13-

Stock on any payment date by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on that date. Except as may otherwise be directed by the Committee, in its sole discretion, the payment and distribution of such shares to a Non-Employee Director shall be on or within five days after the date such Director Fees would otherwise have been paid to him in cash.

8. Certain Change in Control, Termination of Employment and Disability Provisions.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, any Stock Incentive which is outstanding but not yet exercisable, vested or payable at the time of a Change in Control shall become exercisable, vested and payable at that time; provided that if such Change in Control occurs less than six months after the date on which such Stock Incentive was granted and if the consideration for which such Stock Incentive was granted consisted in whole or in part of future services, then such Stock Incentive shall become exercisable, vested and payable at the time of such Change in Control only if the Participant agrees in writing (if requested to do so by the Committee in writing) to remain in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary at least through the date which is six months after the date such Stock Incentive was granted with substantially the same title, duties, authority, reporting relationships and compensation as on the day immediately preceding the Change in Control. Any Option affected by the preceding sentence shall remain exercisable until it expires or terminates pursuant to its terms and conditions. Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 8, the Committee may at any time, and subject to such terms and conditions as it may impose:

(a) authorize the holder of an Option to exercise the Option following the termination of the Participant's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries, or following the Participant disability, whether or not the Option would otherwise be exercisable following such event, provided that in no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of its term;

(b) grant Options which become exercisable only in the event of a Change in Control;

(c) authorize a Stock Bonus Award, Performance Unit Award or Restricted Stock Award to become non-forfeitable, fully earned and payable upon or following (i) the termination of the Participant's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries, or (ii) the Participant's disability, whether or not the Award would otherwise become non-forfeitable, fully earned and payable upon or following such event;

(d) grant Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Unit Awards and Restricted Stock Awards which become non-forfeitable, fully earned and payable only in the event of a Change in Control; and

(e) provide in advance or at the time of Change in Control for cash to be paid in settlement of any Option, Stock Bonus Award, Performance Unit Award or Restricted Stock Award in the event of a Change in Control, either at the election of the

-14-

Participant or at the election of the Committee.

9. Adjustment Provisions.

In the event that any recapitalization, or reclassification, split-up or consolidation of shares of Common Stock shall be effected, or the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be, in connection with a merger or consolidation of the Company or a sale by the Company of all or a part of its assets, exchanged for a different number or class of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company or any other entity or person, or a record date for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock or other property (other than normal cash dividends) shall occur,
(a) the number and class of shares or other securities or property that may be issued or transferred pursuant to Stock Incentives thereafter granted or that may be optioned or awarded under the Plan to any Participant, (b) the number and class of shares or other securities or property that may be issued or transferred under outstanding Stock Incentives, (c) the purchase price to be paid per share under outstanding and future Stock Incentives, and (d) the price to be paid per share by the Company or a Subsidiary for shares or other securities or property issued or transferred pursuant to Stock Incentives which are subject to a right of the Company or a Subsidiary to reacquire such shares or other securities or property, shall in each case be equitably adjusted; provided that with respect to Incentive Stock Options any such adjustments shall comply with Sections 422 and 424 of the Code.

10. Effective Date and Duration of Plan.

The Plan shall be effective when it is first approved by the Board of Directors, provided that the shareholders of the Company thereafter approve it within one year of that date. If the Plan is not so approved by shareholders, the Plan (and any Stock Incentive granted thereunder) shall be null, void and of no force or effect. If so approved, the Plan shall remain in effect, and Stock Incentives may be granted, until Stock Incentives have been granted with respect to all shares authorized to be issued or transferred hereunder or until the Plan is sooner terminated by the Board of Directors, and shall continue in effect thereafter with respect to any Stock Incentives outstanding at that time. In no event shall an Incentive Stock Option be granted under the Plan more than ten
(10) years from the date the Plan is first adopted by the Board, or the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company, whichever is earlier.

11. Administration.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by a committee of the Board consisting of two or more directors appointed from time to time by the Board. No person shall be appointed to or shall serve as a member of such committee unless at the time of such appointment and service he or she shall be a "Non-Employee Director," as defined in SEC Rule 16b-3. Unless the Board determines otherwise, the Committee shall be comprised solely of "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C)(i) of the Code.

-15-

(b) The Committee may establish such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as it may deem necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, and may amend or revoke any rule or regulation so established. The Committee shall, subject to the provisions of the Plan, have full power to interpret, administer and construe the Plan and any instruments issued under the Plan and full authority to make all determinations and decisions thereunder including without limitation the authority to (i) select the Participants in the Plan, (ii) determine when Stock Incentives shall be granted,
(iii) determine the number of shares to be made subject to each Stock Incentive, (iv) determine the type of Stock Incentive to grant, and (v) determine the terms and conditions of each Stock Incentive, including the exercise price, in the case of an Option, and (vi) approve any transaction involving a Stock Incentive for a Section 16 Person (other than a "Discretionary Transaction" as defined in SEC Rule 16b-3) so as to exempt such transaction under SEC Rule 16b-3; provided, that any transaction under the Plan involving a Section 16 Person also may be approved by the Board of Directors, or may be approved or ratified by the stockholders of the Company, in the manner that exempts such transaction under SEC Rule 16b-3. The interpretation by the Committee of the terms and provisions of the Plan and any instrument issued thereunder, and its administration thereof, and all action taken by the Committee, shall be final, binding, and conclusive on the Company, its stockholders, Subsidiaries, all Participants and employees, and upon their respective Beneficiaries, successors and assigns, and upon all other persons claiming under or through any of them.

(c) Members of the Board of Directors and members of the Committee acting under this Plan shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the advice of counsel and shall incur no liability except for gross or willful misconduct in the performance of their duties.

12. General Provisions.

(a) Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, any Stock Incentive issued under the Plan, including without limitation any Option, shall not be transferable by the Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary designated by the Participant, unless the instrument evidencing the Stock Incentive expressly so provides (or is amended to so provide) and is approved by the Committee; and any purported transfer of an Incentive Stock Option to a Beneficiary, shall be effective only if such transfer is, in the opinion of the General Counsel, permissible under and consistent with SEC Rule 16b-3 or Section 422 of the Code, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may transfer any Stock Incentive granted under this Plan, other than an Incentive Stock Option, to members of his or her immediate family (defined as his or her children, grandchildren and spouse) or to one or more trusts for the benefit of such immediate family members or partnerships in which such immediate family members are the only partners if (and only if) the instrument evidencing such Stock Incentive expressly so provides (or is

-16-

amended to so provide) and is approved by the Committee, and the Participant does not receive any consideration for the transfer; provided that any such transferred Stock Incentive shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to such Stock Incentive immediately prior to its transfer (except that such transferred Stock Incentive shall not be further transferable by the transferee inter vivos, except for transfer back to the original Participant holder of the Stock Incentive) and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this sentence shall apply to Section 16 Persons only if the General Counsel determines that doing so would not jeopardize any exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including without limitation SEC Rule 16b-3) for which the Company intends Section 16 Persons to qualify.

(b) Nothing in this Plan or in any instrument executed pursuant hereto shall confer upon any person any right to continue in the employment of the Company or a Subsidiary, or shall affect the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person at any time with or without cause.

(c) No shares of Common Stock shall be issued or transferred pursuant to a Stock Incentive unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares have, in the opinion of the General Counsel, been satisfied. Any such issuance or transfer shall be contingent upon the person acquiring the shares giving the Company any assurances the General Counsel may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements.

(d) No person (individually or as a member of a group) and no Beneficiary or other person claiming under or through him, shall have any right, title or interest in or to any shares of Common Stock (i) issued or transferred to, or acquired by, a trust, (ii) allocated, or (iii) reserved for the purposes of this Plan, or subject to any Stock Incentive except as to such shares of Common Stock, if any, as shall have been issued or transferred to him. The Committee may (but need not) provide at any time or from time to time (including without limitation upon or in contemplation of a Change in Control) for a number of shares of Common Stock, equal to the number of such shares subject to Stock Incentives then outstanding, to be issued or transferred to, or acquired by, a trust (including but not limited to a grantor trust) for the purpose of satisfying the Company's obligations under such Stock Incentives, and, unless prohibited by applicable law, such shares held in trust shall be considered authorized and issued shares with full dividend and voting rights, notwithstanding that the Stock Incentives to which such shares relate shall not have been exercised or may not be exercisable or vested at that time.

(e) The Company and its Subsidiaries may make such provisions as they may deem appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which they determine they are required to withhold in connection with any Stock Incentive. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may, subject to such terms and conditions as it may impose, permit or require any withholding tax obligation arising in connection with the grant, exercise,

-17-

vesting, distribution or payment of any Stock Incentive to be satisfied in whole or in part, with or without the consent of the Participant, by having the Company withhold all or any part of the shares of Common Stock that vest or would otherwise be distributed at such time. Any shares so withheld shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of such withholding.

(f) Nothing in this Plan is intended to be a substitute for, or shall preclude or limit the establishment or continuation of, any other plan, practice or arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to directors, officers or employees generally, or to any class or group of such persons, which the Company or any Subsidiary now has or may hereafter lawfully put into effect, including, without limitation, any incentive compensation, retirement, pension, group insurance, stock purchase, stock bonus or stock option plan.

(g) Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, except to the extent that the Committee determines otherwise, (i) transactions by and with respect to Section 16 Persons under the Plan are intended to qualify for any applicable exemptions provided by SEC Rule 16b-3, and (ii) transactions with respect to persons whose remuneration would not be deductible by the Company but for compliance with the provisions of Code Section 162(m)(4)(C) are intended to comply with the provisions of Code
Section 162(m)(4)(C). The Plan is also intended to give the Committee the authority to award Stock Incentives that qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m)(4)(C) as well as Stock Incentives that do not so qualify. Every provision of the Plan shall be administered, interpreted and constructed to carry out the foregoing intentions and any provision that cannot be so administered, interpreted and construed shall to that extent be disregarded.

(h) By accepting any benefits under the Plan, each Participant, and each person claiming under or through him, shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated his or her acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, all provisions of the Plan and any action or decision under the Plan by the Company, its agents and employees, and the Board of Directors and the Committee.

(i) The validity, construction, interpretation and administration of the Plan and of any determinations or decisions made thereunder, and the rights of all persons having or claiming to have any interest therein or thereunder, shall be governed by, and determined exclusively in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, but without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the period within which any action arising under or in connection with the Plan must be commenced, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof, irrespective of the place where the act or omission complained of took place and of the residence of any party to such action and irrespective of the place where the action may be brought.

-18-

(j) The use of the masculine gender shall also include within its meaning the feminine. The use of the singular shall include within its meaning the plural and vice versa.

13. Amendment and Termination.

The Plan may be amended by the Board of Directors, without shareholder approval, at any time and in any respect, unless shareholder approval of the amendment in question is required under Oklahoma law, the Code (including without limitation Code Section 422 and Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.422A9(b)(iv) thereunder), any applicable exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including without limitation SEC Rule 16b-3) for which the Company intends Section 16 Persons to qualify, any national securities exchange or system on which the Stock is then listed or reported, by any regulatory body having jurisdiction with respect to the Plan, or under any other applicable laws, rules or regulations. The Plan may also be terminated at any time by the Board of Directors. No amendment or termination of this Plan shall adversely affect any Stock Incentive granted prior to the date of such amendment or termination without written consent of the Participant.

-19-

Exhibit (10)(c)

ONEOK, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated February 21, 2002)


ONEOK, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

                               Table of Contents
                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

ARTICLE I.....................................................................1
---------
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION..................................................1
----------------------------
   1.1   Definitions..........................................................1
   ---   -----------
   1.2   Construction.........................................................6
   ---   ------------
ARTICLE II....................................................................6
----------
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION.................................................6
-----------------------------
   2.1   Eligibility..........................................................6
   ---   -----------
   2.2   Participation........................................................6
   ---   -------------
   2.3   Plan Agreements......................................................6
   ---   ---------------
ARTICLE III...................................................................7
-----------
DEATH BENEFIT.................................................................7
-------------
   3.1   Amount and Payment of Death Benefit..................................7
   ---   -----------------------------------
   3.2   Partial Distribution Prior to Death..................................7
   ---   -----------------------------------
ARTICLE IV....................................................................7
----------
RETIREMENT BENEFIT............................................................7
------------------
   4.1   Retirement...........................................................7
   ---   ----------
   4.2   Disability...........................................................9
   ---   ----------
   4.3   Vesting of Retirement Benefit........................................9
   ---   -----------------------------
   4.4   Forfeitability of Retirement Benefit................................10
   ---   ------------------------------------
   4.5   Retirement Benefit Payment Election.................................10
   ---   -----------------------------------
ARTICLE V....................................................................10
---------
BENEFICIARY..................................................................10
-----------
ARTICLE VI...................................................................11
----------
LEAVE OF ABSENCE.............................................................11
----------------
ARTICLE VII..................................................................11
-----------
SOURCE OF BENEFITS...........................................................11
------------------
   7.1   Benefits Payable....................................................11
   ---   ----------------
   7.2   Investments to Facilitate Payment of Benefits.......................11
   ---   ---------------------------------------------
   7.3   Ownership of Insurance Contracts....................................11
   ---   --------------------------------
   7.4   Trust for Payment of Retirement Benefits............................11
   ---   ----------------------------------------
ARTICLE VIII.................................................................12
------------
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT....................................................12
-------------------------
ARTICLE IX...................................................................13
----------
TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION.................................................13
----------------------------
ARTICLE X....................................................................13
---------
TERMINATION, AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, OR SUPPLEMENT OF THE PLAN..............13
---------------------------------------------------------------
   10.1  Amendment or Termination............................................13
   ----  ------------------------
   10.2  Rights and Obligations Upon Amendment, Termination..................13
   ----  --------------------------------------------------
ARTICLE XI...................................................................14
----------
OTHER BENEFITS AND AGREEMENTS................................................14
-----------------------------
ARTICLE XII..................................................................14
-----------
RESTRICTIONS ON ALIENATION OF BENEFITS.......................................14
--------------------------------------
ARTICLE XIII.................................................................15
------------
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN...................................................15
--------------------------
   13.1  Appointment of Committee............................................15
   ----  ------------------------

                                       -i-

   13.2  Committee Officials.................................................15
   ----  -------------------
   13.3  Committee Action....................................................15
   ----  ----------------
   13.4  Committee Rules and Powers - General................................15
   ----  ------------------------------------
   13.5  Reliance on Certificates, etc.......................................15
   ----  -----------------------------
   13.6  Liability of Committee..............................................16
   ----  ----------------------
   13.7  Determination of Benefits...........................................16
   ----  -------------------------
   13.8  Information to Committee............................................16
   ----  ------------------------
   13.9  Manner and Time of Payment of Benefits..............................16
   ----  --------------------------------------
ARTICLE XIV..................................................................16
-----------
ADOPTION OF PLAN BY SUBSIDIARY, AFFILIATED OR ASSOCIATED COMPANIES...........16
------------------------------------------------------------------
ARTICLE XV...................................................................16
----------
EXCESS RETIREMENT BENEFIT PAYMENTS COMMENCED BEFORE SEPTEMBER 1, 1998........16
---------------------------------------------------------------------
ARTICLE XVI..................................................................17
-----------
MISCELLANEOUS................................................................17
-------------
   16.1  Execution of Receipts and Releases..................................17
   ----  ----------------------------------
   16.2  No Guarantee of Interests...........................................17
   ----  -------------------------
   16.3  Company Records.....................................................17
   ----  ---------------
   16.4  Evidence............................................................17
   ----  --------
   16.5  Notice..............................................................17
   ----  ------
   16.6  Change of Address...................................................17
   ----  -----------------
   16.7  Effect of Provisions................................................17
   ----  --------------------
   16.8  Headings............................................................17
   ----  --------
   16.9  Governing Law.......................................................17
   ----  -------------
   16.10 Effective Date......................................................18
   ----- --------------
APPENDIX I...................................................................19
----------
ONEOK, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AGREEMENT.................19
------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX II..................................................................24
-----------
CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY FORM FOR ONEOK, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE
-----------------------------------------------------------------
RETIREMENT PLAN..............................................................24
---------------

-ii-

ONEOK, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

PURPOSE

The purpose of the ONEOK, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan is to provide the specified benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of ONEOK, Inc., and its subsidiaries. It is the intention of ONEOK, Inc. that the Plan and the particular benefits provided to individuals hereunder be administered as an unfunded deferred compensation and excess benefit plans established and maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees.

This Plan is an amendment, restatement, and continuation of the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Employees of ONEOK, Inc. This Amended and Restated Plan replaces all prior documents and amendments and is effective as of the date determined by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

1.1 Definitions. For purposes of the Plan, the following phrases or terms shall have the indicated meanings unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context:

A. "Base Cash Compensation" shall mean the regular monthly salary paid to a Participant by the Company before any deductions or exclusions for taxes or other purposes, and excluding any vehicle allowance, incentives, commissions and any other special pay.

B. "Beneficiary" shall mean the individual or individuals, or any trust or trusts, or the estate of a Participant entitled to receive any benefits under a Plan Agreement entered into in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

C. "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of ONEOK, Inc., unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

D. "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the "Voting Securities") by any "Person" (as the term person is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), immediately after which such Person has "Beneficial Ownership" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding Shares or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, in determining whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to this
Section 1.1(D), Shares or Voting Securities which are acquired in a "Non-Control Acquisition" (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would cause a Change in Control. A "Non-Control Acquisition" shall mean an acquisition by (i) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (A) the Company or (B) any company or other Person of which a majority of its voting power or its voting equity securities or equity interest is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company (for purposes of this definition, a "Related Entity"), (ii) the Company or any Related Entity, or (iii) any Person in connection with a "Non-Control Transaction" (as hereinafter defined);

(b) The individuals who, as of November 15, 2001, are members of the Board of Directors (the "Incumbent Board"), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; or, following a Merger which results in a Parent Company, the board of directors of the ultimate Parent Company; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company's common stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; provided further, however, that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened "Election Contest" (as described in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board of Directors (a "Proxy Contest"), including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest; or

(c) The consummation of:

(i) A merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company or in which securities of the Company are issued (a "Merger"), unless such Merger is a "Non-Control Transaction." A "Non-Control Transaction" shall mean a Merger where:

(A) the stockholders of the Company, immediately before such Merger, own directly or indirectly immediately following such Merger at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of (x) the company resulting from such Merger (the "Surviving Company") if fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Surviving Company is not Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly by another Person (a "Parent Company"), or (y) if there is one or more Parent Companies, the ultimate Parent Company;

(B) the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such Merger constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of

-2-

(x) the Surviving Company, if there is no Parent Company, or (y) if there is one or more Parent Companies, the ultimate Parent Company; and

(C) no Person other than (1) the Company, (2) any Related Entity, (3) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) that, immediately prior to such Merger was maintained by the Company or any Related Entity, or (4) any Person who, immediately prior to such Merger had Beneficial Ownership of thirty percent (30%) or more of the then outstanding Voting Securities or Shares, has Beneficial Ownership of thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities or common stock of
(x) the Surviving Company if there is no Parent Company, or (y) if there is one or more Parent Companies, the ultimate Parent Company.

(ii) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(iii) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person (other than a transfer to a Related Entity or under conditions that would constitute a Non-Control Transaction with the disposition of assets being regarded as a Merger for this purpose or the distribution to the Company's stockholders of the stock of a Related Entity or any other assets).

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(A) A Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the "Subject Person") acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the then outstanding Shares or Voting Securities if: (1) such acquisition occurs as a result of the acquisition of Shares or Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Shares or Voting Securities then outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this subparagraph) as a result of the acquisition of Shares or Voting Securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Shares or Voting Securities which increases the percentage of the then outstanding Shares or Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, then a Change in Control shall occur, or (2) (a) within five business days after a Change in Control would have occurred (but for the operation of this subparagraph), or if the Subject Person acquired Beneficial Ownership of twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding Shares or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities inadvertently, then after the Subject Person discovers or is notified by the Company that such acquisition would have triggered a Change in Control (but for the operation of this subparagraph), the Subject Person notifies the Board of Directors that it did so inadvertently, and (b) within two business days after such notification, the Subject Person divests itself of a sufficient number of Shares or Voting Securities so that the Subject Person is the Beneficial Owner of less than twenty percent (20%) of the then outstanding Shares or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities.

-3-

(B) A Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if (1) the Shareholder Group (as defined in the Shareholder Agreement) acquires Beneficial Ownership of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Company's Voting Securities pursuant to the terms of the Shareholder Agreement, by and between WAI, Inc. (now known as ONEOK, Inc.) and Western Resources, Inc. dated as of November 26, 1997 (the "Shareholder Agreement"), until the earlier of (a) the termination of the Shareholder Agreement or (b) the successful consummation of a Buyout Tender Offer as defined in Section 3.6(b) of the Shareholder Agreement, but upon either of such events, the acquisition or existence of such percentage of Beneficial Ownership by Western Resources, Inc. or any of its affiliates shall constitute a Change in Control or (2) the equity securities of the Company owned by the Shareholder Group are in any manner restructured with the approval of a majority of the members of the Incumbent Board (excluding Shareholder Nominees, as defined in the Shareholder Agreement).

E. "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as

amended.

F. "Committee" shall mean the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or such other Committee appointed to manage and administer the Plan and individual Plan Agreements in accordance with the provisions of Article XIII hereof.

G. "Company" shall mean ONEOK, Inc., an Oklahoma company, or any division or subsidiary thereof.

H. "Compensation" shall mean the Base and Short-Term Incentive Cash Compensation from the Company paid to or deferred by a Participant during a calendar year.

I. "Death Benefit" shall mean the amount paid to a Participant's Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of Article III hereof.

J. "Disability Benefit" shall mean the amount paid to a Participant's Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2 hereof.

K. "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

L. "Employee" shall mean any person who is in the regular full-time employment of the Company or is on authorized leave of absence therefrom, as determined by the personnel rules and practices of the Company. The term does not include persons who are retained by the Company solely as consultants or under contract.

M. "Participant" shall mean an Employee who is selected and elects to participate in the Plan through the execution of a Plan Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Article II hereof.

N. "Plan Agreement" shall mean the form of written agreement which is entered into by and between the Company and an Employee selected to become a Participant as a condition to participation in the Plan as provided in Sections 2.2 and 2.3 hereof.

O. "Plan" shall mean the ONEOK, Inc. Supplemental Executive

Retirement Plan as embodied herein and as amended from time to time.

-4-

P. "Rabbi Trust" shall mean the trust created to hold assets which will be used to pay the benefits provided hereunder, as provided in Section 7.4 hereof.

Q. "Retirement" and "Retire" shall mean termination of employment with the Company, other than as the result of death or Total and Permanent Disability.

R. "Retirement Age" shall mean the retirement age of a Participant specified in the Participant's Plan Agreement and the Plan.

S. "Retirement Benefit" shall mean the monthly amount to be paid to a Participant under Sections 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 hereof, and the Participant's Plan Agreement.

T. "Retirement Plan" shall mean the Retirement Plan for Employees of ONEOK, Inc. and Subsidiaries, or the ONEOK, Inc. KGS Retirement Plan, whichever is applicable to the Participant.

U. "Service" shall mean employment of a Participant by the Company as a regular full-time employee.

V. "Short-Term Incentive Cash Compensation" shall mean any payment by the Company under the Key Employee Incentive Plan for Employees of ONEOK, Inc. and Subsidiaries or any other incentive or commission plan established by the Company to pay employees additional cash compensation to reward performance. Provided, that any payment or distribution made to any Employee pursuant to the ONEOK Energy Marketing & Trading Group Bonus Plan shall be excluded from, and not be considered as Short-Term Incentive Cash Compensation nor otherwise as part of the Compensation of an Employee under and for purposes of this Plan.

W. "Totally and Permanently Disabled" means when, on the basis of medical evidence, it is determined that a Participant:

(a) is totally disabled so as to be prevented from any comparable employment with the Company, including a disability resulting from an occupational cause; and

(b) will be disabled permanently.

X. "Years of Service" shall include each full year, but not any portion of a year, during which the Participant has been employed by the Company or any division or subsidiary thereof.

1.2 Construction. The singular when used herein may include the plural unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder", and other similar compounds of the word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan and not to any particular provision or section. Whenever the words "Article" or "Section" are used in the Plan, or a cross reference to an "Article" or "Section" is made, the Article or Section referred to shall be an Article or Section of the Plan unless otherwise specified.

The Plan is intended to be an unfunded deferred compensation and excess benefit plan established and maintained for a select group of management and highly compensated employees of the Company within the meaning of Sections 201(2) and (7), 301(a)(3), (9) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, and shall be construed, interpreted and administered in accordance with such intended purpose.

-5-

ARTICLE II
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1 Eligibility. In order to be eligible for participation in the Plan, an Employee must be selected by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the case of the Chief Executive Officer by the Board of Directors, which, in the Chief Executive Officer's (or Board of Director's) sole and absolute discretion, shall determine eligibility for participation in accordance with the purposes of the Plan.

2.2 Participation. An Employee, having been selected to participate in the Plan by the Chief Executive Officer/Board of Directors, shall, as a condition to participate, complete and return to the Committee a duly executed Plan Agreement electing to participate in the Plan and agreeing to the terms and conditions thereof.

2.3 Plan Agreements. The Plan Agreement made and delivered by and between a Participant and the Company shall state and provide certain specific terms and provisions that govern the benefits and rights of such Participant from participation in the Plan. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan document or in the Plan Agreement of a Participant, the specific terms and provisions of a Participant's Plan Agreement shall take precedence and shall control as to the amount and form of benefits such Participant is to receive under the Plan and such Plan Agreement. The Plan Agreement of each Participant shall be a part of the Plan as to such Participant for all purposes. The general form of Plan Agreement to be used shall be substantially the same as the model form attached hereto as Appendix I to this Plan. The Plan Agreement of each Participant in the Plan may contain different terms and provisions with respect to benefits and related matters, and may, by mutual agreement of the Company and the Participant, contain terms and provisions which differ from those shown in the model Plan Agreement in Appendix I. A Participant shall not derive any right or entitlement, directly or indirectly, from the existence of, or provisions in the Plan Agreement of any other Participant in the Plan.

ARTICLE III
DEATH BENEFIT

3.1 Amount and Payment of Death Benefit. In the event a Participant dies prior to Retirement from the Company, the Company will pay or cause to be paid a Death Benefit to such Participant's Beneficiary in the amount or amounts set forth in such Participant's Plan Agreement and as therein specified, commencing on the first day of the month following the date of such Participant's death, or as otherwise specified in such Participant's Plan Agreement.

3.2 Partial Distribution Prior to Death. If a Participant shall die after becoming entitled to a Retirement Benefit, but before the total amount payable to such Participant as a Retirement Benefit has been paid, the Retirement Benefit payments then remaining unpaid to such Participant shall be paid to such Participant's Beneficiary, in accordance with the payment schedule pursuant to which payments are made under the Participant's Plan Agreement as provided in Sections 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 hereof.

ARTICLE IV
RETIREMENT BENEFIT

4.1 Retirement. If a Participant remains an Employee until attaining the Retirement Age stated in such Participant's Plan Agreement and shall then retire, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid

-6-

to such Participant as a Retirement Benefit, the amount or amounts, and at such time or times as is specified in the Participant's Plan Agreement.

If an executed Plan Agreement by and between the Participant and the Company does not state or specify a different amount, form and time of payment of a Participant's Retirement Benefit, then the Participant shall be entitled to receive a Retirement Benefit in accordance with Paragraphs A and B of this Section 4.1, below.

A. (1) Retirement Benefit. Subject to Subparagraph A.(2), below, and the vesting schedule applicable under Section 4.3, below, a monthly amount which, when combined with existing pension benefits payable to the Participant under the Retirement Plan and any retirement plans (other than 401(k) plans) of any of the Participant's former employers, will provide the percentage of the highest thirty-six (36) consecutive months average Compensation (or average of all months of Compensation if employed less than thirty-six (36) months) of the last sixty (60) months of Service, for life (15 years minimum) as illustrated below.

                                 Retirement Benefit
Retirement Age                       Percentage
--------------                       ----------
  50 & under                           50.00%
      51                               51.20%
      52                               52.40%
      53                               53.60%
      54                               54.80%
      55                               56.00%
      56                               56.57%
      57                               57.14%
      58                               57.71%
      59                               58.28%
      60                               58.85%
      61                               59.42%
      62                               60.00%
      63                               60.56%
      64                               61.13%
  65 & over                            61.70%

The Retirement Benefit payment shall commence on the first day of the month following the Participant's Retirement. Provided, however, Retirement Benefit payments shall not commence until the later of (i) the Participant attaining the age of fifty
(50), and (ii) the commencement of retirement benefit payments to the Participant under the Retirement Plan.

(2)      Adjustment of Retirement Benefit Payments; Early
         ------------------------------------------------
         Commencement. The amount of a Participant's
         ------------
         Retirement Benefit payments will be reduced by reason
         of early retirement and commencement of payment
         thereof, based on the following table depending upon
         the Participant's age when Retirement Benefit
         payments to the Participant commence:

   Age At Commencement of          Payout Percentage Factor Of
Retirement Benefit Payments       Retirement Benefit Percentage
---------------------------       -----------------------------

                    -7-

   Age At Commencement of          Payout Percentage Factor Of
Retirement Benefit Payments       Retirement Benefit Percentage
---------------------------       -----------------------------
            50                                 50%
            51                                 55%
            52                                 60%
            53                                 65%
            54                                 70%
            55                                 75%
            56                                 80%
            57                                 85%
            58                                 90%
            59                                 95%
        60 & older                             100%

B. Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(b) Limitations. Notwithstanding Paragraph 4.1.A., above, the Plan and this Plan Agreement shall provide a Retirement Benefit attributable to a Participant's annual eligible compensation under the Retirement Plan that is in excess of the limitations on such Participant's Retirement Plan benefits contained in Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(b). This portion of the Retirement Benefit will be computed by applying the same benefit formula, vesting provisions, and early retirement provisions as are in the Retirement Plan. Any part of the Retirement Benefit provided under this Paragraph 4.1.B. will offset and reduce that part of the Retirement Benefit provided under Paragraphs 4.1.A., above. Provided, a Plan Agreement duly executed by a Participant and the Company shall supercede such model Plan Agreement, and the executed Plan Agreement shall control if there is any conflict or inconsistency between it and such model Plan Agreement.

4.2 Disability. If a Participant shall become Totally and Permanently Disabled prior to Retirement and such total disability continues for more than six (6) months, such Participant shall be entitled to receive a Disability Benefit in the amount set forth in the Participant's Plan Agreement.

4.3 Vesting of Retirement Benefit. A Participant's Retirement Benefit shall unconditionally vest in such Participant and become nonforfeitable according to the vesting schedule stated in the Participant's Plan Agreement. If an executed Plan Agreement by and between the Participant and the Company does not state or specify the terms governing vesting and nonforfeitability of such Participant's Retirement Benefit, then the Participant's Retirement Benefit shall vest and become nonforfeitable as follows:

-8-

Years of Service                Vested Percentage of
with the Company                 Retirement Benefit
----------------                --------------------
     0 to 5                              0%
       6                                 10%
       7                                 20%
       8                                 30%
       9                                 40%
       10                                50%
       11                                60%
       12                                70%
       13                                80%
       14                                90%
   15 or more                           100%

If a Participant attains age sixty-five (65) prior to Retirement, such Participant shall be 100% vested regardless of the above schedule. Retirement Benefits hereunder offsetting the limitations of Internal Revenue Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(b) shall be immediately fully vested for all purposes.

4.4 Forfeitability of Retirement Benefit. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary expressed or implied herein, a Participant's right to receive a Retirement Benefit under the Plan and such Participant's Plan Agreement shall be forfeitable to the extent that such Retirement Benefit has not vested as described in Section 4.3 and the Participant's Plan Agreement.

4.5 Retirement Benefit Payment Election. In lieu of payment of the Retirement Benefit to a Participant as otherwise provided herein and in the Participant's Plan Agreement, a Participant may make a written request to the Company prior to the time for commencement of payment of such Retirement Benefit by the Company to receive payment of the present value of such Participant's Retirement Benefit in a single lump sum amount, less six percent (6%) of the amount thereof as a substantial penalty, which penalty will be forfeited by the Participant. The Company may, in its sole discretion, grant or deny such request. If such request is granted the payment of such lump sum amount shall be made by the Company, and thereafter the Company shall have no further obligation to the Participant. The present value of a Participant's Retirement Benefit shall be determined in accordance in the manner prescribed under the provisions at Section 417(e)(3) of the Code and Treasury regulations thereunder with respect to benefits payable under a qualified pension or profit sharing plan. A beneficiary of a deceased Participant, or a duly appointed guardian of an incompetent or incapacitated Participant may also request payment of the Participant's Retirement Benefit in a lump sum under this Section 4.5.

ARTICLE V
BENEFICIARY

A Participant shall designate a Beneficiary to receive benefits under the Plan and the Participant's Plan Agreement by completing the appropriate space in such Plan Agreement. If more than one Beneficiary is named, the shares and/or precedence of each Beneficiary shall be indicated. As a condition to any married Participant designating a Beneficiary other than such Participant's spouse, the Committee may require the spouse's consent. A Participant shall have the right to change the Beneficiary by submitting to the Committee a Change of Beneficiary in the form attached as Appendix II hereof; provided, however, that no change of Beneficiary shall be effective until acknowledged in writing by the Committee. If the Company has any doubt as to the

-9-

proper Beneficiary to receive payments hereunder, the Company shall have the right to withhold such payments until the matter is finally adjudicated. Any payment made or caused to be made by the Company in good faith and in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and a Participant's Plan Agreement shall fully discharge the Company from all further obligations with respect to such payment.

ARTICLE VI
LEAVE OF ABSENCE

If a Participant is authorized by the Company for any reason, including military, medical, or other, to take a leave of absence from employment, such Participant's Plan Agreement shall remain in effect.

ARTICLE VII
SOURCE OF BENEFITS

7.1 Benefits Payable. Retirement Benefits and any other amounts payable hereunder shall be paid exclusively from the general assets of the Company or the Rabbi Trust to be established pursuant to Section 7.4; provided, that no person entitled to payment hereunder shall have any claim, right, security interest, or other interest in any fund, trust, account, insurance contract, or asset of the Company which may be looked to for such payment. The Company's liability for the payment of benefits hereunder shall be evidenced only by the Plan and each Plan Agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant.

7.2 Investments to Facilitate Payment of Benefits. Although the Company is not obligated to invest in any specific asset or fund, or purchase any insurance contract, in order to provide the means for the payment of any Retirement Benefits under the Plan, the Company may elect to do so, and, in such event, no Participant shall have any interest whatever in such asset, fund, or insurance contract. In the event the Company elects to purchase or causes to be purchased insurance contracts on the life of a Participant as a means for making, offsetting, or contributing to any payment, in full or in part, which may become due and payable by the Company under the Plan or a Participant's Plan Agreement, such Participant agrees to cooperate in the securing of life insurance on such Participant's life by furnishing such information as the Company and the insurance carrier may require, including the results and reports of previous Company and other insurance carrier physical examinations as may be requested, and taking any other action which may be requested by the Company and the insurance carrier to obtain such insurance coverage. If a Participant does not cooperate in the securing of such life insurance, the Company shall have no further obligation to such Participant under the Plan, and such Participant's Plan Agreement shall terminate.

7.3 Ownership of Insurance Contracts. The Company shall be the sole owner of any insurance contracts acquired on the life of a Participant with all incidents of ownership therein, including, but not limited to, the right to cash and loan values, dividends, if any, death benefits, and the right to termination thereof, and a Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in such contracts, if any, and shall exercise none of the incidents of ownership thereof. Provided, however, the Company may assign any such insurance contracts to the trustee of the Rabbi Trust.

7.4 Trust for Payment of Retirement Benefits. The Company shall create a Rabbi Trust for the purpose of facilitating any retirement benefits payable hereunder. Such trust will be funded to

-10-

provide the applicable vested Retirement Benefits payable under the Plan and Plan Agreements upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

a) At the Retirement of, and commencement of payment of Retirement Benefits to a Plan Participant;

b) Upon a decision by the Committee, or by the Board of Directors; or

c) Upon a Change in Control.

Such funding may be in the form of single premium annuities, or an amount sufficient for the trustee to purchase single premium annuities, or life insurance policies or contracts insuring the lives of Plan Participants, from qualified and financially sound insurance companies, and such other forms or types of investments the Company may select from time to time to provide the applicable vested Retirement Benefits payable under the Plan and Plan Agreements. Such funding and the purchase of insurance, if any, will not relieve the Company of its obligations to pay or cause to be paid the benefits hereunder.

The Rabbi Trust may be maintained and administered to also provide for the funding of payment of amounts payable to participants in other deferred compensation and benefit plans of the Company. The funding, investments and administration of the Rabbi Trust in connection with such other separate plan or plans shall be separately administered and accounted for as determined to be necessary and appropriate by the Company and trustee pursuant to the terms of the Rabbi Trust. It shall be permissible for the trustee to invest funds of the Rabbi Trust in one or more forms of investment that is common to plans being funded thereunder.

The Rabbi Trust shall be a grantor trust of which the Company is the grantor within the meaning of the Code. The principal of the Rabbi Trust and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Company and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Participants in the Plan and general creditors of the Company as specified hereinbelow and in the trust instrument. Participants in the Plan and their Beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership in any assets of the Rabbi Trust; and any rights created under the Plan or Participant Plan Agreements, and the Rabbi Trust are to be made unsecured contractual rights of Participants and their Beneficiaries against the Company; and assets held by the Rabbi Trust will be subject to the claims of the Company's general creditors under federal and state law in the event of insolvency of the Company.

ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

Neither the Plan nor a Participant's Plan Agreement, either singly or collectively, in any way obligate the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, to continue the employment of a Participant with the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, nor does either limit the right of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company at any time and for any reason to terminate the Participant's employment. Termination of a Participant's employment with the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, for any reason, whether by action of the Company, subsidiary, or Participant, shall immediately terminate the Participant's participation in the Plan and such Participant's Plan Agreement, and all further obligations of either party thereunder, except as may be provided in Article X and the Participant's Plan Agreement. In no event shall the Plan or a Plan Agreement, either singly or collectively, by their terms or implications constitute an

-11-

employment contract of any nature whatsoever between the Company, or any subsidiary, and a Participant.

ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION

A Participant reserves the right to terminate participation in the Plan and such Participant's Plan Agreement at any time by giving the Company written notice of such termination not less than 30 days (i) prior to the anniversary date of any contract or contracts of insurance on the life of such Participant which may be in force and utilized by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (ii) prior to the date a Participant selects for termination if no insurance contract is in effect.

ARTICLE X
TERMINATION, AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION,
OR SUPPLEMENT OF THE PLAN

10.1     Amendment or Termination. Subject to Section 10.2, below, the Company
         reserves the right to amend, modify, supplement, or terminate the Plan,
         wholly or partially, from time to time, and at any time. The Company
         likewise reserves the right to amend, modify, or supplement any Plan
         Agreement, wholly or partially, from time to time. Such right to amend,
         modify, supplement, or terminate the Plan or any Plan Agreement, as the
         case may be, shall be exercised for the Company by the Board of
         Directors; provided in the event of a Change in Control of the Company,
         for a period of two (2) years after the date of such Change of Control
         the surviving corporation may terminate or amend the Plan only by
         substitution by such corporation of another plan or program, or by
         amendments to the Plan, which provide benefits no less favorable to the
         Participants of this Plan; and upon the expiration of such two (2) year
         period such surviving corporation may thereafter terminate or amend the
         Plan or any such substituted plan subject in any case to Section 10.2,
         below.

10.2     Rights and Obligations Upon Amendment, Termination. The following terms
         and conditions shall govern the rights and obligations of a Participant
         and the Company (including any surviving corporation in event of a
         Change of Control), respectively, with respect to the amendment or
         termination of the Plan.

         A.       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or provided
                  in the Plan or any Plan Agreement of a Participant, no
                  amendment, modification or termination of the Plan, shall
                  decrease a Participant's accrued Retirement Benefit. For
                  purposes of this Paragraph A., a Plan amendment which has the
                  effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued Retirement
                  Benefit or eliminating an optional form of payment of a
                  Participant's accrued Retirement Benefit, with respect to
                  benefits attributable to service before the amendment shall be
                  treated as reducing an accrued Retirement Benefit. If a
                  vesting schedule under the Plan or any Plan Agreement is
                  amended, the Participant's non-forfeitable percentage,
                  determined as of the later of the date such amendment is
                  adopted or the date it becomes effective, will not be less
                  than the percentage computed under the Plan and Plan Agreement
                  without regard to such amendment.

         B.       Except as provided in paragraph A of this Section 10.2, upon
                  the termination of the Plan by the Board of Directors, or a
                  termination of the Plan Agreement of a Participant, in
                  accordance with the provisions for such termination, neither
                  the Plan nor the Plan Agreement shall be of any further force
                  or effect, and no party shall have any further

                                      -12-

                  obligation under either the Plan or any Plan Agreement so
                  terminated, except as provided in the Plan or Plan Agreement
                  with respect to accrued benefits at the time of such
                  termination or as elsewhere provided in the Plan.

         C.       For purposes of paragraphs A and B of this Section 10.2, the
                  term "Plan" shall also mean and include any substituted plan
                  that may be established in event of a Change of Control as
                  described in Section 10.1, above, and the term "Retirement
                  Benefit" shall also mean and include any benefit provided for
                  under such a substituted plan.

                                  ARTICLE XI
                          OTHER BENEFITS AND AGREEMENTS

         The Retirement Benefits provided for a Participant and such
         Participant's Beneficiary under the Plan and under such Participant's
         Plan Agreement are in addition to any other benefits available to such
         Participant under any other Plan, plan or agreement of the Company for
         its Employees and the Participants, and, except as may be otherwise
         expressly provided for, the Plan and Plan Agreements entered into
         hereunder shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend
         any other Plan, plan or agreement of the Company or a Participant.
         Moreover, Retirement Benefits under the Plan and Plan Agreements
         entered into hereunder shall not be considered compensation for the
         purpose of computing contributions or benefits under any plan
         maintained by the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, which is
         qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

                                  ARTICLE XII
                    RESTRICTIONS ON ALIENATION OF BENEFITS

         No Retirement Benefit, or other right or benefit under the Plan or a
         Plan Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale,
         assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to
         anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the
         same shall be void. No Retirement Benefit, or right or benefit under
         the Plan or under any Plan Agreement shall in any manner be liable for
         or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, or torts of the person
         entitled to such thereto. If any Participant or Beneficiary under the
         Plan or a Plan Agreement should become bankrupt or attempt to
         anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge any
         right to a benefit under the Plan or under any Plan Agreement, then
         such right or benefit shall, in the discretion of the Committee, cease,
         and in such event, the Committee may hold or apply the same or any part
         thereof for the benefit of such Participant or Beneficiary, his or her
         spouse, children, or other dependents, or any of them, in such portion
         as the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may deem proper.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

13.1     Appointment of Committee. The general administration of the Plan, and
         any Plan Agreements executed hereunder, as well as construction and
         interpretation thereof, shall be vested in the Committee, the number
         and members of which shall be designated and appointed from time to
         time by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors.
         Any such member of the Committee may resign by notice in writing filed
         with the Board of Directors. Vacancies shall be filled promptly by the
         Board of Directors.

13.2     Committee Officials. The Board of Directors may designate one of the
         members of the Committee as Chairman and may appoint a secretary who
         need not be a member of the Committee.

                                      -13-

         The secretary shall keep minutes of the Committee's proceedings and all
         data, records, and documents relating to the Committee's administration
         of the Plan and any Plan Agreements executed hereunder. The Committee
         may appoint from its number such subcommittees with such powers as the
         Committee shall determine and may authorize one or more of its members
         or any agent to execute or deliver any instrument or make any payment
         on behalf of the Committee.

13.3     Committee Action. All resolutions or other actions taken by the
         Committee shall be by the vote of a majority of those present at a
         meeting at which a majority of the members are present, or in writing
         by all the members at the time in office if they act without a
         meeting.

13.4     Committee Rules and Powers - General. Subject to the provisions of the
         Plan, the Committee may from time to time establish rules, forms, and
         procedures for the administration of the Plan, including Plan
         Agreements. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, the
         Committee shall have the exclusive right to interpret the Plan and any
         Plan Agreements, and to decide any and all matters arising thereunder
         or in connection with the administration of the Plan and any Plan
         Agreements, and it shall endeavor to act, whether by general rules or
         by particular decisions, so as not to discriminate in favor of or
         against any person. The Committee shall have the exclusive right to
         determine if a Participant has become Totally and Permanently Disabled
         with respect to a Participant (consistent with the Plan's definition of
         the term), such determinations to be made on the basis of such medical
         and/or other evidence that the Committee, in its sole and absolute
         discretion, may require. Such decisions, actions, and records of the
         Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company, the
         Participants, and all persons having or claiming to have rights or
         interests in or under the Plan.

13.5     Reliance on Certificates, etc. The members of the Committee and the
         Officers and Directors of the Company shall be entitled to rely on all
         certificates and reports made by any duly appointed accountants, and on
         all opinions given by any duly appointed legal counsel. Such legal
         counsel may be counsel for the Company.

13.6     Liability of Committee. No member of the Committee shall be liable for
         any act or omission of any other member of the Committee, or for any
         act or omission on his part, excepting only his own willful misconduct.
         The Company shall indemnify and save harmless each member of the
         Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of
         membership on the Committee, excepting only expenses and liabilities
         arising out of a Committee member's own willful misconduct. Expenses
         against which a member of the Committee shall be indemnified hereunder
         shall include, without limitation, the amount of any settlement or
         judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred
         in connection with a claim asserted, or a proceeding brought, or
         settlement thereof. The foregoing right of indemnification shall be in
         addition to any other rights to which any such member may be entitled.

13.7     Determination of Benefits. In addition to the powers hereinabove
         specified, the Committee shall have the power to compute and certify,
         under the Plan and any Plan Agreement, the amount and kind of benefits
         from time to time payable to Participants and their Beneficiaries, and
         to authorize all disbursements for such purposes.

13.8     Information to Committee. To enable the Committee to perform its
         functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the
         Committee on all matters relating to the compensation of all
         Participants, their retirement, death, or other cause for termination
         of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may
         require.

                                      -14-

13.9     Manner and Time of Payment of Benefits. The Company shall have the
         power, in its sole and absolute discretion, to change the manner and
         time of payment of future Retirement Benefits to be made to a
         Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary from that set forth in the
         Participant's Plan Agreement, if requested to do so by such Participant
         or Beneficiary. Any request by a Participant for such a change must be
         made by the Participant in writing more than thirty (30) days in
         advance of the time such Retirement Benefits would otherwise be paid,
         unless the Company, in its discretion, allows such a request at a later
         date that also precedes the existing time of payment which is the
         subject of the request

                                  ARTICLE XIV
                        ADOPTION OF PLAN BY SUBSIDIARY,
                      AFFILIATED OR ASSOCIATED COMPANIES

         Any corporation which is a subsidiary of the Company may, with the
         approval of the Board of Directors, adopt the Plan and thereby come
         within the definition of Company in Article I hereof.

                                  ARTICLE XV
                      EXCESS RETIREMENT BENEFIT PAYMENTS
                      COMMENCED BEFORE SEPTEMBER 1, 1998

         Notwithstanding anything expressed or implied to the contrary herein,
         the payment of excess retirement benefits to a retired Plan Participant
         that commenced under the Plan prior to September 1, 1998, shall be paid
         in accordance with, and to the extent provided by, the applicable terms
         and provisions of the Plan in effect prior to September 1, 1998.

                                  ARTICLE XVI
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

16.1     Execution of Receipts and Releases. Any payment to a Participant, a
         Participant's legal representative, or Beneficiary in accordance with
         the provisions of the Plan or any Plan Agreement executed hereunder
         shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims
         hereunder against the Company. The Company may require such
         Participant, legal representative, or Beneficiary, as a condition
         precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefor
         in such form as it may determine.

16.2     No Guarantee of Interests. Neither the Committee nor any of its
         members guarantees the payment of any amounts which may be or becomes
         due to any person or entity under the Plan or any Plan Agreement
         executed hereunder. The liability of the Company to make any payment
         under the Plan or any Plan Agreement executed hereunder is limited to
         the then available assets of the Company and the Rabbi Trust
         established under Section 7.4 hereof.

16.3     Company Records.  Records of the Company as to a Participant's
         employment,  termination of employment and the reason therefor,
         reemployment,  authorized leaves of absence, and compensation shall be
         conclusive on all persons and entities, unless determined to be
         incorrect.

16.4     Evidence. Evidence required of anyone under the Plan and any Plan
         Agreement executed hereunder may be by certificate, affidavit,
         document, or other information which the person or entity acting on it
         considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made, or presented by
         the proper party or parties.

                                      -15-

16.5     Notice. Any notice which shall be or may be given under the Plan or a
         Plan Agreement executed hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
         mailed by United States mail, postage prepaid. If notice is to be given
         to the Company, such notice shall be addressed to the Company at:

                             100 West Fifth Street
                             Tulsa, Oklahoma 74102

         and marked to the attention of the Secretary, Supplemental Executive
         Retirement Plan Administrative Committee; or, if notice to a
         Participant, addressed to the address shown on such Participant's most
         recent employment file with the Company.

16.6     Change of Address. Any party may, from time to time, change the address
         to which notices shall be mailed by giving written notice of such new
         address.

16.7     Effect of Provisions. The provisions of the Plan and of any Plan
         Agreement executed hereunder shall be binding upon the Company and its
         successors and assigns, and upon a Participant, the Participant's
         Beneficiary, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators.

16.8     Headings. The titles and headings of Articles and Sections are
         included for convenience of reference only and are not to be
         considered in the construction of the provisions hereof or any Plan
         Agreement executed hereunder.

16.9     Governing Law. All questions arising with respect to the Plan and any
         Plan Agreement executed hereunder shall be determined by reference to
         the laws of the State of Oklahoma in effect at the time of their
         adopting and execution, respectively.

16.10    Effective Date. Except to the extent explicitly stated otherwise
         herein, the terms and provisions of this amended and restated Plan
         shall be effective as to excess retirement benefits for Participants
         with respect to whom no Retirement, Disability, or Death Benefit
         payments have commenced as of September 1, 1998, and their
         Beneficiaries. The excess retirement benefits payable to any
         Participant or Beneficiary which have commenced prior to September 1,
         1998, shall not be increased or decreased by amendment of the Plan.

                                       ONEOK, Inc.

                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------
                                          David Kyle
                                          Chairman of the Board,
                                          Chief Executive Officer and President

Attested by:


(Secretary)

(SEAL)

-16-

APPENDIX I
ONEOK, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AGREEMENT

THE FOLLOWING FORM OF ONEOK, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT AGREEMENT IS A DRAFT MODEL FORM OF AGREEMENT FOR USE BY THE COMPANY AND EACH PLAN PARTICIPANT.

EACH PLAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND A PARTICIPANT EXECUTED UNDER THE PLAN SHALL CONTAIN THE PARTICULAR TERMS AND PROVISIONS AGREED TO BY THE COMPANY AND PARTICIPANT, WHICH MAY DIFFER FROM THE MODEL FORM OF AGREEMENT SHOWN HEREIN. EACH SUCH PLAN AGREEMENT SHALL BE EFFECTIVE AND BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS THEREOF NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY WHICH MAY BE EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED IN THE MODEL FORM OF AGREEMENT SHOWN AS AN EXAMPLE IN THIS APPENDIX I.

I acknowledge that, as an Employee of ONEOK, Inc., I have been offered an opportunity to participate in the ONEOK, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Plan) described in the attached document (which is incorporated herein by reference), and that I have elected one of the alternatives set forth as indicated by the space which I have checked:

________ To participate in the Plan

________ Not to participate in the Plan

My Retirement Benefit, Disability Benefit, Death Benefit, and commencement of such payments, and designated Beneficiary(ies) are agreed to be as follows:

1.A Retirement Benefit (Article IV of Plan). Subject to Paragraph 2, below, and the vesting schedule in Paragraph 5, below, a monthly amount which, when combined with existing pension benefits payable to me under the Retirement Plan and any retirement plans (other than 401(k) plans) of any of my former employers, will provide the percentage of the highest thirty-six (36) consecutive months average Compensation (or average of all months of Compensation if employed less than thirty-six (36) months) of the last sixty
(60) months of Service, for life (15 years minimum) as illustrated below.

Retirement Age                Retirement Benefit Percentage
--------------                -----------------------------
  50 & under                              50.00%
      51                                  51.20%
      52                                  52.40%
      53                                  53.60%
      54                                  54.80%
      55                                  56.00%
      56                                  56.57%
      57                                  57.14%
      58                                  57.71%
      59                                  58.28%
      60                                  58.85%
      61                                  59.42%
      62                                  60.00%
      63                                  60.56%

                     -17-

Retirement Age                Retirement Benefit Percentage
--------------                -----------------------------
      64                                  61.13%
   65 & over                              61.70%

The Retirement Benefit payment shall commence on the first day of the month following my Retirement. Provided, however, Retirement Benefit payments shall not commence until the later of (i) my attaining the age of fifty (50), and (ii) the commencement of retirement benefit payments to me under the Retirement Plan.

1.B Adjustment of Retirement Benefit Payments; Early Commencement. The amount of my Retirement Benefit payments will be reduced by reason of early retirement and commencement of payment thereof, based on the following table depending upon my age when Retirement Benefit payments to me commence:

  Age At Commencement of                   Payout Percentage Factor Of
Retirement Benefit Payments              Retirement Benefit Percentage
---------------------------              -----------------------------
             50                                        50%
             51                                        55%
             52                                        60%
             53                                        65%
             54                                        70%
             55                                        75%
             56                                        80%
             57                                        85%
             58                                        90%
             59                                        95%
         60 & older                                    100%

2. Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(b) Limitations. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 1A and 1B above, the Plan and this Plan Agreement shall provide a Retirement Benefit attributable to my annual eligible compensation under the Retirement Plan that is in excess of the limitations on my Retirement Plan benefits contained in Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(b). This portion of the Retirement Benefit will be computed by applying the same benefit formula, vesting provisions, and early retirement provisions as are in the Retirement Plan. Any part of the Retirement Benefit provided under this Paragraph 2 will offset and reduce that part of the Retirement Benefit provided under Paragraphs 1A and 1B above.

3. Disability Benefit (Article IV of Plan). If I should suffer a Total and Permanent Disability prior to my Retirement, an amount which, when combined with then existing pension benefits under the Retirement Plan and any retirement plans (other than 401(k) plans) of any of my former employers, will provide sixty-one and 7/10 percent (61.7%) of my highest thirty-six (36) consecutive months average Compensation (or average of all months of Compensation if employed less than thirty-six (36) months) of my last sixty (60) months of Service, for life (15 years minimum).

4. Death Benefit. (Article III of Plan). If my death should occur before my Retirement, an amount which, when combined with then existing pension benefits under the Retirement Plan and any retirement plans (other than 401(k) plans) of any of my former employers, will provide fifty percent (50%) (or the vested Retirement Benefit, whichever is greater) of my highest thirty-six (36) consecutive months average Compensation (or average of all months of Compensation if employed less than thirty-six (36) months) of my last sixty (60) months of Service, payable to the Beneficiary for one hundred eighty (180) months following death.

-18-

5. Vesting Schedule. The Retirement Benefit payable to me shall unconditionally vest and become nonforfeitable according to the following vesting schedule:

Years of Service               Vested Percentage of
with the Company                Retirement Benefit
----------------                ------------------
      0 to 5                            0%
        6                               10%
        7                               20%
        8                               30%
        9                               40%
        10                              50%
        11                              60%
        12                              70%
        13                              80%
        14                              90%
    15 or more                         100%

If I attain age sixty-five (65) prior to Retirement, I shall be 100% vested regardless of the above schedule. Retirement Benefits hereunder offsetting the limitations of Internal Revenue Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(b) shall be immediately fully vested for all purposes.

6. Beneficiary. I hereby designate as my Primary Beneficiary under the Plan and the Plan Agreement: ____________________________________ and, I hereby designate as my Secondary Beneficiary under the Plan and the Plan Agreement: _____________________________________________________________________

The term "Beneficiary" as used herein shall mean the Primary Beneficiary if such Primary Beneficiary is an individual and such individual shall survive me by at least thirty (30) days, and shall mean the Secondary Beneficiary if such an individual Primary Beneficiary does not survive me by at least thirty (30) days, and shall mean my Estate, if neither Primary nor a Secondary Beneficiary who is an individual survives me by at least thirty (30) days. I shall have the right to change my designation of my Primary and/or Secondary Beneficiary from time to time, in such manner as shall be required by the Company, it being agreed that no change in Beneficiary shall be effective until acknowledged in writing by the Committee. (If designation of a Beneficiary is to be irrevocable, strike and initial previous sentence.)

I further acknowledge that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, affiliated companies, officers, employees, or agents has any responsibility whatsoever for the changes which I may make in other personal plans or programs as a result of my decision regarding the Plan and they are fully released to such extent. The Company agrees that although the Plan may be terminated or modified at any time, in the sole discretion of the Company, I shall have those rights which are vested and nonforfeitable under the terms and provisions of this Plan Agreement to the extent such may be applicable to me at the time of such termination.

7. Plan. This Agreement is entered into and executed by me and the Company pursuant to, and as a part of the Plan. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or this Plan Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Plan Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict between its terms and provisions and the terms of the Plan. It is intended that this Plan Agreement shall specifically state the amount, form and time of payment of my Retirement Benefit, and the vesting schedule to be applicable to my Retirement Benefit. This Plan Agreement shall be construed so as to be performed in a manner

-19-

consistent with express terms and provisions of the Plan, unless there is a clear and express inconsistency, in which case the terms of this Plan Agreement shall control.

8. Amendment; Termination. No amendment of this Plan Agreement shall be effective unless agreed to in a written document signed by me and the Company. The Company may terminate this Agreement in event of a termination of the Plan; provided, no termination of the Plan and no amendment of the Plan or of this Plan Agreement shall result in a decrease or forfeiture of my vested accrued Retirement Benefit under the Plan and this Plan Agreement as of the date of such termination or amendment, as more particularly provided for under the provisions of Section 10.2 of the Plan on the date of this Plan Agreement.

9. Restriction of Assignment. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, I agree on behalf of myself and of my executors and administrators, heirs, legatees, distributees, and any other person or persons claiming any benefits under me under this Agreement, that this Agreement and its rights, interests, and benefits shall not be assigned, transferred, pledged, or hypothecated in any way by me or any executor, administrator, heir, legatee, distributee, or other person claiming under me by virtue of this Agreement, and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge or hypothecation, or other disposition of this Agreement or of such rights, interests, and benefits contrary to the above provisions, or the levy of any such attachment or similar process thereupon, shall be null and void and without effect.

10. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Company, and any such successor shall be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the term "successor" shall include any person, firm, corporation, or other business entity which at any time, whether by merger, purchase, or otherwise, acquires all or substantially all of the Company's assets or business.

11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all other agreements previously made between the Company and me relating to its subject matter. There are no other understandings or agreements.

12. Non-Waiver. No delay or failure by either the Company or me in exercising any right under this Agreement, and no partial or single exercise of such right, shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right.

13. Governing Law. Except as otherwise provided by ERISA, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Oklahoma.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ONEOK, Inc. and Plan Participant have executed the Plan Agreement as of ____________, 2001.

ONEOK, Inc.

By:

-20-

PARTICIPANT:


(Signature)


(Type or Print Name)

-21-

APPENDIX II
CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY FORM FOR
ONEOK, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

I, _________________________, as a Participant in the above Plan, hereby change my Beneficiary Designation for the Plan, and make this my Beneficiary Designation to supercede and replace any and all other prior Beneficiary Designation instruments, as follows:

Primary Beneficiary(ies):

    Name and Address                    Relationship                 Share (%)
    ----------------                    ------------                 ---------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Secondary Beneficiary(ies):

    Name and Address                    Relationship                 Share (%)
    ----------------                    ------------                 ---------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The "Beneficiary" designated to receive my benefits under the Plan shall mean the Primary Beneficiary(ies) designated above, who shall receive the respective share percentage(s) specified above if such Primary Beneficiary(ies) is an individual and survives me by at least thirty (30) days, and if any individual designated as Primary Beneficiary does not so survive me then such Beneficiary's share shall be received by any other designated Primary Beneficiary(ies) who does so survive me, each in the proportion of such surviving Beneficiary's share percentage stated above to the total of such stated share percentages of the Primary Beneficiary(ies) who so survive me. If none the Primary Beneficiaries designated above who are individuals so survive me, and there are no other designated Primary Beneficiary(ies) who is not an individual, then my benefits under the Plan shall be received by the Secondary Beneficiaries designated above, who shall receive the respective share percentages specified above if such Secondary Beneficiary (ies) who is an individual survives me by at least thirty (30) days, and if any designated Secondary Beneficiary who is an individual does not so survive me then such Beneficiary's share shall be received by any other designated Secondary Beneficiary(ies) who does so survive me, proportionately divided in the same manner as is described above with respect to Primary Beneficiaries. I shall have the right to change designation of my Primary Beneficiary(ies) and/or Secondary Beneficiary(ies) from time to time in such manner and on such form as shall be required prescribed by the Company, it being agreed that no change in beneficiary shall be effective until acknowledged in writing by the Committee.

DATE:                                            PARTICIPANT:

--------------------------                       ------------------------------
                                                 (Signature)

                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 (Type or Print Name)

-22-

Signature of the above Participant witnessed this ____ day of __________, _____, in the presence of:


(Authorized Plan Representative)

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I, the undersigned spouse of the Participant named in the foregoing "Change of Beneficiary Form" hereby certify that I have read the Change of Beneficiary Form and fully understand the property and benefits subject to designation of a beneficiary or beneficiaries is my spouse's accrued benefit under the Plan, in which I may possess a beneficial interest, provided I survive my spouse. Being fully satisfied with the provisions and effect of the foregoing Change of Beneficiary Form, I hereby consent to and accept the designation of beneficiaries made therein without regard to whether I survive or predecease my spouse. I intend for this consent to be irrevocable and my spouse may make any further changes in the designation of his beneficiary or beneficiaries without my consent.

I have executed this consent this _____ day of _____________, _____.


Signature of Spouse of Participant

Signature of spouse witnessed this _____ day of _____________, ___________in the presence of:


Authorized Plan Representative

-23-

Exhibit (10)(f)

ONEOK, Inc.

ANNUAL OFFICER INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Name and Effective Date. The plan hereby created shall be known as the ONEOK, Inc. Annual Officer Incentive Plan ("Plan"). The Plan shall be effective as of January 1, 2000, and shall first apply with respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2000. This Plan is intended to replace the ONEOK, Inc. Key Employee Annual Incentive Plan, as assumed on November 26, 1997. The Plan shall remain in effect until terminated by the Board of Directors of ONEOK, Inc. ("Board of Directors") pursuant to paragraph 13, below.

2. Purpose. The purpose of this Plan is to provide certain officers of ONEOK, Inc. (the "Company") who are eligible for participation in the Plan under paragraph 4, below, with a direct financial interest in the performance and profitability of the Company, and particular business units thereof, and to reward performance in employment with the Company. It is the intention (but not the obligation) of the Company that payment of Incentive Awards (as defined herein) will be made annually in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

3. Definitions. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the following terms, when used in this Plan, shall have the meanings set forth below:

"Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of ONEOK, Inc.

"Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of a change in control as defined in the ONEOK, Inc. Severance Pay Plan.

"Committee" shall mean the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

"Common Stock" shall mean the common stock, par value $0.01, of ONEOK, Inc.

"Company" shall mean ONEOK, Inc., its divisions and subsidiaries, or, any successor thereto by merger, consolidation, liquidation, or other reorganization.

"Disability" shall mean a physical or mental infirmity which impairs the Participant's ability to perform substantially his or her duties for a period of one-hundred eighty (180) consecutive days.

"Employee" shall mean an active full-time employee of the Company, and shall exclude independent contractors, or leased or temporary employees. Employees included


in other annual cash incentive plans shall not be considered as Employees for the purpose of this Plan. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, separated and retired employees shall not be considered as Employees for purposes of this Plan.

"Executive Officer" shall mean an individual elected as an Executive Officer of the Company by the Committee for purposes of determination and payment of incentive compensation awards under the Plan.

"Fiscal Year" shall mean the 12-month period utilized by the Company for financial accounting purposes beginning each January 1 and ending on the next following December 31.

"Incentive Award" shall mean the awards of incentive compensation made to Participants in the Plan pursuant to its terms.

"Long-Term Incentive Plan" shall mean the ONEOK, Inc., Long-Term Incentive Plan (previously known as the "ONEOK, Inc., Key Employee Stock Plan") established August 17, 1995, as amended.

"Participant" shall mean an Employee of the Company who is eligible for participation in the Plan under the eligibility provisions of Paragraph 4 of this Plan.

"Plan" shall mean this ONEOK, Inc. Annual Officer Incentive Plan set forth herein and as amended from time to time.

"Plan Year" shall mean the Fiscal Year of the Company.

"Retirement" shall mean retirement from the employment of the Company pursuant to retirement rights under the Retirement Plan for Employees of ONEOK, Inc., as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

4. Eligible Plan Participants. Participation in the Plan shall include Employees who are Executive Officers of the Company, but shall exclude:

(a) Participants in other designated annual cash incentive plans, which are designated by the Committee and communicated to Employees prior to the Plan Year, or as otherwise determined by the Committee; and

(b) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, Employees whose employment is terminated before December 31 of the Plan Year.

Except as otherwise provided herein, only Participants who are eligible Employees and Executive Officers on the active payroll of the Company on January 1, and who

-2-

remain as eligible Employees and Participants throughout the entire Plan Year, shall be entitled to receive an Incentive Award for that Plan Year; provided, however, that an individual who becomes an Employee and Executive Officer after January 1 of the Plan Year may be made eligible to participate in the Plan and receive a prorated Incentive Award for that Plan Year, as determined by the Committee.

5. Participant Classifications and Awards. Participants in the Plan shall be eligible to receive Incentive Awards for a Plan Year, but shall not receive incentive awards under the Annual Employee Incentive Plan (an "Employee Incentive Award"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an individual who is an Employee but not an Executive Officer on January 1 of a Plan Year, and thereafter is elected to be an Executive Officer at a subsequent date during such Plan Year, that individual be entitled to receive a prorated Incentive Award and a prorated Employee Incentive Award as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

6. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee which shall be composed of at least three members of the Board of Directors. The Committee is hereby vested with full powers of administration of the Plan, subject only to the provisions herein set forth. Members of the Committee shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Awards or any other financial benefit under the Plan. The Committee shall act by a vote of a majority of a quorum or by unanimous written consent. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, remove members from or add members to the Committee. Vacancies on the Committee, arising for any reason, shall be filled only by the Board of Directors. Subject to Section 7, the Committee shall have the authority to define, prescribe, amend and rescind rules, regulations, procedures, terms and conditions relating to the Plan. The Committee shall also have the authority to make all other determinations necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion, for the administration of the Plan, including but not limited to interpreting the Plan, correcting defects, reconciling inconsistencies and resolving ambiguities and determining all questions that shall arise under the Plan, including questions as to rights of Participants, and all other matters concerning the Plan. The interpretation by the Committee of the terms and provisions of the Plan, and its administration of the Plan, and all actions taken by the Committee, shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company, its stockholders, subsidiaries, all Participants in the Plan and Employees, and upon their respective successors and assigns, and upon all other persons claiming under or through any of them.

7. Determination of Incentive Awards.

(a) The determination of incentive criteria and actual Incentive Awards for

-3-

Participants and timing and terms of payment of such Incentive Awards shall be made pursuant to determinations, actions, rules, regulations and procedures adopted and established from time to time by the Committee. The Committee shall identify and designate the individuals eligible to participate in the Plan as an Executive Officer.

(b) It is anticipated, subject in all cases to the determinations to be made by the Committee, in its sole discretion (which may differ in any way the Committee determines from the following), that Incentive Awards will be made payable to Participants, and the Plan will operate, subject to the following conditions:

(i) the Committee will establish and approve before the start of a Fiscal Year achievement of certain corporate and unit performance goals and individual performance criteria as benchmarks for Incentive Awards;

(ii) the Committee will determine the measurement period for such achievement of such goals and such performance criteria, provided, however that such period will correspond to the Company's Fiscal Year;

(iii) payment of Incentive Awards approved by the Committee under the Plan will be made as soon as reasonably possible after the end of the Fiscal Year for which they are approved after the audited financial results are made available to the Committee;

(iv) the Committee will be assisted in administering the Plan by the Chief Executive Officer, and the Officers, employees and departments of the Company designated by the Chief Executive Officer;

(v) the Committee will monitor the Plan and make adjustments and interpretations, from time to time as it determines, in its sole discretion to be appropriate;

(vi) goals and performance criteria established pursuant to the Plan can be modified by the Committee during the Fiscal Year of the Company for which such goals and criteria were established if conditions outside the control of the Company or unit arise that made such goals and criteria obsolete or unreasonable (including increasing or decreasing the standards involved or replacing them in their entirety); and

(vii) periodic and frequent communication will be made by the Committee to Participants in the Plan who are Executive Officers concerning the Plan's provisions, the goals, standards and criteria established pursuant to the Plan, and the relevant operating and financial information of the Company, its divisions, subsidiaries, and business units thereof.

-4-

8. Payment of Incentive Awards. Any Incentive Award to a Participant in the Plan shall be paid to such Participant as soon as is practicable after the Committee has approved the amount for that period. Said payments shall be deemed additional compensation to such Participant, and payroll taxes shall be withheld from said payments in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws.

9. Change in Control; Minimum Incentive Awards. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated in this Plan, in the event of a Change in Control in any Plan Year, each Participant in the Plan shall be paid an Incentive Award which is not less than the prorated portion of the Incentive Award such Participant would otherwise receive for that Plan Year through the date of such Change in Control; provided however that that the Company will assume that all thresholds and targets as specified in Section 7 for such Plan Year shall have been met; and provided further, that the Incentive Award shall be reduced by any amount otherwise payable by the Company to the Participant under any other plan, agreement or arrangement based on substantially the same performance goals, criteria and/or factors as are applicable under this Plan for that period of time and performance.

10. Nature of Incentive Awards.

(a) Incentive Awards shall be paid only from the general assets of the Company, and no separate fund nor trust of any kind shall be created or held for the benefit of any person under this Plan. No additions to, and no interest or other earnings on the actual Incentive Award amount shall accrue or be payable to any Participant.

(b) Incentive Awards shall be paid in the form of a lump sum cash payment; provided, that the amount of the cash payment determined under this Plan may be reduced by an amount attributable to a grant or award of Common Stock which is made to the Executive Officer for his/her performance under and pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Long-Term Incentive Plan ("Long-Term Incentive Plan Stock Award") as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine for any Plan Year. It is intended that no Common Stock shall be issued as a part of any Incentive Award under or pursuant to this Plan, that any such Long-Term Incentive Plan Stock Award shall be issued exclusively from and under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, provided, however, that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may take into account such a Long-Term Incentive Plan Stock Award and reduce the cash payment amount of an Incentive Award to paid under this Plan by an amount that it attributable to part or all of the value or amount of such a Long-Term Incentive Plan Stock Award.

(c) Incentive Awards paid to Participants under this Plan shall constitute additional special incentive compensation to such Participants to the extent provided

-5-

herein, and are not a part of any Participant's regular salary. The payment of an Incentive Award to a Participant for any Plan Year shall not constitute or be considered as any increase or change of such Participant's regular ongoing salary and compensation otherwise payable by the Company for the Plan Year or any subsequent period of employment. The payment of any Incentive Award under this Plan is completely discretionary with the Board of Directors and the Committee, as herein provided, and no person shall have any claim to be granted or to receive any Incentive Award or other amount, benefit or payment, and no Participant or other person shall have authority to assign or transfer any Incentive Award or other rights, benefits or payments hereunder, or to enter into any agreement with any person for the payment of any Incentive Award, or to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto.

11. Terms of Employment. This Plan does not create a contract of employment between the Company and any Participant. This Plan does not limit the right of the Company to assign or reassign a Participant to a different job or position, to change his/her title, authority, duties or rate of compensation, or to discharge or terminate a Participant for any reason, or for no reason.

12. Termination of Employment.

(a) Generally. Except as otherwise provided herein, upon a Participant's termination of employment with the Company, the Participant's rights, if any, to an Incentive Award hereunder shall terminate. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Participant must be employed on December 31 of a Fiscal Year or the last day of any other applicable measurement period in order to receive an Incentive Award with respect to the Fiscal Year or measurement period, respectively.

(b) Death, Disability or Retirement. In the event the Participant's employment is terminated due to death, Disability or Retirement, the Participant (or the Participant's beneficiary) shall be paid an Incentive Award which is not less than the prorated part of the Incentive Award such Participant would otherwise receive for that Plan Year based on the Company's performance through the date of such termination.

13. Amendment or Termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied herein, the Company may at any time amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. The amendment, modification, suspension or termination of the Plan may be made upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, determines to be appropriate, and may involve modification, suspension or termination of any anticipated or possible future Incentive Awards to Participants under the Plan which have not been paid, even if the particular performance goals and criteria for such Incentive Awards or payment

-6-

thereof have been established for a Plan Year.

14. Applicable Law. This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Oklahoma (regardless of the law that must otherwise govern under applicable Oklahoma principles of conflict laws).

-7-

Exhibit (10)(g)

ONEOK, Inc.

EMPLOYEE NONQUALIFIED
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Amended and Restated Effective February 15, 2001


ONEOK, Inc.
EMPLOYEE NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

                               Table of Contents

ARTICLE I - PURPOSE...........................................................1
-------------------
   1.1      Statement of Purpose; Effective Date..............................1
            ------------------------------------
ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS......................................................1
------------------------
   2.1      Account...........................................................1
            -------
   2.2   Base Salary..........................................................1
         -----------
   2.3   Beneficiary..........................................................2
         -----------
   2.4   Board................................................................2
         -----
   2.5   Bonus................................................................2
         -----
   2.6   Change in Control....................................................2
         -----------------
   2.7   Code.................................................................5
         ----
   2.8   Committee............................................................5
         ---------
   2.9   Compensation.........................................................5
         ------------
   2.10  Corporation..........................................................5
         -----------
   2.11  Deferral Account.....................................................5
         ----------------
   2.12  Deferral Benefit.....................................................5
         ----------------
   2.13  Determination Date...................................................5
         ------------------
   2.14  Disability...........................................................6
         ----------
   2.15  Employee.............................................................6
         --------
   2.16  Eligible Employee....................................................6
         -----------------
   2.17  Employer.............................................................6
         --------
   2.18  ERISA................................................................6
         -----
   2.19  Exchange Act.........................................................6
         ------------
   2.20  Fiscal Year..........................................................6
         -----------
   2.21  Investment Return Rate...............................................6
         ----------------------
   2.22  Just Cause...........................................................6
         ----------
   2.23  KGS Deferred Compensation Plan.......................................7
         ------------------------------
   2.24  KGS Deferred Benefit Account.........................................7
         ----------------------------
   2.25  Key Employee Incentive Plan..........................................7
         ---------------------------
   2.26  Long-Term Deferral...................................................7
         ------------------
   2.27  Lump Sum Merit Award.................................................7
         --------------------
   2.28  Matching Account.....................................................8
         ----------------
   2.29  Matching Amount......................................................8
         ---------------
   2.30  Matching Percentage..................................................8
         -------------------
   2.31  Participant..........................................................8
         -----------
   2.32  Participation Agreement..............................................8
         -----------------------
   2.33  Person...............................................................8
         ------
   2.34  Plan.................................................................8
         ----
   2.35  Plan Year............................................................8
         ---------
   2.36  Retirement...........................................................8
         ----------
   2.37  Retirement Plan......................................................9
         ---------------
   2.38  Shares...............................................................9
         ------
   2.39  Short-Term Deferral..................................................9
         -------------------
   2.40  Subsidiary...........................................................9
         ----------
   2.41  Thrift Plan..........................................................9
         -----------
   2.42  Trust................................................................9
         -----
ARTICLE III  - Eligibility and Participation..................................9
--------------------------------------------
   3.1   Eligibility..........................................................9
         -----------

                                       -i-

   3.2  Participation........................................................10
        -------------
   3.3  Elections to Participate Irrevocable.................................10
        ------------------------------------
   3.4  Exclusion from Eligibility...........................................10
        --------------------------
ARTICLE IV - DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION........................................10
-------------------------------------
   4.1  Amount and Time of Deferral..........................................10
        ---------------------------
   4.2  Deferral Periods.....................................................11
        ----------------
   4.3  Committee Authority; Deferral of Compensation........................11
        ---------------------------------------------
   4.4  Matching Amounts.....................................................11
        ----------------
   4.5  Crediting Deferred Compensation and Matching Amounts.................12
        ----------------------------------------------------
ARTICLE V - BENEFIT ACCOUNTS.................................................12
----------------------------
   5.1  Determination of Account.............................................12
        ------------------------
   5.2  Crediting of Investment Return; Other Items to
        ----------------------------------------------
           Participant Accounts..............................................12
           --------------------
   5.3  Investment Return Rate; Designated Deemed Investment.................13
        ----------------------------------------------------
   5.4  Statement of Accounts................................................13
        ---------------------
   5.5  Vesting of Account...................................................13
        ------------------
   5.6  Administration and Crediting of KGS Deferred
        --------------------------------------------
           Benefit Accounts..................................................13
           ----------------
ARTICLE VI - PAYMENT OF BENEFITS.............................................14
--------------------------------
   6.1  Payment of Long-Term Deferred Benefit;
        --------------------------------------
           Retirement Eligible Participant...................................14
           -------------------------------
   6.2  Payment of Short-Term Deferral Benefit...............................14
        --------------------------------------
   6.3  Payment of Deferral Benefit upon Disability or Death.................14
        ----------------------------------------------------
   6.4  Lump Sum Payment of Deferral Benefit Upon Termination
        -----------------------------------------------------
           of Employment; Participant Not Eligible for Vested
           --------------------------------------------------
        Retirement Plan Benefits.............................................15
        ------------------------
   6.5  Form of Payment......................................................15
        ---------------
   6.6  Commencement of Payments.............................................15
        ------------------------
   6.7  Additional Amount As To Certain Retirement
        ------------------------------------------
           Plan Participants.................................................16
           -----------------
   6.8  Specific Term Deferrals..............................................16
        -----------------------
   6.9  Payment of KGS Deferred Benefit Accounts.............................16
        ----------------------------------------
   6.10 Hardship Payment of Deferrals....... ................................17
        -----------------------------
ARTICLE VII - BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION........................................17
-------------------------------------
   7.1  Beneficiary Designation..............................................17
        -----------------------
   7.2  Amendments...........................................................17
        ----------
   7.3  No Designation.......................................................17
        --------------
   7.4  Effect of Payment....................................................17
        -----------------
ARTICLE VIII - ADMINISTRATION................................................17
-----------------------------
   8.1  Plan Committee; Duties...............................................18
        ----------------------
   8.2  Agents...............................................................18
        ------
   8.3  Binding Effect of Decisions..........................................18
        ---------------------------
   8.4  Indemnity of Committee...............................................19
        ----------------------
ARTICLE IX - MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION........................................19
-------------------------------------
ARTICLE X - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN................................19
---------------------------------------------
   10.1  Amendment...........................................................19
         ---------
   10.2  Termination.........................................................19
         -----------
ARTICLE XI - PLAN EFFECT, LIMITATIONS, MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ..............19
---------------------------------------------------------------
   11.1  Nature of Employer Obligation; Funding..............................20
         --------------------------------------
   11.2  Trusts..............................................................20
         ------
   11.3  Nonassignability....................................................20
         ----------------
   11.4  Captions............................................................21
         --------
   11.5  Governing Law.......................................................21
         -------------
   11.6  Successors..........................................................21
         ----------
   11.7  No Right to Continued Service.......................................21
         -----------------------------
EXHIBIT A.....................................................................1
---------
EXHIBIT B.....................................................................2
---------
EXHIBIT C.....................................................................3
---------
EXHIBIT D.....................................................................5
---------

                                      -ii-

                                   ONEOK, Inc.
                EMPLOYEE NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

ARTICLE I - PURPOSE

1.1 Statement of Purpose; Effective Date

This ONEOK, Inc. Employee Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") and related agreements between the Employer and certain management or highly compensated employees is an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan and arrangement. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a select group of management and highly compensated employees of the Employer with the option to defer the receipt of portions of their compensation payable for services rendered to the Employer, and provide nonqualified deferred compensation benefits which are not available to such employees by reason of limitations on employer and employee contributions to qualified pension or profit-sharing plans under the federal tax laws.

It is intended that the Plan will assist in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as officers and managers of the Employer; and the Plan is intended to constitute a plan which is unfunded and maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of, and as described in Section 201(2) and related provisions of ERISA.

The Plan is generally effective on May 15, 1997, but shall first apply to the deferral of Compensation by Participants thereunder beginning on June 1, 1997. The Plan was amended and restated November 1, 1999, October 19, 2000 and February 15, 2001.

ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS

When used in this Plan and initially capitalized, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated:

2.1 Account.

"Account" means the sum of a Participant's Deferral Account and Matching Account under the Plan.

2.2 Base Salary.

"Base Salary" means a Participant's basic wage or salary paid by an Employer to the Participant without regard to any increases or decreases in such basic wage or salary as a result of (i) an election to defer basic wage or salary under this Plan or (ii) an election between benefits or cash provided under a plan of an Employer maintained pursuant to Sections 125 or 401(k) of the


Code, and as limited in Exhibit B attached hereto. The Base Salary does not include any Lump Sum Merit Award paid to a Participant, nor any Bonus, as defined in Section 2.5, below.

2.3 Beneficiary.

"Beneficiary" means the person or persons designated or deemed to be designated by the Participant pursuant to Article VII to receive benefits payable under the Plan in the event of the Participant's death.

2.4 Board.

"Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

2.5 Bonus.

"Bonus" means the cash bonus paid by the Employer to a Participant under the Key Employee Incentive Plan without regard to any decreases as a result of (i) an election to defer all or any portion of such Bonus under this Plan or (ii) an election between benefits or cash provided under the Thrift Plan or any other plan of the Employer maintained pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code.

2.6 Change in Control.

A "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Corporation) of any voting securities of the Corporation (the "Voting Securities") by any "Person" (as the term person is used for purposes of
Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), immediately after which such Person has "Beneficial Ownership" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding Shares or the combined voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, in determining whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to this Section 2.6, Shares or Voting Securities which are acquired in a "Non-Control Acquisition" (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would cause a Change in Control. A "Non-Control Acquisition" shall mean an acquisition by (i) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (A) the Corporation or (B) any corporation or other Person of which a majority of its voting power or its voting equity securities or equity interest is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation (for purposes of this definition, a "Related Entity"), (ii) the Corporation or any Related Entity, or (iii) any Person in connection with a "Non-Control Transaction" (as hereinafter defined);

(b) The individuals who, as of February 15, 2001, are members of the Board of Directors (the "Incumbent Board"), cease for any reason to constitute at least a

-2-

majority of the members of the Board of Directors; or, following a Merger which results in a Parent Corporation, the board of directors of the ultimate Parent Corporation; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Corporation's common stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; provided further, however, that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened "Election Contest" (as described in Rule 14a-11 promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board of Directors (a "Proxy Contest"), including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest; or

(c) The consummation of:

(i) A merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Corporation or in which securities of the Corporation are issued ( a "Merger"), unless such Merger is a "Non-Control Transaction." A "Non-Control Transaction" shall mean a Merger where:

(A) the stockholders of the Corporation, immediately before such Merger, own directly or indirectly immediately following such Merger at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of (x) the corporation resulting from such Merger (the "Surviving Corporation") if fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Surviving Corporation is not Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly by another Person (a "Parent Corporation"), or (y) if there is one or more Parent Corporations, the ultimate Parent Corporation;

(B) the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such Merger constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of (x) the Surviving Corporation, if there is no Parent Corporation, or (y) if there is one or more Parent Corporations, the ultimate Parent Corporation; and

(C) no Person other than (1) the Corporation,
(2) any Related Entity, (3) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) that, immediately prior to such Merger was maintained by the Corporation or any Related Entity, or (4) any Person who, immediately prior to such Merger had Beneficial Ownership of thirty percent (30%) or more of the then outstanding Voting Securities or Shares, has Beneficial Ownership of thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities or common stock of (x) the Surviving Corporation if there is no Parent Corporation, or (y) if there is one or more Parent Corporations, the ultimate Parent Corporation.

(ii) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation; or

-3-

(iii) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to any Person (other than a transfer to a Related Entity or under conditions that would constitute a Non-Control Transaction with the disposition of assets being regarded as a Merger for this purpose or the distribution to the Corporation's stockholders of the stock of a Related Entity or any other assets).

Notwithstanding the foregoing,

(A) A Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the "Subject Person") acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the then outstanding Shares or Voting Securities if:
(1) such acquisition occurs as a result of the acquisition of Shares or Voting Securities by the Corporation which, by reducing the number of Shares or Voting Securities then outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this subparagraph) as a result of the acquisition of Shares or Voting Securities by the Corporation, and after such share acquisition by the Corporation, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Shares or Voting Securities which increases the percentage of the then outstanding Shares or Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, then a Change in Control shall occur, or (2) (a) within five business days after a Change in Control would have occurred (but for the operation of this subparagraph), or if the Subject Person acquired Beneficial Ownership of twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding Shares or the combined voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding Voting Securities inadvertently, then after the Subject Person discovers or is notified by the Corporation that such acquisition would have triggered a Change in Control (but for the operation of this subparagraph), the Subject Person notifies the Board of Directors that it did so inadvertently, and (b) within two business days after such notification, the Subject Person divests itself of a sufficient number of Shares or Voting Securities so that the Subject Person is the Beneficial Owner of less than twenty percent (20%) of the then outstanding Shares or the combined voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding Voting Securities.

(B) A Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if (1) the Shareholder Group (as defined in the Shareholder Agreement) acquires Beneficial Ownership of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Corporation's Voting Securities pursuant to the terms of the Shareholder Agreement, by and between WAI, Inc. (now known as ONEOK, Inc.) and Western Resources, Inc. dated as of November 26, 1997 (the "Shareholder Agreement"), until the earlier of (a) the termination of the Shareholder Agreement or (b) the successful consummation of a Buyout Tender Offer as defined in Section 3.6(b) of the Shareholder Agreement, but upon either of such events, the acquisition or existence of such percentage of Beneficial Ownership by Western Resources, Inc. or any of its affiliates shall constitute a Change in Control or (2) the equity securities of the Corporation owned by the Shareholder Group are in any manner restructured with the approval of a majority of the members of the Incumbent Board (excluding Shareholder Nominees, as defined in the Shareholder Agreement).

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if an Eligible Employee's employment is terminated by the Corporation without Just Cause prior to the date of a Change in Control but the

-4-

Eligible Employee reasonably demonstrates that the termination (A) was at the request of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control or (B) otherwise arose in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Change in Control which has been threatened or proposed, such termination shall be deemed to have occurred after a Change in Control for purposes of this Plan provided a Change in Control shall actually have occurred.

2.7 Code.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and Treasury regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time.

2.8 Committee.

"Committee" means the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

2.9 Compensation.

"Compensation" means the Base Salary and Bonus payable with respect to an Eligible Employee for each calendar year.

2.10 Corporation.

"Corporation" means ONEOK, Inc., its successors and assigns, or any division or Subsidiary thereof.

2.11 Deferral Account.

"Deferral Account" means the account maintained on the books of the Employer for the purpose of accounting for the amount of Compensation that each Participant elects to defer under the Plan and for the amount of investment return credited or debited thereto for each Participant in accordance with Article V.

2.12 Deferral Benefit.

"Deferral Benefit" means the benefit payable to a Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to Article VI.

2.13 Determination Date.

"Determination Date" means a date on which the amount of a Participant's Account is determined and updated as provided in Article V. Each December 31 of a calendar year shall be the Determination Date.

-5-

2.14 Disability.

"Disability" shall mean a physical or mental condition of a Participant, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines on the basis of medical evidence satisfactory to it, prevents the Participant from engaging in further employment by the Employer and that such disability will be permanent and continuous.

2.15 Employee.

"Employee" means an employee of the Corporation or a Subsidiary.

2.16 Eligible Employee.

"Eligible Employee" means a highly compensated or management employee of the Corporation who is designated by the Committee, by individual name, or group or description, in accordance with Section 3.1, as eligible to participate in the Plan.

2.17 Employer.

"Employer" means, with respect to a Participant, the Corporation or the Subsidiary which pays such Participant's Compensation.

2.18 ERISA.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

2.19 Exchange Act.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.20 Fiscal Year.

"Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of the Corporation which prior to January 1, 2000, was the fiscal year commencing September 1 and ending the following August 31, and on and after January 1, 2000, is the fiscal year commencing January 1 and ending the following December 31. On and after January 1, 2000, the Fiscal Year and Plan Year (as defined below) shall be the same period commencing January 1 and ending the following December 31.

2.21 Investment Return Rate.

"Investment Return Rate" means the rate of investment return to be credited to a Participant's Deferral Account and Matching Account pursuant to Section 5.2, which rate shall be specified in Section 5.3 and Exhibit "C" attached hereto.

2.22 Just Cause.

-6-

"Just Cause" shall mean the Employee's conviction in a court of law of a felony, or any crime or offense in a court of law of a felony, or any crime or offense involving misuse or misappropriation of money or property, the Employee's violation of any covenant, agreement or obligation not to disclose confidential information regarding the business of the Corporation (or a division or Subsidiary); any violation by the Employee of any covenant not to compete with the Corporation (or a division or Subsidiary); any act of dishonesty by the Employee which adversely affects the business of the Corporation (or a division or Subsidiary); any willful or intentional act of the Employee which adversely affects the business of, or reflects unfavorably on the reputation of the Corporation (or a division or Subsidiary); the Employee's use of alcohol or drugs which interferes with the Employee's performance of duties as an employee of the Corporation (or a division or Subsidiary); or the Employee's failure or refusal to perform the specific directives of the Corporation's Board, or its officers which directives are consistence with the scope and nature of the Employee's duties and responsibilities with the existence and occurrence of all of such causes to be determined by the Corporation in its sole discretion; provided, that nothing contained in the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall be deemed to interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation (or a division or Subsidiary), which is hereby acknowledged, to terminate the Employee's employment at any time without cause.

2.23 KGS Deferred Compensation Plan.

"KGS Deferred Compensation Plan" means the KGS Deferred Compensation Plan of the Corporation which was merged into and succeeded by this Plan effective January 1, 1999.

2.24 KGS Deferred Benefit Account.

"KGS Deferred Benefit Account" means a Deferred Benefit Account of a Participant in the KGS Deferred Compensation Plan merged with the Plan January 1, 1999, which shall be maintained, administered, paid and distributed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.6, 6.9 and other applicable provisions of the Plan not inconsistent therewith.

2.25 Key Employee Incentive Plan.

"Key Employee Incentive Plan" means the Key Employee Annual Incentive Plan of the Corporation.

2.26 Long-Term Deferral.

"Long-Term Deferral" means a deferral made by a Participant that is not a Short-Term Deferral.

2.27 Lump Sum Merit Award.

"Lump Sum Merit Award" means a Lump Sum Merit Award granted and paid to a Participant pursuant to the merit compensation program of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries.

-7-

2.28 Matching Account.

"Matching Account" means the account maintained on the books of the Employer for the purpose of accounting for the Matching Amount and for the amount of investment return credited thereto for each Participant pursuant to Article V.

2.29 Matching Amount.

"Matching Amount" means the amount credited to a Participant's Matching Account under Section 4.4.

2.30 Matching Percentage.

"Matching Percentage" means the matching contribution percentage in effect for a specific Plan Year under the Thrift Plan.

2.31 Participant.

"Participant" means any Eligible Employee who elects to participate by filing a Participation Agreement as provided in Section 3.2.

2.32 Participation Agreement.

"Participation Agreement" means the agreement filed by a Participant, in the form prescribed by the Committee, pursuant to Section 3.2.

2.33 Person.

"Person" means an individual, a trust, estate, partnership, limited liability company, association, corporation or other entity.

2.34 Plan.

"Plan" means this ONEOK, Inc. Employee Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.35 Plan Year.

"Plan Year" means a twelve-month period commencing January 1 and ending the following December 31; provided, that the first Plan Year of the Plan shall commence June 1, 1997, and end December 31, 1997.

2.36 Retirement.

-8-

"Retirement" means the voluntary termination of employment of a Participant when retirement benefits become payable to the Participant under the Retirement Plan.

2.37 Retirement Plan.

"Retirement Plan" means the Retirement Plan for Employees of ONEOK, Inc. and Subsidiaries.

2.38 Shares.

"Shares" means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation and any other securities into which such shares are changed or for which such shares are exchanged.

2.39 Short-Term Deferral.

"Short-Term Deferral" means a deferral elected by a Participant under which payment of the Deferral Benefit shall commence on a date specified by the Participant, but not less than five (5) years after the Participant's election thereof; provided, that the Committee, may, in its sole discretion, determine and direct that a shorter period, of not less than one (1) year, be applied to any Short-Term Deferral.

2.40 Subsidiary.

"Subsidiary" means any corporation of which the Corporation owns, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the shares of stock having voting power in the election of directors of such corporation.

2.41 Thrift Plan.

"Thrift Plan" means the Thrift Plan for Employees of ONEOK, Inc. and
Subsidiaries.

2.42 Trust.

"Trust" means a trust created and established pursuant to Section 11.2 of the Plan, or otherwise by the Corporation with respect to the Plan.

ARTICLE III - Eligibility and Participation

3.1 Eligibility.

Eligibility to participate in the Plan shall be granted to those Eligible Employees who are designated by the Committee and approved by the Board. Subject to Section 3.4, below (providing for exclusion of Employees not qualifying under certain definitional terms of federal law), the Committee shall adopt a complete written list and/or designation of the Eligible Employees, by individual name or by reference to an identifiable group of persons or by descriptions of the components of compensation of an individual which would qualify the individuals who are

-9-

eligible to participate, and all of whom shall be a select group of management or highly compensated employees. The written list and/or designation of Eligible Employees by the Committee, as approved by the Board, from time to time, shall be adopted and maintained as provided in Exhibit A attached hereto.

3.2 Participation.

Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Eligible Employees who elect to participate in the Plan by timely filing a Participation Agreement with the Committee. An Eligible Employee shall commence participation in the Plan upon the first day of the Plan Year or Fiscal Year as the case may be, designated in his or her Participation Agreement filed with the Committee prior to the beginning of such Plan Year. The Committee, with the Board's approval, may in its sole discretion, allow individuals who become Eligible Employees after the beginning of a Plan Year to elect to participate in the Plan for the remaining part of such Plan Year.

3.3 Elections to Participate Irrevocable.

A Participant may not change a previously elected percentage of deferral of Compensation, or terminate his or her election to participate in the Plan for a Plan Year. Except as may otherwise determined and approved by the Committee, a Participant's election to defer Base Salary and Bonus shall only be effective as of the beginning of the next Plan Year following receipt of the Participant's election by the Corporation. Determinations on all elections and of any effective dates other than as specified above, shall be made by the Committee in accordance with its prevailing administrative procedures.

3.4 Exclusion from Eligibility.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, if the Committee determines that any Participant may not qualify as a "management or highly compensated employee" within the meaning of ERISA, or regulations thereunder, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, that such Participant shall cease to be eligible to participate in this Plan. Upon such determination, the Employer shall make an immediate lump sum payment to the Participant equal to the vested amount credited to the Participant's Account. Upon such payment, no benefit shall thereafter be payable under this Plan either to the Participant or any Beneficiary of the Participant, and all of the Participant's elections as to the time and manner of payment of his or her Account will be deemed to be canceled.

ARTICLE IV - DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION

4.1 Amount and Time of Deferral.

With respect to each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer a specified percentage of his or her Compensation up to the percentage of Compensation stated, and subject to the terms described in Exhibit B attached hereto; provided, that each Participant must elect a minimum deferral of two percent (2%) of his or her Base Salary for a Plan Year, and elect a minimum

-10-

deferral of ten percent (10%) of all or the portion above a specified threshold of a Participant's Bonus for a Plan Year, and all deferrals elected must be in one percent (1%) increments of Compensation. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee and expressly stated in pertinent documents governing such elections approved by the Committee, a Participant's election to defer that part of Compensation which constitutes Base Salary for a Plan Year shall be made prior to the first day of that Plan Year; and a Participant's election to defer that part of Compensation which constitutes Bonus for a Plan Year shall be made prior to the first day of that Plan Year. Unless otherwise specifically stated in a Participant's election to defer Compensation, an election to defer Compensation of Base Salary shall apply only to the next Plan Year following such election, and an election to defer Bonus shall apply only to the next Plan Year following such election. Except as otherwise directed by the Committee, Participants in the Plan shall make separate and new elections to defer Base Salary and Bonus each Plan Year. For the Fiscal Years of the Corporation beginning prior to January 1, 2000, all requirements for timing of elections of Participants to defer Bonus which were heretofore provided by the Plan with respect to such Fiscal Years shall remain applicable and effective unless otherwise determined and directed by the Committee, in its sole discretion. For the Plan Year and Fiscal Year in which the Plan is initially established, a Participant may elect to defer compensation to be paid to the Participant for services to be performed by the Participant in such Plan Year or Fiscal Year after such election if such election is made on or before May 31, 1997.

4.2 Deferral Periods.

A Participant shall be allowed to defer Compensation under the Plan by making either a Long-Term Deferral or a Short-Term Deferral. The Participant shall elect and designate his or her deferral period as either a Long-Term Deferral or a Short-Term Deferral in the Participation Agreement filed with the Committee for a Plan Year.

4.3 Committee Authority; Deferral of Compensation.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied in the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine and direct that the amount of deferral and period of deferral which may be elected for Compensation, Base Salary or Bonus payable to Participants for any particular Plan Year or Fiscal Year, or other period of service, be limited to an amount or amounts, and for a period or periods other than that which is otherwise generally provided herein; and the Committee may from time to time, in its sole discretion, also determine and direct that all or part of the Bonus payable to Participants for any period of service shall be deferred only for the period or periods of deferral determined solely by the Committee without any election thereon by Participants.

4.4 Matching Amounts.

The Employer shall provide and credit a Matching Amount under this Plan with respect to each Participant who is eligible to be allocated matching contributions under the Thrift Plan; except that the Committee may, prior to any Plan Year, make a determination not to provide for the crediting of Matching Amounts for that Plan Year. The Matching Amount to be credited to a

-11-

Participant's Matching Account for a Plan Year shall be an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Participant's matching contribution percentage under the Thrift Plan for the Plan Year multiplied by the Participant's Compensation from the Employer in that Plan Year, over (ii) the amount of Thrift Plan matching contributions made by the Employer that are allocated to the Participant's Thrift Plan account for that Plan Year; it being intended that a Participant shall have credited to his or her Matching Account the amount of matching contributions which could not be allocated to the Participant's Thrift Plan account for the Plan Year by reason of all limitations on compensation and contributions applicable to Thrift Plan matching contributions under the Code and Treasury regulations thereunder.

4.5 Crediting Deferred Compensation and Matching Amounts.

The amount of Compensation that a Participant elects to defer from Base Salary under the Plan shall be credited by the Employer to the Participant's Deferral Account monthly (or, on and after January 1, 2001, as of the date such amounts would have otherwise been paid to the Participant), provided that the Employer shall reduce the deferral amount credited by the amount of any taxes or other amounts required to be withheld by the Employer from a Participant's deferred Compensation pursuant to any state, federal or local law. The Matching Amount under the Plan for each Participant under Section 4.4 shall be credited by the Employer no later than the time that matching contributions are allocated under the Thrift Plan. The amount of compensation that a Participant elects to defer from Bonus under the Plan shall be credited by the Employer to the Participant's Deferral Account at the time the Bonus is paid to the Participant under the Key Employee Incentive Plan.

ARTICLE V - BENEFIT ACCOUNTS

5.1 Determination of Account.

As of each Determination Date, a Participant's Account shall consist of the balance of the Participant's Account as of the immediately preceding Determination Date, plus the Participant's deferred Compensation and Matching Amount credited pursuant to Section 4.4 since the immediately preceding Determination Date, plus investment return credited as of such Determination Date pursuant to Section 5.2, minus the aggregate amount of distributions, if any, made from such Account since the immediately preceding Determination Date.

5.2 Crediting of Investment Return; Other Items to Participant Accounts.

The Deferral Account and Matching Account of each Participant shall be periodically credited and increased, or debited and reduced, as the case may be, by the amount of investment return specified under Section 5.3. The Deferral Account and Matching Account of each Participant shall also be debited and credited for any deemed purchases or sales of, or other deemed transactions involving securities provided for under the Plan. The Deferral Account and Matching Account shall be so credited and debited not less frequently than monthly in the manner established and determined from time to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The manner in which the Committee determines that Participants" accounts shall be so debited or

-12-

credited shall be described in written rules or procedures which shall be stated from time to time by a written description thereof which shall be attached to this Plan as Exhibit "D," and furnished to the Participants in the Plan.

5.3 Investment Return Rate; Designated Deemed Investment.

The Investment Return Rate shall be determined in the manner specified in Exhibit "C" attached hereto. To the extent the Investment Return Rate specified in Exhibit "C" attached hereto, applied to a Participant's deferrals includes a rate that is to be determined from deemed investment of such Participant's Account in investment options specified therein, the Committee shall prescribe the manner and form in which a Participant may designate the deemed investment of deferrals and other amounts in his or her Account. A Participant will be allowed to change such designation of deemed investment monthly or with such other frequency as specified by the Committee, in its sole discretion. Provided, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated or implied by the Plan, including all Exhibits thereto, the use, reference to or consideration of any such deemed investments made by the Committee or Plan, or designated by Participants, the Committee and the Corporation shall not be obligated to make or cause to be made any particular type or form of investment with respect to the funding or payment of the Deferral Benefits or Deferral Accounts of Participants under the Plan, and no Participant shall have the right to direct or in any manner control any actual investments, if any, made by the Employer or any other person for purposes of providing funds for paying liabilities of the Employer for benefits or otherwise under the Plan. No Participant shall have any ownership or beneficial interest in any such actual investments made by the Employer.

5.4 Statement of Accounts.

The Committee shall provide to each Participant in the Short-Term Deferral Plan within 120 days after the close of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the balance of such Participant's Account as of the Determination Date of the preceding Plan Year and showing all adjustments made thereto during such Plan Year. The Committee shall provide to each Participant in the Long-Term Deferral Plan, not less frequently than quarterly, a statement setting forth the balance of such Participant's Account as of the last date of the preceding quarter in any Plan Year and showing all adjustments made thereto during such quarter of any Plan Year.

5.5 Vesting of Account.

Except as provided in Sections 11.1 and 11.2, below, a Participant shall be 100% vested in his or her Deferral Account and Matching Account at all times.

5.6 Administration and Crediting of KGS Deferred Benefit Accounts.

Each Deferred Benefit Account previously maintained and existing under the KGS Deferred Compensation Plan on December 31, 1998, shall become a KGS Deferred Benefit Account under the Plan and be maintained and administered under the Plan on and after January 1, 1999. The

-13-

KGS Deferred Benefit Account of a Participant shall be maintained and administered in accordance with, and be subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan on and after January 1, 1999. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied in the Plan, on and after January 1, 2000, interest shall be credited to each such KGS Deferred Benefit Account for amounts therein which would have constituted a Short-Term Deferral, if such amounts had been deferred under this Plan, at the same rate as the Investment Return Rate specified for a Participant's Short-Term Deferral under the provisions of paragraph A. of Exhibit C to the Plan; and interest shall be credited to each such KGS Deferred Benefit Account for amounts therein which would have been a Long-Term Deferral, if such amounts had been deferred under this Plan, at the same rate as the Investment Rate specified for a Participant's Long-Term Deferral under the provisions of paragraph B.1. of Exhibit C to the Plan. Such interest shall be credited to KGS Deferred Benefit Accounts of Participants in accordance with Section 5.2, above

ARTICLE VI - PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

6.1 Payment of Long-Term Deferred Benefit; Retirement Eligible Participant.

Upon the termination of service as an Employee of the Employer by a Participant who is then entitled to commence receiving payment of a fully vested benefit under the Retirement Plan, the Employer shall pay to the Participant a Deferral Benefit in the form of benefit payment specified in the Participant's written election pursuant to Section 6.5.

6.2 Payment of Short-Term Deferral Benefit.

A Short-Term Deferral shall be paid to a Participant beginning on the date specified by the Participant in his or her Participation Agreement, and shall be paid in the form of benefit payment specified in the Participant's written election pursuant to Section 6.5; provided, that no part of a Short-Term Deferral may be paid prior to five (5) years following the Participant's election thereof.

6.3 Payment of Deferral Benefit upon Disability or Death.

Upon the Disability of a Participant, the Employer shall pay to the Participant, or the Participant's personal representative, a Deferral Benefit in annual payments for either five (5) or fifteen (15) years, or in a single lump sum equal to the balance of the Participant's Account determined pursuant to Article V, less any amounts previously paid and distributed. The Participant with a Disability, or the disabled Participant's personal representative, shall elect which term of payment is to be paid. Upon the death of a Participant the Participant's Account shall be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary. If the Participant has elected Long-Term Deferral the Deferral Benefit shall be paid to the Beneficiary over the time period elected by the Participant commencing as soon as practicable after the time of death of the Participant. If the Participant has elected a Short-Term Deferral the Deferral Benefit shall be paid to the Beneficiary in a single lump sum payment.

-14-

6.4 Lump Sum Payment of Deferral Benefit Upon Termination of Employment;
Participant Not Eligible for Vested Retirement Plan Benefits.

Upon the termination of service of a Participant as an Employee of the Employer prior to the time such Participant is entitled to commence receiving payment of a fully vested benefit under the Retirement Plan, and not by reason of such Participant's Disability or death, the Employer shall pay to the Participant a Deferral Benefit equal to the balance of the Participant's vested Account determined pursuant to Article V, less any amounts previously paid and distributed, in a single lump sum. This payment shall be made notwithstanding any other period or time of payment that has been elected by the Participant.

6.5 Form of Payment.

The Deferral Benefit payable to a Participant shall be paid in one of the following forms, as elected by the Participant in his or her Participation Agreement on file as of one (1) year and one (1) day prior to the date of termination:
(a) For Participants who elect a Long-Term Deferral, the Deferral Benefit shall be paid in one of the following elected forms:
(1) In annual payments of the vested Account balance, on and after the payment commencement date over a period of either five (5) or fifteen (15) years (together, in the case of each annual payment, with investment return thereon credited after the payment commencement date pursuant to Section 5.2), with the amount of each such annual payment to be determined by multiplying the remaining principal amount and undistributed income in the Participant's Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which shall be the number of remaining annual payments, including the payment then being calculated; or
(2) A lump sum.
(b) For Participants who elect a Short-Term Deferral, the Deferral Benefit shall be paid in one of the following elected forms:
(1) Annual payments of a fixed amount which shall amortize the vested Account balance, on and after the payment commencement date over a period of from one (1) to four (4) years (together, in the case of each annual payments with investment return thereon credited after the payment commencement to Section 5.2), with the amount of each such annual payment to be determined by multiplying the remaining principal amount and undistributed income in the Participant's Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which shall be the number of remaining annual payments, including the payment then being calculated; or
(2) A lump sum.

6.6 Commencement of Payments.

-15-

Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.2 (minimum five (5) year deferral), the commencement of payments under Sections 6.1 through 6.4, above, shall begin within sixty (60) days following receipt of written notice by the Committee of an event which entitles a Participant (or a Beneficiary) to payments under the Plan.

6.7 Additional Amount As To Certain Retirement Plan Participants.

The Corporation shall pay to a Participant or his or her survivor beneficiary, as the case may be, an additional amount equal to the amount by which such Participant's retirement benefit under the Retirement Plan is reduced by reason of the deferred compensation elected by the Participant under the Plan not being taken into account in the calculation of such Participant's retirement benefit under the Retirement Plan, but only if such deferred compensation is not taken into account in determining a retirement benefit or payment payable to such Participant under the ONEOK, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) nor under any other plan, arrangement or agreement of the Corporation other than this Plan. An additional amount payable to a Participant, or his or her beneficiary, under this Section 6.7 shall be paid at the same time and in the same form as such Participant's retirement benefit is paid under the Retirement Plan. This Section 6.7 shall apply with respect to such Retirement Plan benefits paid to Participants in this Plan on and after June 1, 1997.

6.8 Specific Term Deferrals.

The Corporation may, from time to time, offer to Participants the opportunity to otherwise defer specific amounts of Base Salary or Bonus for a specific duration and to then be paid out in installments prior to Retirement. These deferrals will be accounted for separately and will be paid out pursuant to an election that applies only to that deferral. The specific terms of each offering will be described in a written memorandum that will be attached to this document. Except where specifically provided otherwise in such memorandum, the terms of such deferrals will adhere to all of the other provisions of the Plan.

6.9 Payment of KGS Deferred Benefit Accounts.

The KGS Deferred Benefit Account of any Participant shall be paid and distributed in accordance with the pertinent terms and provisions of the KGS Deferred Compensation Plan governing distribution and payment of Deferred Benefit Accounts to Participants thereunder in effect as of December 31, 1998, and the elections made by a Participant in his or her KGS Deferred Compensation Plan Participation Agreement and Beneficiary Designation, all of which are incorporated herein by reference; provided however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the KGS Deferred Benefit Account of any participant who terminates employment with the Corporation, or has terminated employment with the Corporation at any time prior to January 1, 2000, other than by Retirement or by reason of Disability or death, shall on and after that date be paid and distributed in a lump sum payment in like manner and at the time otherwise provided for under Section 6.4 of the Plan. Any such Beneficiary Designation for a KGS Deferred Benefit Account may be changed by a Participant to the extent otherwise permissible under the Plan.

-16-

6.10 Hardship Payment of Deferrals.

In the case of hardship, a Participant may apply in writing to the Corporation, or its designated agent, for the immediate distribution of all or part of his or her Deferral Benefit. Such a hardship distribution, however, will involve a substantial penalty, and each such distribution from the Participant's Deferral Benefit made under this provision shall be reduced by a penalty equal to six percent (6%) of the total amount of the distribution. The amount of the penalty shall be forfeited by the Participant. In addition, the Participant must continue to defer Compensation subsequent to such distribution in accordance with the Participant's election and will not be permitted to elect to defer Compensation attributable to the calendar year subsequent to the calendar year of the distribution. The Corporation shall have the sole discretion as to whether such distribution shall be made, and its determination shall be final and conclusive. In making its determinations, the Corporation shall follow a uniform and nondiscriminatory practice.

ARTICLE VII - BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

7.1 Beneficiary Designation.

Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as his or her Beneficiary to whom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant's death prior to complete distribution to the Participant of his or her Account. Any Beneficiary designation shall be made in a written instrument provided by the Committee. All Beneficiary designations must be filed with the Corporation and shall be effective only when received in writing by the Corporation.

7.2 Amendments.

Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the filing of a new Beneficiary designation, which will cancel all the Participant's prior Beneficiary designations filed with the Committee.

7.3 No Designation.

If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then the Participant's designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be the Participant's estate.

7.4 Effect of Payment.

Payment to a Participant's Beneficiary (or, upon the death of a primary Beneficiary, to the contingent Beneficiary or, if none, to the Participant's estate) shall completely discharge the Employer's obligations under the Plan.

ARTICLE VIII - ADMINISTRATION

-17-

8.1 Plan Committee; Duties.

The administrative committee for the Plan shall be those members of the Committee who are not Participants, as long as there are at least three (3) such members. If there are not at least three (3) such non-participating persons on the Committee, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall appoint other non-participating Directors or Corporation officers to serve on the Committee. The Committee shall supervise the administration and operation of the Plan, may from time to time adopt rules and procedures governing the Plan and shall have authority to give interpretive rulings with respect to the Plan. The Committee shall have such other powers and duties as are specified in this Plan as the same may from time to time be constituted, and not in limitation but in amplification of the foregoing, the Committee shall have power, to the exclusion of all other persons, to interpret the provisions of this instrument, to decide any disputes which may arise hereunder; to construe and determine the effect of Participant Agreements, elections, beneficiary designations, and other actions and documents; to determine all questions that shall arise under the Plan, including questions as to the rights of Employees to become Participants, as to the rights of Participants, and including questions submitted by the trustee of a Trust created under Section 11.2 on all matters necessary for it properly to discharge its duties, powers, and obligations; to employ legal counsel, accountants, consultants and agents; to establish and modify such rules, procedures and regulations for carrying out the provisions of the Plan not inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof, as the Committee may consider proper and desirable; and in all things and respects whatsoever, without limitation, to direct the administration of the Plan and any such Trust with the trustee being subject to the direction of the Committee. The Committee may supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this instrument in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem expedient to carry the same into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. The Committee may adopt such rules and regulations with respect to the signature by an Employee, Participant and/or Beneficiary as to any agreements, elections or other papers to be signed by Employees or Participants or Beneficiaries and similar matters as the Committee shall determine in view of the laws of any state or states. Any act which this instrument authorizes or requires the Committee to do may be done by a majority of the then members of the Committee. The action of such majority of the members expressed either by a vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting, shall constitute the action of the Committee and shall have the same effect for all purposes as if assented to by all of the members of the Committee at the time in office, provided, however, that the Committee may, in specific instances, authorize one (1) of its members to act for the Committee when and if it is found desirable and convenient to do so.

8.2 Agents.

The Committee may appoint an individual, who may be an employee of the Corporation, to be the Committee's agent with respect to the day-to-day administration of the Plan. In addition, the Committee may, from time to time, employ other agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Corporation.

8.3 Binding Effect of Decisions.

-18-

Any decision or action of the Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan shall be final and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

8.4 Indemnity of Committee.

The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee and their duly appointed agents under Section 8.2 against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to the Plan, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct by any such member or agent of the Committee.

ARTICLE IX - MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

The KGS Deferred Compensation Plan, which was frozen and terminated December 31, 1998, shall be merged and consolidated with this Plan on and after January 1, 1999, and the Corporation shall then assume and pay all deferred compensation and benefits accrued for participants under the KGS Deferred Compensation Plan on December 31, 1998, in accordance with the pertinent terms and provisions of this Plan.

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

10.1 Amendment.

The Corporation, on behalf of itself and of each Subsidiary may at any time amend, modify, suspend or reinstate any or all of the provisions of the Plan, except that no such amendment, modification, suspension or reinstatement may adversely affect any Participant's Account, as it existed as of the day before the effective date of such amendment, modification, suspension or reinstatement, without such Participant's prior written consent. Written notice of any amendment or other action with respect to the Plan shall be given to each Participant.

10.2 Termination.

The Corporation, on behalf of itself and of each Subsidiary, in its sole discretion, may terminate this Plan at any time and for any reason whatsoever. Upon termination of the Plan, the Committee shall take those actions necessary to administer any Participant Accounts existing prior to the effective date of such termination; provided, however, that a termination of the Plan shall not adversely affect the value of a Participant's Account, the crediting of investment return under Section 5.2, or the timing or method of distribution of a Participant's Account, without the Participant's prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination of the Plan shall not give rise to accelerated or automatic vesting of any Participant's Matching Account.

ARTICLE XI - PLAN EFFECT, LIMITATIONS, MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

-19-

11.1 Nature of Employer Obligation; Funding.

Participants, their Beneficiaries, and their heirs, successors and assigns, shall have no secured interest or claim in any property or assets of the Employer. The Employer's obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Employer to pay money in the future.

11.2 Trusts.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control, the Corporation shall create an irrevocable Trust, or before such time the Corporation may create an irrevocable or revocable Trust, to hold funds to be used in payment of the obligations of Employers under the Plan. In the event of a Change in Control or prior thereto, the Employers shall fund such Trust in an amount equal to not less than the total value of the Participants' Accounts under the Plan as of the Determination Date immediately preceding the Change in Control, provided that any funds contained therein shall remain liable for the claims of the general creditors of the respective Employers. Pursuant to this
Section 11.2 the Corporation may, without further reference to or action by any Employee, Participant, or any Beneficiary from time to time enter into such further agreements with a trustee or other parties, and make such amendments to said trust agreement or such further agreements, as the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to carry out the Plan; from time to time designate successor trustees of such a Trust; and from time to time take such other steps and execute such other instruments as the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to carry the out the Plan. The Committee shall advise the trustee of any such Trust in writing with respect to all Deferral Benefits which become payable under the terms of the Plan and shall direct the trustee to pay such Deferral Benefits from the respective Participants' Accounts, and the Committee shall have authority to otherwise deal with and direct the trustee of such a Trust in matters pertinent to the Plan. It is intended that any Trust created hereunder is to be treated as a "grantor" trust under the Code, and the establishment of such a Trust is not intended to cause a Participant to realize current income on amounts contributed thereto, such a Trust is not intended to cause the Plan to be "funded" under ERISA and the Code, and any such Trust shall be so interpreted.

11.3 Nonassignability.

No right or interest under the Plan of a Participant or his or her Beneficiary (or any person claiming through or under any of them), shall be assignable or transferable in any manner or be subject to alienation, anticipation, sale, pledge, encumbrance or other legal process or in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts or liabilities of any such Participant or Beneficiary. If any Participant or Beneficiary shall attempt to or shall transfer, assign, alienate, anticipate, sell, pledge or otherwise encumber his or her benefits hereunder or any part thereof, or if by reason of his or her bankruptcy or other event happening at any time such benefits would devolve upon anyone else or would not be enjoyed by him or her, then the Committee, in its discretion, may terminate such Participant's or Beneficiary's interest in any such benefit (including the Deferral Account) to the extent the Committee considers necessary or advisable to prevent or limit the effects of such occurrence. Termination shall be effected by filing a written instrument with the

-20-

Secretary of the Corporation and making reasonable efforts to deliver a copy to the Participant or Beneficiary whose interest is adversely affected (the "Terminated Participant"). As long as the Terminated Participant is alive, any benefits affected by the termination shall be retained by the Employer and, in the Committee's sole and absolute judgment, may be paid to or expended for the benefit of the Terminated Participant, his or her spouse, his or her children or any other person or persons in fact dependent upon him or her in such a manner as the Committee shall deem proper. Upon the death of the Terminated Participant, all benefits withheld from him or her and not paid to others in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be disposed of according to the provisions of the Plan that would apply if he or she died prior to the time that all benefits to which he or she was entitled were paid to him or her.

11.4 Captions.

The captions contained herein are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction hereof.

11.5 Governing Law.

The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Oklahoma.

11.6 Successors.

The provisions of the Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Corporation, its Subsidiaries, and their respective successors and assigns. The term "successors" as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Corporation or a Subsidiary and successors of any such corporation or other business entity.

11.7 No Right to Continued Service.

Nothing contained herein shall be construed to confer upon any Eligible Employee the right to continue to serve as an Eligible Employee of the Employer or in any other capacity.

ONEOK, Inc.

By:

David Kyle Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

-21-

EXHIBIT A

ONEOK, Inc.
EMPLOYEE NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Re: Section 3.1 - Eligible Employees

Effective Date: January 20, 2000

Except as otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, Eligible Employees who may participate in the Plan shall be designated in writing by the Chief Executive Officer, or his designee, each Plan Year during the period after November 1 and prior to the next January 1 ("Designation Period"), with such designation to indicate the Eligible Employees for the Fiscal Year next following such Designation Period who shall be each Employee who (i) had Base Salary on November 1 of that Plan Year, which places such Employee in the group of Employees consisting of the top two percent (2%) of the Employees when ranked on the basis of Base Salary, (ii) is designated on such November 1 to be at least within Pay Grade 12 or its deemed equivalent, as established by the Corporation, and (iii) is so designated by name in writing in an instrument signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or his designee. The Corporation's designation of Eligible Employees for a Plan Year shall be reported to and approved by the Board in accordance with its directions.

An Employee must be an Eligible Employee prior to the beginning of a Plan Year in order to participate in the Plan for such Plan Year, unless otherwise determined by the Committee and approved by the Board.

A list of the Eligible Employees who are so designated and approved for a Plan Year shall be made by the Chief Executive Officer, or his designee, the Committee, or by a duly authorized representative of the Committee, and be maintained with the Plan in the records of the Corporation.


EXHIBIT B

ONEOK, Inc.
EMPLOYEE NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Re: Section 4.1 - Amount of Deferral

Effective Date: January 1, 1999

As of the date above, and effective until this Exhibit is modified by the Committee and Board, the table below indicates the types of Compensation that are eligible for deferral at the designated percentages stated:

                           Minimum Percentage        Maximum Percentage
Type of Compensation       That Must Be Deferred     That May be Deferred
--------------------       ---------------------     --------------------
Base Salary                       2%                        *100%

Bonus (or the portion above      10%                        *100%
  a specified threshold)

A Participant may defer Compensation only in 1% increments of Base Salary and/or Bonus.

*The Participant's deferral shall be after deductions and withholding of amounts applicable to deferrals made by the Participant pursuant to other employee benefit plans of the Employer under Code Sections 125 and 401(k), and after deduction and withholding of all income and employment taxes required, as determined by the Committee and Employer, under uniform rules and procedures.

-2-

EXHIBIT C

ONEOK, Inc.
EMPLOYEE NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Re: Section 2.21 - Investment Return Rate

Date: July 1, 1999

A. Short-Term Deferrals For amounts deferred by a Participant as a Short-Term Deferral, the Investment Return Rate for the time period from June 1, 1997 through December 31, 1997, is the Five-Year Treasury Bond Rate on the first day of June 1997. The rate credited during each successive calendar year will be the Five-Year Treasury Bond Rate as of the first business day of January of that year.

B. Long-Term Deferrals

The Investment Return Rate on a Participant's Long-Term Deferral shall be the rate determined pursuant to the following:

1. For amounts deferred by a Participant as a Long-Term Deferral the Investment Return Rate for the time period from June 1, 1997 through December 31, 1997, the Moody's AAA 30-Year Bond Index as published in The Wall Street Journal on June 1, 1997, plus 100 basis points. The rate credited during each successive calendar year will be the published Moody's AAA 30-Year Bond Index as of January 1 of that year plus 100 basis points; provided, that such rate shall be credited to amounts deferred by a Participant on and after July 1, 1999, only if such rate is elected by the Participant, as herein provided.

2. On and after July 1, 1999, a Participant may elect to have the Investment Return Rate on his or her Long-Term Deferral be an amount which is essentially equivalent to the amount of gains, losses and earnings that would result if the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account was at all times invested in the investment options available under the Thrift Plan which are to be designated under this Plan by the Participant.

A Participant electing a Long-Term Deferral Investment Return Rate under this paragraph 2 shall so designate such deemed investment of his/her Deferred Compensation Account in the manner and form, and at such times as prescribed by the Committee. A Participant shall be allowed to change such designation at least once each calendar quarter, or more frequently as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. Such Investment Return Rate shall be

-3-

determined and calculated in the manner determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and added to or deducted from the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account periodically, not less frequently than annually. Such Investment Return Rate shall be so credited to or deducted from a Participant's Deferred Compensation Account until all payments with respect thereto have been made to the Participant, or to the Participant's designated Beneficiary pursuant to the Plan. The Employer shall not be liable or otherwise responsible for any decrease in a Participant's Deferred Compensation Account because of the investment performance resulting from application of the foregoing provisions which make the Investment Return Rate on a Participant's Long-Term Deferrals under the Plan equivalent to the investment return that is realized by deemed investment of the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account in Thrift Plan investment options designated by the Participant.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer shall not be required to actually invest amounts deferred by a Participant nor the Deferred Compensation Account of any Participant in any particular form, type or amount of investment, and no Participant shall have the right to direct or in any manner control the actual investments, if any, made by the Employer or any other person for purposes of providing funds for paying the liabilities of the Employer for benefits or otherwise under the Plan; and a Participant shall not have any ownership or beneficial interest in any such actual investments that may be made by the Employer. In no event shall any Participant or Beneficiary have a right to receive an amount under the Plan other than that of a general unsecured creditor of the Employer notwithstanding the foregoing provisions with respect to the measurement and determination of a Participant's Investment Return Rate on his/her Long-Term Deferral by reference to the performance of deemed investments in Thrift Plan investment options designated by the Participant.

3. On and after July 1, 1999, a Participant shall be entitled to elect to have either the Investment Return Rate described in paragraph B.1., above, or the Investment Return Rate described in paragraph B.2., above, credited to and deducted from his or her Long-Term Deferrals under the Plan. A Participant shall make an election of such Investment Return Rate at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee.

-4-

EXHIBIT D

ONEOK, Inc.
EMPLOYEE NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Adopted By Executive Compensation Committee October 21, 1999

Re: Section 5.2 - Crediting and Debiting of

Investment Return, Other Items To
Participant Accounts

Date: November 1, 1999

(1) The Deferral Account and Matching Account of each Participant shall be periodically credited and increased, or debited and reduced, as the case may be, by the amount of investment return specified under Section 5.3. of the Plan.

(2) Prior to January 1, 2001 and except as otherwise provided herein, the Deferral Account and Matching Account shall be credited and debited with investment return and losses, if any, not less frequently than on a monthly basis, at the beginning of each calendar month based on the average balance of the Participant's Deferral Account and Matching Account, respectively since the beginning of the next preceding calendar month, but after such Accounts have been adjusted for any deferrals, credits, debits, distributions and payments for such period. On and after January 1, 2001 and except as otherwise provided herein, the Deferral Account and Matching Account shall be credited and debited with investment return and losses, if any, not less frequently than on a monthly basis after such Accounts have been adjusted for any deferrals, credits, debits, distributions and payments.

(3) A Participant's Accounts will be charged with cost of any deemed purchases of securities and credited with proceeds of any deemed sales of securities which may be considered as made in respect to the Investment Return Rate specified in Exhibit "C" of the Plan by reason of changes in deemed investments designated by such Participant, in substantially the same manner as would occur if such securities were being purchased or sold by a Participant under the Thrift Plan. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, allocate, charge and credit other items and amounts to such deemed purchases and sales in a manner comparable to the administration of such items under the Thrift Plan.

(4) Prior to January 1, 2001, all of a Participant's deferrals of Base Salary in a calendar month shall be deemed to be made on the first day of such calendar month and will be credited and debited with investment return from that day. On and after January 1, 2001, all of a Participant's deferrals of Base Salary in a calendar month shall be deemed to be made as of the date it otherwise would have been paid to the Participant.


(5) A Participant deferral of Bonus will be credited and debited with investment return from the date of deferral.

(6) Until a Participant or his or her Beneficiary receives his or her entire account, the unpaid balance thereof shall be credited and debited with investment return as provided in Section 5.2. of the Plan.


EXHIBIT (12)(a)

ONEOK, Inc.

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements

                                                          Year Ended
                                                         December 31,
(Unaudited)                                           2001          2000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (Thousands of Dollars)

Fixed Charges, as defined
  Interest on long-term debt                       $  109,229    $   90,027
  Other interest                                       27,454        24,775
  Amortization of debt discount and expense             3,475         3,828
  Interest on lease agreements                          5,698         3,497
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Fixed Charges                               145,856       122,127
Preferred dividend requirements                        59,839        59,839
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total fixed charges and
  preferred dividend requirements                  $  205,695    $  181,966
===============================================================================
Earnings before income taxes and
  income from equity investees                     $  147,841    $  229,754
Total fixed charges                                   145,856       122,127
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings available for combined fixed charges and
  preferred stock dividend requirements            $  293,697    $  351,881
===============================================================================
Ratio of Earnings to combined fixed charges and
  preferred stock dividend requirements                  1.43 x        1.93 x
===============================================================================

For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividend requirements, "earnings" consists of income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle plus fixed charges and income taxes, less undistributed income for equity investees. "Fixed charges" consists of interest charges, the amortization of debt discounts and issue costs and the representative interest portion of operating leases. "Preferred dividend requirements" consists of the pre-tax preferred dividend requirement.


EXHIBIT (12)(c)

ONEOK, Inc.

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

                                                          Year Ended
                                                         December 31,
(Unaudited)                                           2001          2000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (Thousands of Dollars)

Fixed Charges, as defined
  Interest on long-term debt                       $  109,229    $   90,027
  Other interest                                       27,454        24,775
  Amortization of debt discount and expense             3,475         3,828
  Interest on lease agreements                          5,698         3,497
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total Fixed Charges                               145,856       122,127
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings before income taxes and undistributed
  income from equity investees                        147,841       229,754
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings available for fixed charges               $  293,697    $  351,881
===============================================================================
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges                       2.01 x        2.88 x
===============================================================================

For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, "earnings" consists of income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle plus fixed charges and income taxes, less undistributed income for equity investees. "Fixed charges" consists of interest charges, the amortization of debt discounts and issue costs and the representative interest portion of operating leases.


Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

                                                                 State of
                                                                 Incorporation
Subsidiary                                                       or Organization
----------                                                       ---------------
Mid Continent Market Center, Inc. ........................................Kansas
Market Center Gathering, Inc. ............................................Kansas
Mid Continent Transportation, Inc. .....................................Delaware
ONEOK Sayre Storage Company ............................................Delaware
OkTex Pipeline Company .................................................Delaware
ONEOK Gas Transportation, L.L.C. .......................................Oklahoma
ONEOK Gas Storage Holdings, Inc. .......................................Delaware
ONEOK Texas Gas Storage, L.P. .............................................Texas
ONEOK WesTex Transmission, L.P. ........................................Delaware
ONEOK Gas Storage, L.L.C. ..............................................Oklahoma
ONEOK Palo Duro Pipeline Company, Inc. .................................Delaware
ONEOK Resources Company ................................................Delaware
ONEOK Services Company .................................................Oklahoma
ONEOK Technology Company ...............................................Delaware
ONEOK Energy Marketing and Trading Company, II .........................Delaware
Kansas Gas Marketing Company .............................................Kansas
ONEOK Energy Marketing and Trading Company, L.P. ..........................Texas
ONEOK Energy Marketing Holdings, Inc. ..................................Oklahoma
ONEOK Energy Marketing Company .........................................Oklahoma
ONEOK Power Marketing Company ..........................................Delaware
ONEOK Leasing Company ..................................................Delaware
ONEOK Parking Company ..................................................Delaware
ONEOK Field Services Company ...........................................Oklahoma
ONEOK Bushton Processing, Inc. .........................................Delaware
Blue Moon Holdings, L.L.C. .............................................Delaware
ONEOK Field Services Holdings, Inc. ....................................Oklahoma
ONEOK Texas Field Services, L.P. ..........................................Texas
ONEOK Field Services Transmission, L.L.C. ..............................Oklahoma
ONEOK Gas Processing, L.L.C. ...........................................Oklahoma
ONEOK International, Inc. ..............................................Delaware
ALPHA Transmission Company .............................................Oklahoma
Oklahoma Natural Energy Services Company ...............................Oklahoma
ONEOK Gas Gathering, L.L.C. ............................................Oklahoma
Potato Hills Gas Gathering System (joint venture) ......................Oklahoma
ONEOK Financing Company ..................................................Kansas
Oasis Acquisition Corporation ........................................California
Kansas Gas Service Company ...............................................Kansas

Sycamore Gas System (general partnership) ..............................Oklahoma
Fox Plant, L.L.C. ......................................................Delaware
Kansas Gas Supply Corporation ..........................................Delaware
ONEOK Midstream Gas Supply, L.L.C. .....................................Oklahoma
ONEOK NGL Marketing, L.P. .................................................Texas
ONEOK WesTex Gas Pipeline, Inc. ........................................Oklahoma
ONEOK Texas Resources, Inc. ............................................Delaware

In addition to the interests of the Company in the Subsidiaries set forth above, the Company also directly or indirectly holds various interests in oil and gas wells and related projects and holds various undivided interests in gasoline plants and other facilities relating to the oil and gas business and holds minority interests in various other entities and ventures.

-2-

EXHIBIT (23)

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

To the Board of Directors
ONEOK, Inc.:

We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements Nos. 333-75768, 333-54274, 333-41263, 333-41265, 333-41267, 333-41269, 333-42094, 333-95039, and 333-81043 on Form S-8 and nos. 333-65392, 333-54586, 333-44915, 333-57433 and 333-65059 on Form S-3 of ONEOK, Inc. of our report dated February 14, 2002, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of ONEOK, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, the year ended August 31, 1999, and the four months ended December 31, 1999, which report appears in the December 31, 2001, annual report on Form 10-K of ONEOK, Inc. Our report refers to a change in accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities in 2001 and for energy trading contracts in 2000.

KPMG LLP

Tulsa, Oklahoma
March 12, 2002